Deposit/ Withdrawals
1. How do I make a deposit?
2. I cannot make a deposit with my bank card
3. How do I make a withdrawal?
4. How do I reverse a withdrawal?
5. Why I am not able to submit a withdrawal request?
If you choose to make a withdrawal before you have converted your bonus to cash, any outstanding bonus money will be forfeited.
Also remember that the minimum amount that can be withdrawn is $10.
6. Can I transfer funds from one NetBet site to another?
Still need help?
Payment Methods
| Method | Description | Fee | Process Time | Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
![]() |
Bank card
When using a bank card to deposit into your account, verification can take between 10 and 20 seconds. For your transaction to be accepted, your bank must accept "e-gaming" transactions.
100% BONUS ON YOUR FIRST BANK CARD DEPOSIT.
|
Free | Instant | Min: 10 Max: 900 |
![]() |
Bank card
The AstroPay card is a virtual pre-paid card which is accepted by hundreds of stores online. It is an alternative way for customers to pay in local currency and prides itself on being simple, sage, free and instant.
|
Free | Instant | Min: 10 Max: 900 |
![]() |
Skrill
Get an ULTRA-SAFE Skrill eWallet, which can be topped up by bank card, Visa, Mastercard, bank transfer, postal order or cheque for an instant, simple and secure way to pay.
WARNING: Don't forget to tick the box quoting the following once you have deposited into your Skrill account: "I will use the money deposited with this credit/debit card for the purposes of GAMBLING"
NEW TO SKRILL? SIGN UP: CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP
|
Free | Instant | Min: 10 Max: 4,000 |
![]() |
Giropay
Used in Germany, Giropay is a payment system which enables its users to buy safely on Internet thanks to secure online transfers from their bank account.
|
Free | Instant | Min: 10 Max: 4,000 |
![]() |
Online bank transfer
Using the online banking system provided by your bank, you can now deposit money quickly, easily and securely into your NetBet account.
|
Free | Instant | No Limit |
|
Neteller
NETELLER is the fast, simple and secure way to move your money online. All deposits and withdrawals to and from sites that accept NETELLER are FREE. Withdraw funds for free with your NETELLER account. Sign up now. |
Free | Instant | Min: 10 Max: 5,000 |
![]() |
paysafecard
paysafecard is a handy way of making cash payments online! It's both easy and practical as it neither requires a subscription nor a bank account to pay. You don't even need a bank card.
|
Free | Instant | Min: 10 Max: 100 |
![]() |
Euteller
Euteller is the leading payment service provider in Finland. Euteller enables you to make instant payments using your online bank account. Payments are processed immediately allowing merchants to receive notification of your payment in real-time.
|
Free | Instant | Min: 10 Max: 5,000 |
![]() |
Trustly
Trustly is the only online banking e-payments solution which is adapted for mobile devices and tablets. Putting the safety of online payments first, this Stockholm- based payment services provider is available in 8 European countries and is supported by 57 banks. Trustly allows you to make smooth, secure transactions straight from your bank account.
|
Free | Instant | Min: 10 Max: 5,000 |
![]() |
Bank transfer
You can make a deposit to your NetBet account either by transferring the money directly at your local bank branch, or by making a quick and secure transfer via online banking.
|
Free | Instant | No Limit |
![]() |
Web Money
WebMoney is a multifunctional payment method that provides its customers with fast and secure online payments. Users are not required to have a bank account or bank card. You can deposit funds to your WebMoney account by money transfer, electronic transfer, using a bank or virtual card, or a WM prepayment card.
|
Free | Instant | Min: 10 Max: 1,000 |
![]() |
Qiwi
Qiwi is a Russian payment service offering customers a range of payment options to make purchases online. Accepted currencies are USD, EUR, and RUB and the Qiwi service can be used by consumers in Russia, Ukraine and Kazakhstan. Consumers have the advantage of choosing their preferred payment method from various options available.
|
Free | Instant | Min: 10 Max: 5,000 |
![]() |
Moneta
Moneta is an eWallet service which has been specifically designed for the Russian market and therefore operates in the currency RUB. Moneta deducts payments immediately and directly from the eWallet account, crediting the merchant within minutes. Moneta offers a convenient way of handling payments, since it is accepted by all banks.
|
Free | Instant | Min: 10 Max: 5,000 |
![]() |
Boleto Boleto is a leading payment method in Brazil, regulated by Febraban. Boleto is only available to players located in Brazil. It offers fast and secure online money transfer and is supported by a wide range of banks. |
Free | Instant | Min: 10 Max: 5,000 |
![]() |
InstaDebit InstaDebit, an e-wallet, is the preferred deposit and withdrawal method available to Canadian users. It is quick and easy. InstaDebit is particularly popular with sportsbook users, and offers a secure service. |
Free | Instant | Min: 10 Max: 5,000 |
![]() |
Boku Boku is a leading mobile payment platform which allows you to make quick and safe online purchases on the move. There's no need for a bank account or credit card - just your mobile phone. Boku is available on all major mobile networks in the UK. |
Free | Instant | Min: 10 Max: 5,000 |
![]() |
AstroPay Direct
Astropay Direct offers alternative ways to pay online in local currency, such as cash payments, credit cards (with installments) and online banking. |
Free | Instant | Min: 10 Max: 10,000 |
![]() |
Fast Bank Transfer
You can now deposit money quickly, easily and securely into your NetBet account by making transfers directly from your bank account (online or offline).
Don't forget to provide your Payment Reference to your bank (online or offline) before the transfer has been initiated. |
Free | 1-14 working days | Min: 10 Max: 10,000 |
![]() |
ecoPayz With an ecoPayz Wallet account you can receive, send and spend money worldwide, all on one online account. ecoPayz is free and easy to use. You can open an account in minutes - there's no need for a bank account or credit check, and there are a variety of ways to top up your account. Your funds will then be available for you to spend how you want, in total confidence. Only available to Canadian players.
Open a free ecoPayz account now. |
Free | 2-4 days | Min: 10 Max: 10,000 |
Still need help?
Withdrawals
| Method | Description | Fee | Process Time | Limit |
|---|---|---|---|---|
![]() |
Bank card
When using a bank card to deposit into your account, verification can take between 10 and 20 seconds. For your transaction to be accepted, your bank must accept "e-gaming" transactions.
100% BONUS ON YOUR FIRST BANK CARD DEPOSIT |
Free | 4-8 days | Min: 10 Max: no limit |
![]() |
Skrill
Get an ULTRA-SAFE Skrill eWallet, which can be topped up by bank card, Visa, Mastercard, bank transfer, postal order or cheque for an instant, simple and secure way to pay.
WARNING: Don't forget to tick the box quoting the following once you have deposited into your Skrill account: "I will use the money deposited with this credit/debit card for the purposes of GAMBLING"
NEW TO SKRILL? SIGN UP: CLICK HERE TO SIGN UP |
Free | 2-4 days | Min: 10 Max: no limit |
![]() |
Neteller
NETELLER is the fast, simple and secure way to move your money online. All deposits and withdrawals to and from sites that accept NETELLER are FREE. Withdraw funds to your NETELLER account for free. Sign up now. |
Free | 2-4 days | Min: 10 Max: no limit |
![]() |
Bank transfer
You can withdraw funds from your NetBet account directly to your bank account by providing your bank account details. In order to have your withdrawal request processed as quickly and efficiently as possible via wire transfer, we recommended that you provide a full bank statement from your bank. |
Free | 4-12 days | Min: 10 Max: no limit |
![]() |
Web Money
WebMoney is a multifunctional payment method that provides its customers with fast and secure online payments. Users are not required to have a bank account or bank card. You can deposit funds to your WebMoney account by money transfer, electronic transfer, using a bank or virtual card, or a WM prepayment card. |
Free | 2-4 days | Min: 10 Max: no limit |
![]() |
Qiwi
Qiwi is a Russian payment service offering customers a range of payment options to make purchases online. Accepted currencies are USD, EUR, and RUB and the Qiwi service can be used by consumers in Russia, Ukraine and Kazakhstan. Consumers have the advantage of choosing their preferred payment method from various options available. | Free | 2-4 days | Min: 10 Max: no limit |
![]() |
Moneta Moneta is an eWallet service which has been specifically designed for the Russian market and therefore operates in the currency RUB. Moneta deducts payments immediately and directly from the eWallet account, crediting the merchant within minutes. Moneta offers a convenient way of handling payments, since it is accepted by all banks. |
Free | 2-4 days | Min: 10 Max: no limit |
![]() |
AstroPay Direct AstroPay Direct offers alternative ways to pay online in local currency, such as cash payments, credit cards (with installments) and online banking. |
Free | Instant | Min: 10 Max: No limit |
![]() |
ecoPayz With an ecoPayz Wallet account you can receive, send and spend money worldwide, all on one online account. ecoPayz is free and easy to use. You can open an account in minutes - there's no need for a bank account or credit check, and there are a variety of ways to top up your account. Your funds will then be available for you to spend how you want, in total confidence. Only available to Canadian players.Open a free ecoPayz account now. |
Free | 2-4 days | Min: 10 Max: 10,000 |
*The maximum amount you can withdraw per month is EUR/GBP/USD 100,000. If you would like to withdraw a larger amount, please contact the Customer Support team.
Process Time: This includes the processing time from our teams plus the processing time from banks.
NetBet now offers an express payment solution. You will receive your withdrawal within 24h for e-wallets and within 4 days for bank card/wire transfers.
Still need help?
My account
1. How to register?
2. Is it necessary to confirm my personal data?
3. I did not receive the welcome email
4. I have forgotten my username or password
5. I want to change my contact email address
6. I would like to create another account
7. Can I use my email to log in?
Still need help?
Bonuses
1. I automatically received a bonus I did not ask for.
If you have received a bonus by mistake, you have the possibility to cancel it in the Cashier from the “Active Bonus” section. Please note that if you cancel a bonus, both the bonus and the winnings deriving from it will be removed.
2. Bonuses upon deposit condition.
If you are eligible for a bonus upon a deposit condition, you MUST enter the eligible bonus code upon making your deposit. If your deposit is eligible then you will automatically receive the bonus into your NetBet account. Also, please make sure you meet the potential deposit amount, method and eligibility period.
3. What is OPT-IN?
Some of our bonuses will require you to OPT-IN. Simply go to the section “Available Offers” to check which bonuses and promotions you are eligible for and click OPT-IN on the relevant ones.
Failing to OPT-IN will result in you not being eligible for the bonus even if you meet the conditions for receiving it.
You can OPT-IN to only one bonus/promotion at a time. If you want to participate in multiple promotions, you would need to complete the one you first OPTED-IN before being able to OPT-IN for another. You can always cancel an OPT-IN to a specific bonus/promotion if you want to OPT-IN to another one. Simply go to the “OPTED-IN BONUSES” section and cancel your OPT-IN from there. Then you can OPT-IN to the promotion/bonus of your choice from the “Available Offers” section
4. I did not receive my bonus despite OPTING-IN.
Once you OPT-IN for a promotion, you need to meet all the conditions to receive the bonus. The conditions are listed in the respective promotion page and email. After meeting the conditions, simply to go to the “OPTED-IN BONUSES” section and click on “CLAIM”. The bonus will then be credited immediately into your NetBet account.
5. Are bonuses withdrawable?
Bonuses are awarded to be played in the casino and a player cannot withdraw the amount corresponding to the bonuses received. However, after the wagering requirements imposed upon a bonus are fulfilled, any player is entitled to withdraw the winnings generated by playing that bonus. Note that playing in Demo Mode does not count towards any wagering requirement you may have. It is sometimes the case that certain games do not count towards the wagering requirement, or only for a certain percentage of it. Please check Point 7 for more details.
If you make a withdrawal request while a bonus is activated and you haven’t yet reached the wagering requirement, both the initial bonus amount and the winnings obtained since the bonus was activated will be deducted from your account. If you have no money left in your cash balance, you must fulfil the bonus requirement in order to request a withdrawal from your account. If a player registers a deposit in order to receive a bonus or to use a reward code and they withdraw the deposit amount, all pending bonuses will be cancelled.
6. Do bonuses appear in my total balance?
The total balance displayed in the player account is formed of deposits + bonuses + winnings obtained from playing with the bonuses. You are able to see your cash balance and bonus balance in the ‘Balance’ section of the Cashier. Funds are taken from balances in the following order: Bonus Winnings (which consist of any winnings gained since the bonus was activated) >> Cash Balance >> Bonus Amount. If there are no Bonus Winnings, funds will be taken first from the Cash Balance and then the Bonus Amount.
7. Can I check the wagering status of my bonus?
If you are unsure about your bonus and its wagering requirement, you can check the status in your cashier under the ‘Bonus’/ ‘Active Bonus’ section or by contacting Customer Support.
8. Do all games count for the wagering requirement?
Casino games do contribute with different percentages to bonus' wagering requirement (playthrough).
Slots >> 100%
*except for:
- Cash Wizard, Illusions, Moon Goddess, Super Fast Hot Hot >> 80%
- Avalon >> 0%
NetEnt Slots >> 80%
*except for:
- Blood Suckers , Reel Steal and Zombies >> 75%
- Wild Rockets >> 70%
- Jack Hammer, Jack Hammer 2 and Wild Water >> 60%
- Frankenstein >> 50%
- Arabian Nights, Bonus Kenny, Fishy Fortune, Geisha Wonders, Gold Rush, Mega Joker, Super Lucky Frog and Tiki Wonders >> 25%
- Lucky 8 Line, Magic Love, Pirates Gold and Simsalabin >> 20%
- Hall of Gods >> 10%
- Super Nudge 6000 >> 3%
Video Poker >> 10%
*except for:
- NetEnt Video Poker >> 1%
- 25x Deuces Poker, 100XPlay and Poker Pursuit >> 0%
Roulette >> 0%
Blackjack >> 0%
Baccarat >> 0%
Poker >> 0%
*except for:
- Caribbean Stud Professional Series and Pai Gow Poker >> 25 %
- Casino Hold'em : 10%
Punto Banco >> 0%
Virtual Sports >> 0%
9. I no longer wish to receive your promotional emails.
10. Can I activate bonuses simultaneously?
Only one bonus can be activated at any given time (you can only wager towards one bonus at a time). The bonuses are activated in the order they were issued to the player.
11. I accepted a bonus and I cannot see it in my balance.
Still need help?
Gaming
1. What are the minimum system requirements to install the NetBet Casino software?
- Internet Explorer
- Mozilla Firefox
- Google Chrome
- Safari
2. Where can I learn more about the game rules?
3. How do you play machines with a keyboard?
the space bar on the keyboard activates the SPIN;
buttons 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 start the SPIN on the corresponding bet.
4. I got disconnected while playing on NetBet Casino
5. Are your casino games random?
Still need help?
NetBet Casino Inbox
1. Where can I find my NetBet Casino inbox?
2. Why should I use my NetBet Casino inbox?
3. How do I send a message to customer support?
4. Can I send documents from my NetBet Casino inbox?
Still need help?
Others
1. I would like to close my NetBet Casino account
2. Can I play your games using a device such as a tablet, phone, iPad or iPhone?
You might be able to access the website, register and make a deposit using your device’s browser, providing it is recent enough to support HTML5/Ajax.
Still need help?
PLAYERS CLUB FAQ
1. WHO CAN JOIN THE PLAYERS CLUB?
2. HOW CAN I COLLECT POINTS?
Players Club Points, called NetPoints, will automatically be assigned while you are playing any Casino and/or Live Dealers game with your own cash money. More details on the number of points allocated by game categories can be found under “EARN NetPoints” section.
As you collect NetPoints, you'll be eligible to treat yourself to a wide range of rewards available in your "CLUB SHOP". And that's not all! As soon as you've reached the minimum number points required to level up within the correct time frame, you'll be automatically assigned to the next Player Status up and enjoy all its benefits.
3. HOW DOES THE BOOST WORK?
The Boost is awarded in real time, and gives you the chance to multiply the number of NetPoints collected by up to 5.5 times. Once you’ve reached a given Player Status, you'll be automatically awarded some extra FREE NetPoints as detailed in the “NetPoints BOOST” section.
NetPoints Boost is an exclusive treat available to all loyal NetBet players to help them get the Club Shop rewards they deserve, faster.
Please note, the NetPoints Boost is only applicable to total balance available to be spent at the Club Shop. Points requirements for Player Status upgrade and renewal are counted from the 1st of each month, taking into account only "clear" accumulated points from real money bets throughout the given period, thus excluding FREE boosted NetPoints.
4. WHEN AND HOW IS MY PLAYER STATUS CALCULATED?
Your Player Status is automatically upgraded according to the points level required. When you reach Bronze, Silver, Gold or Diamond Status, you will have 1 month (1st to last day) to reach the number of points required to keep and renew your status for one more month. If not, you will lose your status and be downgraded to the level you have accumulated enough points for. But don’t worry - you won't lose your total available balance of NetPoints accumulated so far.
For Platinum and Stellar Status, the level eligibility time frame is extended for 6 months with minimum points requirement to be completed for the first two months to be maintained. AND once you reach the Elite level you will remain Elite forever!
Please note, your total NetPoints balance available to be spent at the shop functions independently from your Player Status points requirement. For example, if you have collected 124,000 points since the 1st of the month. and you've spent some of these in the Club Shop, your level will be calculated based on your total monthly points accumulated (124,000) without considering any purchases points deduction nor NetPoints Boost. Check "MY CLUB" section to control your monthly performance and see how many points you need to accumulate to reach the next level.
5. HOW CAN I SPEND MY POINTS?
NetPoints can be spent in our online “CLUB SHOP” which has a vast array of items to choose from. In addition to cash and bonuses, there are a range of other categories. Treat yourself to casino accessories, electronic goods, gaming related items, fantastic bonuses or cash vouchers. If that doesn’t tickle your fancy there are also plenty of surprise gifts on offer as well as a monthly raffle. You’re bound to find something you can’t resist!
IMPORTANT: NetPoints cannot be transferred across NetBet products and must be spent exclusively in the product Shop they have been accumulated from. In any case, Poker players will not be able to access the Casino Club Shop with their Poker NetPoints balance and vice versa.
6. WHY DOESN'T MY SHOP BALANCE MATCH MY PLAYER STATUS?
Your NetPoints balance increases in real time from the very first bet, and every subsequent real money bet you place on NetBet Casino and Live Dealers. Your total NetPoints accumulated so far + NetPoints Boost (once eligible according to your Player Status) can be spent at our Club Shop whenever you want.
Upon Club Shop purchase, NetPoints price will automatically be deducted from your total NetPoints allowance while your monthly collected points balance will remain untouched.
Our aim is to define Player Status based on monthly game play to make sure your always get the best treatment and reward for your play. Your Players Club progress and Player Status monthly earned points is independently monitored according to total points accumulated during the current month, and is reset every first of each month.
Still need help?
REGISTRATION
How do I register with NetBet?
Is it possible to use different accounts on NetBet?
What do I do if I forget my username or password?
How do I suspend or close my account?
Can I use my email to log in?
Still need help?
USING YOUR ACCOUNT
How do I make a deposit?
I can’t seem to make a deposit with my bank card.
We also suggest that you contact your bank to be sure that there are no restrictions on your card. If the problem persists, you should contact the customer service department.
We would like to remind you that other payment methods are also available, such as bank transfer, using Moneybookers, Neteller, Click2Pay...
How do I make a withdrawal?
How do I cancel a withdrawal request and return the funds to my player account?
Still need help?
BETS
How do I place a bet?
How can I see my bets?
What is the minimum/maximum stakes?
How can I cancel a bet?
What do I do if a match is postponed or cancelled?
Please see Section 24 of the terms and conditions for full details.
Can I play with my real or bonus balance first?
Still need help?
Bet Types
Combo Bets
Definition: Traditionally, a combo bet is a combination of a minimum of 2 selections. By choosing to place a combined bet, you increase the amount of your potential winnings. In essence, the odds corresponding to your selections are multiplied by each other, thus allowing the total odds on your betting slip and consequently your potential winnings to increase. You can combine as many selections as you wish as long as your potential winnings do not exceed the fixed winnings limit.
Placing a combo bet: Bet on the final result (1- X - 2) for the following matches:
- Mouscron Peruwelz vs. Standard Liege
- Club Brugge vs. Cercle Brugge
- Kortrijk vs. Genk
By betting on the final result of the match, you have the possibility to select one of 3 potential results:
- 1 : A win for the home team.
- X : A draw.
- 2 : A win for the away team.
Let’s say you decide to bet on combined victory for Standard Liege, Club Brugge and Kortrijk. By clicking on the odds corresponding to wins of Standard Liege, Club Brugge and Kortrijk, your selection will display automatically on your betting slip on the “Combo” tab. Now, you are able to set the amount of your bet using your keypad (in this example it is €5). Once your bet amount appears in a white box marked with an asterisk, a summary of your bet will be displayed (Number of bet(s): 1 / Stake €5 / Winnings: €29.85).

Winnings: Your bet is considered a winning bet only if all the combinations are correct. In this example, your bet wins if Standard Liege, Club Brugge and Kortrijk win. If such is the case, you will win X amount (E.g.: A €5 bet on total odds of 2.00 × 1.29 × 2.30 = €29.85).

Important information: The selections that appear on your betting slip with an empty box to the left of their description cannot be combined. The main reason for this is that it is impossible to combine 2 or more selections on the same event in the same combined bet.
Please note: If one or more bet(s) of selections you have chosen are highlighted in bright yellow, this simply means that the odds in question have just changed.
Each-Way Bets
The each-way bet will be available for outright/winner events.
Using the each-way checkbox will double the unit stake, placed on the winner selection.
It will contain one bet on the winner and another bet on the odds terms and place terms, which will be written at the header of the event.
Example:
Placing 1 GBP on selection with odds 11.00 and choosing the e/w checkbox with terms: ¼ 1-2-3:
1 GBP will be a winner bet
1 GBP will be on the place bet.
If the selection will finish 1st:
1 GBP X 11=11GBP
1GBP X 3.5 ((11.00-1)X(1/4)+1)=3.5
Total return: 11+3.5=14.5
If the selection will finish 2nd or 3rd
1 GBP on the winner part – will be losing
1 GBP on the place part – Return: 3.5
If the selection will finish 4th or lower – both bets will be lost.
For accumulator bets, using the each-way will double the unit stake per bet.
Each-way bets on accumulator bets will be settling as win-to-win place-to-place.
Example:
1 GBP stake
2 selections from 2 different outright and choosing the EW checkbox: stake is double: 2 GBP
1st selection on odds 11.00, ew ¼, 1-2-3. EW odds: ((11-1)/4)+1= 3.5
2nd selection on odds 9.00, ew ½ 1-2 EW odds: ((9-1)/2)+1= 5
1st combo bet: Win-to-win: 1 GBP on 11X9=90
2nd combo bet: Place-to-place: 1 GBP on 3.5X5=17.5
If both selections will finish at the 1st place: total return: 90+17.5=107.5
If 1st selection will win and the 2nd selection will place (Finish 1st or 2nd): 1st combo will lose, 2nd combo will win – total return: 17.5
If 2nd selection will win and the 1st selection will place (Finish 1st or 2nd or 3rd): 1 combo will lose, 2nd combo will win – total return: 17.5
If both selection will not win and will not place – both bets will lose
Handicap Bets
Asian Lines
The Asian Line is a special type of handicap used for soccer matches. Depending on the strength of each team, a handicap is issued for the game. This enables the odds for each side to be more similar, allowing for more competitive betting opportunities. All bets on the Asian Handicap in live betting (including 1st/2nd half bets) are settled according to the score line. Any goals prior to the bet being placed are ignored for settlement purposes.
| Asian Handicap | What it means |
|---|---|
| 0 | You win if your team wins the match. If there's a draw (0 goals difference), you are refunded your stake. |
| 0.25 | You win if your team wins the match. If there's a draw, your bet is split in half: one half is considered a win, the other half is considered a draw and its stakes are refunded. |
| 0.5 | You win if your team draws or wins the match. |
| 0.75 | You win if your team wins or draws the match. If it loses with a one goal difference, you lose half of the amount staked. |
| 1 | You win if your team wins or draws the match. If it loses with a goal difference of one, your stake is refunded. |
| -0.25 | You win if your team wins the match. If it draws you lose half of the amount staked. |
| -0.5 | You win if your team wins the match. |
| -0.75 | You win if your team wins the match with a goal difference of two or more. If it wins with one goal your bet is split in half: one half is considered a win, the other half is considered a draw and its stakes are refunded. |
| -1 | You win if your team wins the match with a goal difference of two or more. If it wins with a goal difference of one, your stake is refunded. |
Live betting example:
Juventus vs Man.United - Live score 1:0
| Team | Asian Handicap | Odds |
|---|---|---|
| Juventus | -0.75 | 1.80 |
| Manchester | +0.75 | 2.15 |
Final score 3:0
If you bet on Juventus €100, your net win is €80
Final score 2:0, 3:1
If you bet on Juventus €100, your net win €40
Final score 1:0, 1:1, 1:2, 1:3,2:1, 2:2, 3:2, 3:3
If you bet on Man. United €100, your net win is €115
3-Way Handicap
In a 3-Way Handicap, the line is set so that there can also be a draw outcome, giving you 3 potential bets.
Handicap (-1) - You win if your team wins the match with a goal difference of two or more.
Tie: You win if the team with (-1) Handicap wins the match with exactly one goal difference.
Handicap (+1) - You win if your team draws or win the match.
Single Bets
Definition: A single bet is the simplest type of bet. A single bet is a prediction about one single event. You can place this kind of bet on all the events offered.
Placing a single bet: Bet on the final result (1 - X - 2) of the match between Dortmund and Bayern Munichen.
By betting on the final result of the match, you have the possibility to select one of 3 potential results:
- 1: A win for the home team.
- X: A draw.
- 2: A win for the away team.
Let’s say you decide to bet on a win for Dortmund at odds of 2.05. By clicking on odds of 2.05, your selection will be displayed automatically on your betting slip on the “Single” tab. Now, you are able to set the amount you wish to bet using your keypad (in this example it is €5). Once your bet amount is indicated in the white box provided, a summary of your bet will be displayed (Number of bet(s): 1 / Stake €5 / Winnings: €10.25).

Winnings: Your bet is considered a winning bet if your selection is correct. You will win the amount of your bet multiplied by the event odds you bet on (in this example, a bet of €5 times a selection with odds of 2.05 = €10.25).

Options: It is possible to place several single bets using the same betting slip. In order to do so, you just need to select more events. Once you have decided on your selection, click on the “Single” tab. Now, your selections are independent of each other. You can now choose different bet amounts for each of your selections using the white boxes next to each of your selected odds, or bet the same amount for each of your selections by using the white box next to the text “Stake per bet”.
Please note: If one or more bet(s) are highlighted in bright yellow, this simply means that the odds in question have just changed.
System Bets with 3 Selections
2/3
Definition: A 2/3 system consists of 3 bets involving 3 selections in different events - 3 doubles. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 2/3 costs €3.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 3 | - | 3 | - | - | - | - | - | - |
Trixie
Definition: A Trixie consists of 4 bets involving 3 selections in different events, 3 doubles and 1 treble. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Trixie costs €4.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 4 | - | 3 | 1 | - | - | - | - | - |
Patent
Definition: A patent consists of 7 bets involving 3 selections in different events, 3 singles, 3 doubles and 1 treble. Any one winning bets guarantees a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Patent costs €7.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 7 | 3 | 3 | 1 | - | - | - | - | - |
System Bets with 4 Selections
2/4
Definition: A 2/4 system consists of 6 bets involving 4 selections in different events - 6 doubles. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 2/4 costs €6.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 6 | - | 6 | - | - | - | - | - | - |
3/4
Definition: A 3/4 system consists of 4 bets involving 4 selections in different events - 4 trebles. Any three winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return.Please note that a €1 System 3/4 costs €4.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 4 | - | - | 4 | - | - | - | - | - |
Yankee
Definition: A Yankee consists of 11 bets involving 4 selections in different events, 6 doubles, 4 trebles and 1 four-fold. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Yankee costs €11.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 11 | - | 6 | 4 | 1 | - | - | - | - |
Lucky 15
Definition: A Lucky 15 consists of 15 bets involving 4 selections in different events, 4 singles, 6 doubles, 4 trebles and 1 four-fold. Any one winning bet guarantees a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Lucky 15 costs €15.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 15 | 4 | 6 | 4 | 1 | - | - | - | - |
System Bets with 5 Selections
2/5
Definition: A 2/5 system consists of 10 bets involving 5 selections in different events, 10 doubles. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 2/5 costs €10.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 10 | - | 10 | - | - | - | - | - | - |
3/5
Definition: A 3/5 system consists of 10 bets involving 5 selections in different events, 10 trebles. Any three winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 3/5 costs €10.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 10 | - | - | 10 | - | - | - | - | - |
4/5
Definition: A 4/5 system consists of 5 bets involving 5 selections in different events, 5 four-folds. Any four winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 4/5 costs €5.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 5 | - | - | - | 5 | - | - | - | - |
Super Yankee
Definition: A Super Yankee system consists of 26 bets involving 5 selections in different events, 10doubles, 10 trebles, 5 four-folds, and 1 five-fold. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Canadian costs €26.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 26 | - | 10 | 10 | 5 | 1 | - | - | - |
Lucky 31
Definition: A Lucky 31 system consists of 31 bets involving 5 selections in different events, 5 singles, 10 doubles, 10 trebles, 5 four-folds, and 1 five-fold. Any one winning bet guarantees a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Lucky 31 costs €31.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 31 | 5 | 10 | 10 | 5 | 1 | - | - | - |
System Bets with 6 Selections
2/6
Definition: A 2/6 system consists of 15 bets involving 6 selections in different events, 15 doubles. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 2/6 costs €15.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 15 | - | 15 | - | - | - | - | - | - |
3/6
Definition: A 3/6 system consists of 20 bets involving 6 selections in different events, 30 trebles. Any three winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 3/6 costs €20.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 20 | - | - | 20 | - | - | - | - | - |
4/6
Definition: A 4/6 system consists of 15 bets involving 6 selections in different events, 15 four-folds. Any four winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 4/6 costs €15.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 15 | - | - | - | 15 | - | - | - | - |
5/6
Definition: A 5/6 system consists of 6 bets involving 6 selections in different events, 6 five folds. Any five winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 5/6 costs €6.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 6 | - | - | - | - | 6 | - | - | - |
Heinz
Definition: A Heinz system consists of 57 bets involving 6 selections in different events, 15 doubles, 20 trebles, 15 four-folds, 6 five-folds, and 1 six-fold. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Heinz costs €57.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 57 | - | 15 | 20 | 15 | 6 | 1 | - | - |
Lucky 63
Definition: A Lucky 63 system consists of 63 bets involving 6 selections in different events, 6 singles, 15 doubles, 20 trebles, 15 four-folds, 6 five-folds, and 1 six fold. Any one winning bet guarantees a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Lucky 63 costs €63.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 63 | 6 | 15 | 20 | 15 | 6 | 1 | - | - |
System Bets with 7 Selections
2/7
Definition: A 2/7 system consists of 21 bets involving 7 selections in different events – 21 doubles. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 2/7 costs €21.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 21 | - | 21 | - | - | - | - | - | - |
3/7
Definition: A 3/7 system consists of 35 bets involving 7 selections in different events – 35 trebles. Any three winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 3/7 costs €35.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 35 | - | - | 35 | - | - | - | - | - |
4/7
Definition: A 4/7 system consists of 35 bets involving 7 selections in different events – 35 four-folds. Any four winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 4/7 costs €35.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 35 | - | - | - | 35 | - | - | - | - |
5/7
Definition: A 5/7 system consists of 21 bets involving 7 selections in different events – 21 five-folds. Any five winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 5/7 costs €21.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 21 | - | - | - | - | 21 | - | - | - |
6/7
Definition: A 6/7 system consists of 7 bets involving 7 selections in different events – 7 six-folds. Any six winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 6/7 costs €7.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 7 | - | - | - | - | - | 7 | - | - |
Super Heinz
Definition: A Super Heinz system consists of 120 bets involving 7 selections in different events, 21 doubles, 35 trebles, 35 four-folds, 21 five-folds, 7 six-folds, and 1 seven-fold. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Super Heinz costs €120.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 120 | - | 21 | 35 | 35 | 12 | 7 | 1 | - |
System Bets with 8 Selections
2/8
Definition: A 2/8 system consists of 28 bets involving 8 selections in different events – 28 doubles. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 2/8 costs €28.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 28 | - | 28 | - | - | - | - | - | - |
3/8
Definition: A 3/8 system consists of 56 bets involving 8 selections in different events – 56 trebles. Any three winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 3/8 costs €56.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 56 | - | - | 56 | - | - | - | - | - |
4/8
Definition: A 4/8 system consists of 70 bets involving 8 selections in different events – 70 four-folds. Any four winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 4/8 costs €70.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 70 | - | - | - | 70 | - | - | - | - |
5/8
Definition: A 5/8 system consists of 56 bets involving 8 selections in different events – 56 five-folds. Any five winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 5/8 costs €56.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 56 | - | - | - | - | 56 | - | - | - |
6/8
Definition: A 6/8 system consists of 28 bets involving 8 selections in different events – 28 six-folds. Any six winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 6/8 costs €28.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 28 | - | - | - | - | - | 28 | - | - |
7/8
Definition: A 7/8 system consists of 8 bets involving 8 selections in different events – 8 seven-folds. Any seven winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 System 7/8 costs €8.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 8 | - | - | - | - | - | - | 8 | - |
Goliath
Definition: A Goliath system consists of 247 bets involving 8 selections in different events, 28 doubles, 56 trebles, 70 four-folds, 56 five-folds, 28 six-folds, 8 seven-folds, and 1 eight-fold. Any two winning bets guarantee a return. More winning bets means a higher return. Please note that a €1 Goliath costs €247.
| Number of bets placed | Single bets | Combo bets | ||||||
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 selections | 3 selections | 4 selections | 5 selections | 6 selections | 7 selections | 8 selections | ||
| 247 | - | 28 | 56 | 70 | 56 | 28 | 8 | 1 |
Teaser Bets
General
A teaser is 1 bet involving 2 or more points spread or game total selections on American Football or Basketball. A fixed number of points are bought on all selections in the teaser. The number of teams selected and the number of points selected determines the payout odds. All selections must be successful for the bet to win. Buying points is simply changing the handicap and also the potential payout.
If a selection in the teaser is a push, the teaser will drop to the next lower level, if a lower level is offered for that particular teaser. A push in a two team teaser without a loss will make the entire bet lost. When placing a bet on super/monster teaser a push will result in a loss on the bet.
Teaser bets will only be allowed on pre-match events and only for selected leagues, including:
i. Regular teasers for NBA, NCAAB, NFL, NCAAF or any other league in which teaser bets are allowed (4, 4½ and 5 for Basketball and 6, 6½ and 7 for American Football)
ii. SUPER TEASERS: 3 teams teaser - buying 8 points, ties lose, odds -120/1.83
iii. MONSTER TEASER: 4 teams teaser - buying 10 points, ties lose, odds -120/1.83
Buying Points
Buying points allows you to change the point-spread or game total of an American Football or Basketball game. You can move the point-spread so you get more points when betting the underdog, and fewer points when betting on the favourite. You can move the total so you get a higher total when betting the under or a lower total if betting the over.
Still need help?
Before being withdrawn, bonus offers on NetBet Sport must be wagered according to the conditions set out below.
Unless otherwise stated, the following conditions must be applied:
HOW TO PLAY YOUR BONUS:
In order to fulfil the bonus conditions, each stake must be placed on events with minimum odds of 1.60. For Combo bets each selection must also have minimum odds of 1.60, whilst System bets must have total minimum odds of 4.09 (1.6 X 1.6 X 1.6). Otherwise, bets placed will not be taken into account.
Outright bets cannot be included.
Please note that your bonus will be released fully when stated in the terms and conditions of the promotion.
If your balance includes real money and a bonus, real money will be used first. Bets placed with real money will also count towards fulfilling the wagering requirements for a bonus.
For each bonus, certain types of bets may not contribute towards fulfilling the wagering requirements. (e.g. single bets placed on any type of Handicap or Under/Over markets).
All rollover bets only contribute to the bonus once they have been settled.
Bets settled after the bonus has expired will no longer be taken into consideration with the rollover requirement.
If you have 2 or more active bonuses, all bets that you place while the first bonus is active will only count towards the roll over of the first bonus.
Only after the first bonus is closed, will bets start counting towards the second bonus.
WHERE CAN I ACTIVATE MY BONUS?
Free Bets
Free Bets are credited automatically and will appear in your account within 24 hours. There is no activation you need to follow in order to receive this bonus. You can find out more about Free Bets in our dedicated help section below.
Free Bonus Code
The Free Bonus code can be entered and activated in the cashier. Once in the cashier, click on the Free Bonus code tab to access the bonus code entry field. This bonus will appear in your account under bonus balance immediately after activation. If it does not appear in your account please contact customer services.
Deposit Bonus Code
The deposit bonus code can also be entered and activated in the cashier. Once in the cashier, click on the deposit tab to access the deposit bonus code field. If the deposit bonus has play-through conditions, these must be met first before the deposit bonus becomes available in your account. For example some deposit bonuses will require you to deposit and bet before receiving your bonus.
WHERE CAN I SEE MY BONUS BALANCE?
You can see the details of your bonus balance by hovering over your account name and selecting "Bonus History" within the drop-down menu. If you have multiple active bonuses, you should release them one by one in chronological order by fulfilling the respective wagering requirements. For example, if you have a rollover of 5 on bonus A and a rollover of 5 on bonus B, if you were to place a bet of 10, it would only count towards bonus A, and not B.
HOW LONG IS MY BONUS VALID?
To take full advantage of a bonus, you must fulfill the wagering requirements within 3 to 60 days, according to the promotion's Terms and Conditions. If not, your bonus, and any winnings derived from bonus bets, will be cancelled. The expiry date will be counted from the time the bonus is credited to your account.
WHEN CAN I MAKE A WITHDRAWAL?
All withdrawal requests made while you still have one or more active bonuses will lead to the automatic deletion of your bonus balance and related winnings. If one or more of your bonuses are in the process of being validated, a message will appear on your screen before you make the withdrawal, warning you of the potential loss of funds. All Rollover must be complete before you can withdraw (or transfer any winnings to casino platforms) otherwise any bonus or winnings made from it will be forfeited.
GENERAL CONDITIONS:
All of our offers are limited to one person per family, household, email address, telephone number, account number (e.g. linked to a credit card or debit card) and shared computer (e.g. in a public space or work place).
Bonus offers can only be claimed once.
Free bonuses offered in competitions via social media (Facebook/Twitter and other promotions from affiliate sites) are subject to specific wagering requirements.
When your balance reaches 0 and you no longer have any open bets, the bonus - and any wagering requirements attached to it - will be cancelled.
If several identical bets are placed on one event, they will not be taken into account in the calculation of the wagering requirements. This will be considered a manipulation of the bonus and will thus be removed.
Cancelled or Cashed Out bets will not be counted towards rollover requirements.
In the case of bonus abuse, NetBet Sport reserves the right to deduct both the bonus and the earnings generated from it from the player's account.
NetBet Sport can, at its sole discretion, restrict eligibility of the conditions to take part in promotions and reserve the right to change, cancel, or retract these conditions.
If players still have an active bonus, all real money deposits will automatically be added to the bonus balance until the pending bonus stake is covered and the rollover of said bonus is completed. Once the pending bonus is settled, all real money deposits will be returned to the real money cash balance.
FREE BETS
General Conditions
Free Bets do not bind you as a NetBet user to any rollover requirements. Any real winnings from Free Bets are received as withdrawable funds. Please note that the Free Bet amount is systematically deducted from the amount returned. For instance, if your winnings are worth €80, and you place a bet with a Free Bet worth €10, you will get €70 in return.
You can have more than one Free Bet in your account at the same time. Free Bets can be used in any way you like, provided that you respect the conditions attached to all of them. However, you cannot combine several Free Bets in order to place a bet; they must be used separately.
Free Bets can only be used on specified bet types, sports, leagues, or even events which are mentioned in their corresponding conditions. To check Free Bet conditions, please go to your Bonus History section.
Free Bets must be used in one go, and not in parts. For instance, a Free Bet token of €10 will be used up when placing a bet of €5 with it. Therefore, the unused €5 will be forfeited and will not be available to use for future bets.
Should a bet be cancelled when the Free Bet token is used, the Free Bet would not be returned upon cancellation.
Still need help?
MY ACCOUNT
1. How to register?
2. Is it necessary to confirm my personal data?
3. I did not receive the welcome email
4. I have forgotten my username or password
5. I want to change my contact email address
6. I would like to create another account
7. Can I use my email to log in?
Still need help?
GAMING
1. What are the minimum system requirements to install the Live Casino software?
Live Casino can be accessed with a Flash plug-in by the following browsers
- Internet Explorer
- Mozilla Firefox
- Google Chrome
- Safari
2. Where can I learn more about the game rules?
3. I got disconnected while playing on Live Casino
Still need help?
Live Casino Inbox
1. Where can I find my Live Casino Inbox?
2. Why should I use my Live Casino Inbox?
3. How do I send a message to Customer Support?
4. Can I send documents from my Live Casino Inbox?
Still need help?
OTHER
1. I would like to close my Live Casino account
2. Will I be able to play your games using a gadget such as a tablet, phone, iPad or iPhone?
You might be able to access the website, register and deposit using your device browser providing it is recent enough to support HTML5/Ajax.
Still need help?
Poker Software
NetBet Poker is happy to present the new version of its lobby. This new version lives up to your every expectation, offering new functions that make it easier to use and guaranteeing the best possible entertainment.
1. Set Table Dimensions
Change the dimensions of the table on the screen as you please and
choose the size that is suitable.

2. Organize your Tables
3. Choose a Seat
4. Select an Avatar
5. Pick Tables and Tournaments
6. My Favorites
And find them by category in the section « My Favorites »
Quickly go to the NetBet Poker lobby to take advantage of all these new things.
Still need help?
Download
Stage 1
Click on the button "PLAY NOW – FREE DOWNLOAD" on the home page.
1. Save the file to your computer. Then double click to start the installation.

Stage 2

Stage 3

Stage 4

Still need help?
Create an account
Stage 1 - Create an account
In order to benefit from all NetBet Poker's great deals, you need to create a new account.
In the downloadable version, you need to install the software onto your computer.
Fill in the registration form. Carefully read and accept the Terms and Conditions and then click "Create".
NOTE: Information that you share with us will remain strictly confidential.
Stage 2 - Your login details
NetBet Poker will provide you with a username and a password, keep both of them safe, so you can login to the software. In addition, NetBet Poker will send you a welcome e-mail with a reminder of your login details and our best current offers.
You are now registered in Fun mode. In order to change to Real mode, read the following stage.
Stage 3 - Register a credit card
To change to real mode, click on the CASHIER button on the bottom left of the lobby.
In order to create an account in Real Mode, you must provide some additional information to guarantee the security of your financial transactions as well to enable us to identify you.
When the second part of the registration process is finished, go back to the CASHIER to register your credit card.
In CREDIT CARD, click on REGISTER NEW CREDIT CARD, then fill in the necessary sections to register your new card. Click on VALIDATE. You will now be able to make deposits and withdrawals.
Still need help?
My account
1. I did not receive the registration confirmation message containing my login details
If you don’t receive our messages, we advise you check your spam/junk folder in your inbox.
Adding our addresses to your address book will resolve this problem.
If you still haven't received any emails from us, please contact our customer service team using the contact form here indicating your username.
2. I have lost my username or it doesn’t work
Please note that our software makes the distinction between uppercase and lowercase letters when filling in your login details - username or PSR (PSRXXXX) and password.
3. I have forgotten my password
You must then restart the software and enter the temporary password that you received. You can then confirm your new password.
4. I want to change my contact e-mail address
5. I would like to change my PSR (PSRXXX) or my username
We also remind you that in accordance with our Terms and Conditions, you are only allowed one account per user and per household.
6. I cannot open a player account
To open your own account on our site, we advise you to complete the registration process from a different computer. You can then access this account from any computer.
7. How do I change my account from FUN mode to REAL mode?
- In Fun Mode (free), you can use your account just for fun, without having the chance of winning real money.
- A Real Mode account enables you to deposit, win real money, take advantage of our bonuses and take part in our promotions.
This can be easily carried out by going to the "Cashier" in your Fun account and filling in a new form with your personal data.
8. I would like to create another account.
9. My account is blocked. What should I do?
Please note that our software makes a distinction between uppercase and lowercase letters when you fill in your login details – username or PSR (PSRXXXX) and password.
If the problem persists, please contact via our contact form.
10. I would like to close my NetBet Poker account
11. Can I use my email to log in?
Still need help?
Deposits
1. How can I make a deposit into my player account?
2. I cannot deposit with my credit card.
If the problem persists, we suggest that you contact your bank to ensure there are no special restrictions imposed on your card.
If the problem persists, please contact us using our contact form
We would also like to remind you that you can credit your account via bank transfer or through alternative methods of payment such as Skrill, NETELLER...
3. I used my credit card on the NetBet Poker account of a friend and now I cannot place it on mine.
To unlock your card, please contact us via our contact form specifying the last four digits of the card in question and the username (PSR) of the account that you registered.
Still need help?
Withdrawal
1. How can I withdraw my winnings?
Withdrawal requests are usually processed within 24 hours. You will receive a confirmation email once your request has been confirmed.
Allow 4 to 5 working days for your bank transfer to be credited to your bank account.
2. What are the conditions for withdrawal?
You must also send a copy of your ID (identity card, passport or driving license) as well as a proof of address (ideally a recent utility bill).
The minimum amount authorised for withdrawals is 10 EUR / USD / GBP / CHF / USD.
3. What do IBAN, SWIFT and / or routing transit numbers mean?
- Swift code / BIC consists of 8 or 11 characters and is used to identify your bank,
- IBAN code begins with two letters identifying your country, then 2 digits, then up to 30 characters (letters or numbers) and is used to identify your bank account.
ABA code (routing transit number) is an additional code indicating which State the bank is in, where the account was opened. This code is only used for the United States and Canada.
4. I would like to cancel my withdrawal request and credit the amount to my account
5. Does NetBet Poker collect any additional fees for deposits and withdrawals?
6. Can I change my NetBet Poker account currency?
Please note that this change will also change the status of your account, including records of your deposits / withdrawals, bonuses received and/or points accumulated in your old account. Please contact us to proceed with the transfer of your account.
Still need help?
BONUSES AND TOKENS
At NetBet Poker we love offering you bonuses and tokens. Some are credited to your account automatically, others you must opt in to receive or meet conditions to unlock.
1. Where can I find information on upcoming offers and terms and conditions?
Details of upcoming and current offers open to all players are regularly posted to the NetBet Poker website - just select Promotions from the menu bar. Offers just for you are sent to you privately so make sure you check your NetBet Poker inbox and registered email address for details of these exclusive bonuses.
2. How do I use an opt-in code?
Some bonuses are triggered by entering a promotional code (also referred to as an opt-in code). If you have an opt-in code please follow the steps below to receive your bonus.
- Opt-In Codes:
After logging in, go to the Cashier, then click on 'Bonus' => 'Enter Offer Code'. Enter the code in the box and submit.

3. Why is my code not working? (What are deposit codes?)
A deposit code is typically used only when you make your first deposit. Entering Opt-In Codes when making a deposit WILL NOT trigger your bonus.
NB. An Opt-In code CANNOT be used here.

4. Why haven't I received my bonus?
In order to receive the bonuses you must first have opted in for the bonus by entering a bonus code, met any relevant conditions attached to the bonus, and chosen to redeem your bonus. You can check your bonuses in the Cashier => Bonus.
Select 'Enter Offer Code' to opt in to a bonus.
Select 'Redeem Bonus' to view your pending bonuses and the 'Redeem' button to receive your reward.
NB. If you Redeem an offer containing multiple bonuses, you will receive only the bonuses for which you have met the release conditions. Any other bonuses in the offer will be forfeit.

5. I forgot to opt in - can I still receive the bonus?
As long as you meet the full conditions of the bonus, you should be able to claim your bonus by entering the code and then redeeming your Bonus.
For example: You can still claim a bonus on a deposit made within the offer period, as long as the deposit meets the conditions.
You have seven days from the end of the offer period to claim your bonus, after which it will no longer be available.
NB. Only the first deposit made in an offer period will be assessed for eligiblity. If the deposit does not meet the conditions, the bonus will not be made available to you.
6. What is a casino bonus?
Our casino bonuses can only be used on casino games available on our poker software.
To transfer any potential winnings to your real money balance, you must carry out the playthrough referred to in the bonus conditions.
Carrying out a playthrough means betting a certain number of times, using the bonus that you received, on our casino games. Playthrough is 50 for all casino bonuses unless otherwise stated in the bonus terms. The percentage that a casino game contributes towards achieving playthrough depends on the game played: 10% for table games and video poker, and 100% for all other games.
7. How do I use use my tokens and where can I find them?
The tokens represent free invitations to our tournaments and can be found in My Account => VIP Level & Tokens, or in the poker lobby in My Poker => Tokens
These can be acquired either following a win in our tournaments, as a purchase from the shop or as a prize received from us.
Please be aware that these invitations have an expiry date. Once expired, the tokens can no longer be used.
Tokens have no cash equivalent and cannot be transferred.
8. Which games can I use a Free Spin Bonus on?
Free Spin prizes are playable on stated games only and are non-refundable, non-transferable and cannot be converted to cash.
Games accepting Free Spins:
Burning Cherry 3D,
Cat In Vegas,
Cat Queen, Desert Treasure II,
Easter Surprise,
Fei Cui Gong Zhu, Fortunate Five,
Fortune Hill,
Fortunes of The Fox,
Frankie Dettori's Magic Seven,
Frankie Dettori's Magic Seven Jackpot,
Funky Fruits Farm,
Gladiator,
Gladiator Jackpot,
Halloween Fortune,
Hotel of Horror,
Jackpot Giant,
Kong The Eighth Wonder Of The World,
Monty Python's Spamalot Slot,
Mr. Cashback,
Multiplier Madness,
Nian Nian You Yu,
Piggies and the Wolf,
Pink Panther,
Rocky,
Santa Surprise,
Secrets of the Amazon,
Sherlock Mystery,
Streak of Luck,
Sunset Beach,
Tennis Stars,
The Mummy,
The Riches of Don Quixote,
The Three Musketeers and The Queen's Diamond,
Top Trumps Celebs,
Top Trumps World Football Stars 2014,
Vacation Station Deluxe,
White King,
Wu Long,
Zhao Cai Jin Bao
9. What is a Golden Chip Bonus?
Golden Chip is a new type of bonus that can be played at our NetBet table games!
Each Golden Chip has a set value (see Terms and Conditions of each promotion). Wagering conditions on winnings apply.
When you receive a Golden Chip you will get a notification. You can then either accept or decline the bonus.

Our Golden Chips can only be used on the following NetBet Poker games: American Blackjack, Baccarat, Blackjack, Blackjack Peek, Blackjack Pro (Single-Deck Blackjack), Blackjack Super 21, Blackjack Surrender, Blackjack Switch, Blackjack UK, Double Attack Blackjack, European Roulette (Flash only), French Roulette (Flash only), NewAR Roulette, Perfect Blackjack, Pick’em Blackjack, Pontoon, Premium American Roulette, Premium European Roulette, Premium French Roulette, Premium Roulette Pro, Punto y Banca, Roulette Pro (Flash only) Live Casino.
You can find your Golden Chips as soon as you take your seat at the table:

- Only one Golden Chip can be used per game round, and only for initial bets in card games.
- When using Golden Chips in any game, a player cannot place cash bets.
Conditions and Wagering: Any winnings received by betting Golden Chips will be transferred to your bonus balance. No Golden Chips will be returned. To transfer any potential winnings to your real money balance, you must carry out the play-through referred to in the bonus conditions. The promotion specific play-through can be found in the promotion’s T&Cs.
Still need help?
Use of software
1. What is the minimum system requirements to install the NetBet Poker software?
- Pentium 400MHz or faster. CPU with at least 128MB of RAM.
- Minimum screen resolution 800 by 600 pixels with 16-bit ("High Colour").
- At least 30MB of free disk space.
2. I have problems installing the software
If the problem persists, please contact using our contact form explaining the error message that occurred.
3. Can I change the language of my software?
4. I use a Mac
5. I have trouble connecting to the software
Alternatively, we recommend that you reinstall our software.
If the problem persists and it disconnects during a game, you can contact us specifying the date and approximate time, the full name of the tournament/table that were playing as well as the number of the last hand that you played.
All this information is available in your poker account in the My Account - Tournament/Table history.
Still need help?
Poker and table games
1. I was insulted by another player/ I am a victim of collusion
2. How can I get the password for a private tournament?
3. Have you encountered a connection problem during a tournament?
If you think this problem is not related to your Internet connection or your computer, please specify the date, time, type of game played, the amount involved and, if possible, the name of the table.
If it turns out that this problem is related to a technical problem resulting from our services, we will arrange a refund based on our conditions.
Not found the answer to your question here? You can go to the CONTACT section of our site to send us your questions.
4. How can I use the Time Bank for longer decisions?
The Time Bank feature is activated when you reach the maximum time given to make a decision. You can decide when you want your time bank to start by changing the settings in NetBet Poker's software.
- automatically when you invest chips: in other words, if you contribute to the pot.
- automatic activation: the time bank is activated automatically when you have reached the maximum time given to make a decision.
- manual activation: the player activates the time bank when they need it.
5. What are Multi-Entry (MET) and Re-Entry (RET) Tournaments?
Multi-Entry ![]()
On NetBet Poker you can register for the same tournament more than once (on selected tournaments only) and play on multiple tables for the same tournament.
Your entries will be seated at different tables with their own stack and their own hands. If you have more entries than there are tables left in the tournament, two or more of your entries will be merged into one.
Re-Entry ![]()
Tournaments with re-entry enable you to register for the same tournament again, as long as late registration is still available - as a result, the prize pool will be even bigger!
How are they different to re-buy tournaments?
In a re-buy tournament you can re-buy chips to return to the game, and you will stay at the same table.
In a re-entry tournament, when you are eliminated, you can return to the tournament again. Therefore if purchase a new buy-in, you will receive a new stack, and you'll sit at a new table as if you were a new player.
Still need help?
My NetBet account
1. How to register?
2. Is it necessary to confirm my personal data?
3. I did not receive the welcome email
4. I have forgotten my username or password
5. I want to change my contact email address
6. I would like to create another account
Still need help?
NetBet Poker Inbox
1. Where can I find my NetBet Poker inbox?
2. Why should I use my NetBet Poker inbox?
3. How do I send a message to customer support?
4. Can I send documents from my NetBet Poker inbox?
Still need help?
Others
1. I would like to close my NetBet Poker account
2. Can I play your games using a device such as a tablet, phone, iPad or iPhone?
You might be able to access the website, register and make a deposit using your device’s browser, providing it is recent enough to support HTML5/Ajax.
Still need help?
Poker770 Migration FAQ
1. What is my username on NetBet.com?
2. What is going to happen to my real money balance?
3. How do I migrate my Poker770 account to NetBet?
4. Can I still play on Poker770?
5. How can I cash out my Poker770 real money balance?
6. What happens to my Poker770 pending bonuses, VIP status and points?
Don’t worry, all Poker770 bonuses, points, balances and VIP status’ will be transferred to NetBet! As a loyal player from Poker770 you will also be able to enjoy more bonuses and special offers on NetBet. The VIP Club will be the same as the Poker770 Club, therefore you will still have the same advantages plus lots more! Please allow up to 24 hours for the transfer of bonuses and points into your account.
7. Do I keep the same password as I had for my Poker770 account?
8. Why is Poker770 changing to NetBet?
9. What poker software does NetBet use?
10. I had a pending withdrawal when my account was being migrated to NetBet. What is going to happen to my withdrawal?
11. Will there be a maintenance period?
12. Will I keep my advertiser/affiliate?
13. Will the standard promotions (Free20, Cash machine, Free Festival, MPS) also be available on NetBet?
Still need help?
Create an account
Stage 1 - Create an account
In order to benefit from all NetBet Vegas's great deals, you need to create a new account.
Fill in the registration form. Carefully read and accept the Terms and Conditions and then click "Create".
NOTE: Information that you share with us will remain strictly confidential.
Stage 2 - Your login details
NetBet Vegas will provide you with a username and a password, keep both of them safe. In addition, NetBet Vegas will send you a welcome e-mail with a reminder of your login details and our best current offers.
You are now registered in Fun mode. In order to change to Real mode, read the following stage.
Stage 3 - Register a credit card
To change to real mode, click on the CASHIER button on the bottom left of the lobby.
In order to create an account in Real Mode, you must provide some additional information to guarantee the security of your financial transactions as well to enable us to identify you.
When the second part of the registration process is finished, go back to the CASHIER to register your credit card.
In CREDIT CARD, click on REGISTER NEW CREDIT CARD, then fill in the necessary sections to register your new card. Click on VALIDATE. You will now be able to make deposits and withdrawals.
Still need help?
My account
1. I did not receive the registration confirmation message containing my login details
If you don’t receive our messages, we advise you check your spam/junk folder in your inbox.
Adding our addresses to your address book will resolve this problem.
If you still haven't received any emails from us, please contact our customer service team using the contact form here indicating your username.
2. I have lost my username or it doesn’t work
Please note that our software makes the distinction between uppercase and lowercase letters when filling in your login details - username or PSR (PSRXXXX) and password.
3. I have forgotten my password
You must then restart the software and enter the temporary password that you received. You can then confirm your new password.
4. I want to change my contact e-mail address
5. I would like to change my PSR (PSRXXX) or my username
We also remind you that in accordance with our Terms and Conditions, you are only allowed one account per user and per household.
6. I cannot open a player account
To open your own account on our site, we advise you to complete the registration process from a different computer. You can then access this account from any computer.
7. How do I change my account from FUN mode to REAL mode?
- In Fun Mode (free), you can use your account just for fun, without having the chance of winning real money.
- A Real Mode account enables you to deposit, win real money, take advantage of our bonuses and take part in our promotions.
This can be easily carried out by going to the "Cashier" in your Fun account and filling in a new form with your personal data.
8. I would like to create another account.
9. My account is blocked. What should I do?
Please note that our software makes a distinction between uppercase and lowercase letters when you fill in your login details – username or PSR (PSRXXXX) and password.
If the problem persists, please contact via our contact form.
10. I would like to close my NetBet Vegas account
11. Can I use my email to log in?
Still need help?
Deposits
1. How can I make a deposit into my player account?
2. I cannot deposit with my credit card.
If the problem persists, we suggest that you contact your bank to ensure there are no special restrictions imposed on your card.
If the problem persists, please contact us using our contact form
We would also like to remind you that you can credit your account via bank transfer or through alternative methods of payment such as Skrill, NETELLER...
3. I used my credit card on the NetBet Vegas account of a friend and now I cannot place it on mine.
To unlock your card, please contact us via our contact form specifying the last four digits of the card in question and the username (PSR) of the account that you registered.
Still need help?
Withdrawal
1. How can I withdraw my winnings?
Withdrawal requests are usually processed within 24 hours. You will receive a confirmation email once your request has been confirmed.
Allow 4 to 5 working days for your bank transfer to be credited to your bank account.
2. What are the conditions for withdrawal?
You must also send a copy of your ID (identity card, passport or driving license) as well as a proof of address (ideally a recent utility bill).
The minimum amount authorised for withdrawals is 10 EUR / USD / GBP / CHF / USD.
3. What do IBAN, SWIFT and / or routing transit numbers mean?
- Swift code / BIC consists of 8 or 11 characters and is used to identify your bank,
- IBAN code begins with two letters identifying your country, then 2 digits, then up to 30 characters (letters or numbers) and is used to identify your bank account.
ABA code (routing transit number) is an additional code indicating which State the bank is in, where the account was opened. This code is only used for the United States and Canada.
4. I would like to cancel my withdrawal request and credit the amount to my account
5. Does NetBet Vegas collect any additional fees for deposits and withdrawals?
6. Can I change my NetBet Vegas account currency?
Please note that this change will also change the status of your account, including records of your deposits / withdrawals, bonuses received and/or points accumulated in your old account. Please contact us to proceed with the transfer of your account.
Still need help?
BONUSES
At NetBet Vegas, we love offering you bonuses and tokens. Some are credited to your account automatically (Welcome Offers) but others require you to opt in, or meet conditions to unlock them.
1. Where can I find information for upcoming offers and terms and conditions?
Details of upcoming and current offers open to all players are regularly posted to the NetBet Vegas website. Just select Promotions from the menu bar. Offers just for you are sent to you privately, so make sure you check your NetBet Vegas inbox and registered email address regularly for details of these exclusive bonuses.
2. How do I use an opt-in code?
Some bonuses are triggered by entering a promotional code (also referred to as an opt-in code). If you have an opt-in code, please follow the steps below to receive your bonus.
- Opt-In Codes:
After logging in, go to the Cashier, then click on 'Bonus' => 'Enter Offer Code'. Enter the code in the box and submit.

3. Why is my code not working? (what are deposit codes?)
A deposit code is typically used when you make your first deposit only. Entering Opt-In Codes when making a deposit WILL NOT trigger your bonus.
NB. An Opt-In code CANNOT be used here.

4. Why haven't I received my bonus?
In order to receive bonuses, you must first have opted in to the bonus by entering a bonus code, met any conditions attached to the bonus and then chosen to redeem your bonus. You can check your bonuses in the Cashier => Bonus.
Select 'Enter Offer Code' to opt in to a bonus.
Select 'Redeem Bonus' to see your pending bonuses and the 'Redeem' button to receive your reward.
NB. If you Redeem an offer containing multiple bonuses, you will receive only the bonuses for which you have met the release conditions! Any other bonuses in the offer will be forfeit.

5. I forgot to opt in - can I still receive the bonus?
As long as you meet the full conditions of the bonus, you should still be able to claim your bonus by entering the code and then redeeming your bonus.
For example: You can still claim a bonus on a deposit made within the offer period as long as the deposit meets the conditions.
You have seven days from the end of the offer period to claim your bonus - after which it will not be available.
NB. Only the first deposit made in an offer period will be assessed for eligiblity. If the deposit does not meet the conditions, the bonus will not be available to you.
6. What is a Casino bonus?
Our casino bonuses can only be used on casino games available on our NetBet Vegas website.
To transfer any potential winnings to your real money balance, you have to carry out the playthrough referred to in the bonus conditions.
Carrying out a playthrough means betting a certain number of times using the bonus that you received, on our casino games. Playthrough is 50 for all casino bonuses unless otherwise stated in the bonus terms. The percentage that a casino game contributes to achieving playthrough depends on the game played : 10% for table games and video poker, and 100% for all other games.
7. How can I use my Free Spins?
Once they have been accepted, Free Spins can be played only on designated games as follows:

When accessing an eligible game, you must click on the “Free Spin” button (bottom left) as shown below in order to use your Free Spin credits.

8. In which games can I use my Free Spins?
Once you have accepted your Free Spins, they can be used only on the designated games listed below:
| Ace Ventura |
| Adventures beyond Wonderland |
| Adventures in Wonderland |
| Age of the Gods |
| Age of the Gods - God of Storms |
| American Dad |
| Bai Shi |
| Batman & Catwoman Cash |
| Batman & Mr. Freeze Fortune |
| Batman & The Joker Jewels |
| Batman & The Penguin Prize |
| Batman vs. Riddler |
| Batman Batgirl |
| Bounty of the Beanstalk |
| Buffalo Blitz |
| Burning Cherry 3D |
| Cat In Vegas |
| Cat Queen |
| Cat Queen Kiosk |
| Chests of Plenty |
| Crazy Spins Jackpot |
| Da Vinci's Vault |
| Desert Treasure II |
| Dirty Dancing |
| Easter Surprise |
| Fairest of them All |
| Fairground Fortunes |
| Fate Sisters |
| Fei Cui Gong Zhu |
| Feng Kuang Ma Jiang |
| Fields Of Fortune |
| Firemen |
| Five Tiger Generals |
| Fortunate Five |
| Fortune Day |
| Fortune Hill |
| Fortune Lions |
| Fortunes of The Fox |
| Frankie Dettori's Magic Seven |
| Frankie Dettori's Magic Seven Jackpot |
| Funky Fruits Farm |
| Furious Four |
| Geisha Story Jackpot |
| Gem Heat |
| Gem Queen |
| Gladiator |
| Gladiator Jackpot |
| Goddess of Wisdom |
| Green Lantern |
| Halloween Fortune |
| Halloween Fortune II |
| Hawaiian Treasure |
| Heart of the Jungle |
| Heart of the Frontier |
| Heavenly Ruler |
| Holy Grail |
| Hotel of Horror |
| Ice Cave |
| Inca Jackpot |
| Jackpot Giant |
| Jekyll and Hyde |
| Ji Xiang Ba PT Legacy |
| Jin Qian Wa |
| Juicy Booty |
| Jungle trouble |
| Jurassic Island |
| King of Olympus |
| Kong The Eighth Wonder Of The World |
| Land of Gold |
| Leprechaun's Luck |
| Lie Yan Zuan Shi |
| Liu Fu Shou |
| Long Long Long |
| Magical Stacks |
| Man of Steel |
| Miss Fortune |
| Mobile Desert Treasure |
| Monty Python's Spamalot Slot |
| Mr. Cashback |
| Multiplier Madness |
| Native Frankie Dettori's Magic Seven |
| Native Samba Brazil |
| Neon Life |
| Nian Nian You Yu |
| Nian Nian You Yu Asia |
| Nostradamus |
| Piggies and the Wolf |
| Pink Panther |
| Prince of Olympus |
| Queen Of Wands |
| Roaring Wilds |
| Robocop |
| Rocky |
| Santa Surprise |
| Savannah Cash |
| Secrets of the Amazon |
| Sherlock Mystery |
| Si Ling |
| Si Xiang |
| Silent Samurai Jackpot |
| Sinbad's Golden Voyage |
| Space Invaders |
| Spud O'Reilly Crops od Gold |
| Streak of Luck |
| Sunset Beach |
| Superman |
| Superman II |
| Tennis Stars |
| The Flintstones |
| The Mummy |
| The Riches of Don Quixote |
| The Three Musketeers and The Queen's Diamond |
| The Winnings of Oz |
| Tiki Paradise |
| Tine for a Deal |
| Top Gun |
| Top Trumps Celebs |
| Top Trumps World Football Stars 2014 |
| Triple Monkey |
| Vacation Station Deluxe |
| White King |
| Who wants to be a Millionaire |
| Wild Gambler |
| Wild Wishes |
| Wu Long |
| Wu Long Jackpot |
| Wu Lu Cai Shen |
| Zhao Cai Jin Bao |
| Zhao Cai Jin Bao Jackpot |
| Zhao Cai Tong Zi |
9. What is a Golden Chip Bonus?
Golden Chip is a new type of bonus that can be played at our NetBet table games! Each Golden Chip has a set value (see Terms and Conditions of each promotion). Wagering conditions on winnings apply. When you receive a Golden Chip you will get a notification. You can then either accept or decline the bonus.

Our Golden Chips can only be used on the following NetBet Vegas games: American Blackjack, Baccarat, Blackjack, Blackjack Peek, Blackjack Pro (Single-Deck Blackjack), Blackjack Super 21, Blackjack Surrender, Blackjack Switch, Blackjack UK, Double Attack Blackjack, European Roulette (Flash only), French Roulette (Flash only), NewAR Roulette, Perfect Blackjack, Pick’em Blackjack, Pontoon, Premium American Roulette, Premium European Roulette, Premium French Roulette, Premium Roulette Pro, Punto y Banca, Roulette Pro (Flash only) Live Casino.
You can find your Golden Chips as soon as you take your seat at the table:

- Only one Golden Chip can be used per game round, and only for initial bets in card games.
- When using Golden Chips in any game, a player cannot place cash bets.
Conditions and Wagering: Any winnings received by betting Golden Chips will be transferred to your bonus balance. No Golden Chips will be returned. To transfer any potential winnings to your real money balance, you must carry out the play-through referred to in the bonus conditions. The promotion specific play-through can be found in the promotion’s T&Cs.
Still need help?
My NetBet account
1. How to register?
2. Is it necessary to confirm my personal data?
3. I did not receive the welcome email
4. I have forgotten my username or password
5. I want to change my contact email address
6. I would like to create another account
Still need help?
NetBet Vegas Inbox
1. Where can I find my NetBet Vegas inbox?
2. Why should I use my NetBet Vegas inbox?
3. How do I send a message to customer support?
4. Can I send documents from my NetBet Vegas inbox?
Still need help?
Others
1. I would like to close my NetBet Vegas account
2. Can I play your games using a device such as a tablet, phone, iPad or iPhone?
You might be able to access the website, register and make a deposit using your device’s browser, providing it is recent enough to support HTML5/Ajax.
Still need help?
Learn how to play our games!
BlackJack
Our BlackJack game is composed of a dealer and a player. The dealer has 6 decks of cards, all mixed together.
Before the dealer starts dealing the cards, the player chooses the amount they want to bet by double clicking on the chips pile, varying from £1, £5, £10, £25, £50, £100 to £500, in order to place their bets. After placing their bet(s) the player must click on the “PLAY” button.
Once the dealer starts dealing the cards, the player cannot change their bets.
Different buttons light up depending on the different options to facilitate the game play. For example, if it is possible to split the cards into two piles, the button “SPLIT” will appear, allowing the player to play with two separate hands.
The objective of BlackJack is for the player to reach or to get as close as possible to 21 by adding the values of all the cards received by the dealer, per hand, without exceeding the amount of 21. The player will win the game if they have a total of 21 or if their total amount is higher than the dealer's. You will lose the game, or go “bust”, if you exceed the amount of 21. If the player's amount is equal to the amount of the dealer, the player will have their initial bet returned.
Each card is worth the number written on it. Figures like Jack, Queen or King are worth ten. Aces give the player the choice to count the card as either 11 or 1.
- The player receives 2 cards, face up. The player can take as many cards as they want.
- The dealer will also receive 2 cards; one will be face up, the other one will be face down.
The dealer will only return their “hidden” card once the player is done with their game.
- After this the dealer turns over the 'hidden' card.
- If the dealer’s total amount is worth between 17 and 21, the dealer must “stand”
- If the total amount of their cards is equal to or less than 16, the dealer will continue to hit cards until they reach a total amount of 17 or more.
- As soon as the dealer exceeds 21, they lose the game and the player wins the bet.
- The player wins the game if the total amount of their hand is higher than the total amount of the hand of the dealer, without exceeding 21.
- All hands that are worth less than the total amount of the dealer's hand will lose.
- If the player has a Black Jack (which means they have a 10 or a figure with an Ace), they will win one and a half time their bet unless the dealer also has a Black Jack. In that case it would be a draw.
OPTIONS:
"DOUBLE"
The player can press the “DOUBLE” button after having received their first two cards.
This option will automatically double the initial bet made by the player and the dealer will serve the player a third card face up.
The player will not be able to receive any other card.
It is only possible for the player to double when he receives their first two cards or after having split their game.
"SPLIT"
If the first two cards received by the player have the same value, the player will be entitled to split their hand into two different hands..
Each hand is played independently.
The player plays now with two different hands and he can ask for as many cards as they want for each of their hands so long as he does not exceed 21.
If the player wants to split two Aces, if he gets BlackJack it will be considered a single 21. In this case a 21 from the croupier will be considered a draw.
"STOP"
The player can press the button “STOP” after having received their first two cards.
This operation allows the player to quit the game and to recover all or half of their initial bet, depending on the state of play.
The game will then start again as normal.
"INSURANCE"
The player has the choice to take an “INSURANCE” when the card face up of the dealer is an Ace. This means that the player may gamble one half of their initial bet in order to assure not to lose their entire bet if the dealer shows, besides their Ace, a hand with a 10 or a face card.
If the hand of the dealer is an Ace and a 10, the player wins two and a half times their insurance bet (which means he would keep their initial bet and their insurance bet).
If the card face down of the dealer has a value of less than 10, the player will lose their insurance bet and the game continue as normal. The winner will be the one who is the closest to 21.
You cannot Split or Double when you have Insurance.
"Push" or "Draw":
There is a draw when the dealer and the player have the same total amount in card values. In case of a draw no one loses and the player takes has their initial bet returned.
BlackJack Multihand
Game settings
The default chip denomination selected is 1.
How to play
In BlackJack Multi Hand you can play up to three different hands against the dealer's hand. The dealer must draw on 16 and stand on 17 or higher. If you have busted all possible hands, the dealer is not required to draw additional cards.The following information applies for all of the three possible hands per game.
Notes
- Bust – when a hand goes over hard 21, it is called a “Bust”.
- BlackJack – when the sum of the first two cards of a hand is exactly 21; BlackJack beats regular 21.
- Push – the player and the dealer have the same card total; the bet is returned to the player.
- Hard hand: Any hand without an ace. Also any hand with an ace where the ace must be counted as a 1 to avoid busting.
- Soft hand: when an Ace can be counted as 11 without the hand going over 21.
To play BlackJack Multi Hand, follow the next steps:
Step 1: To start the game you must first place a bet. To place an Ante bet, click on a chip stack to select a value, and then click on one of the Ante bet areas to place the chip on the table. Each click places one chip. You can place as many chips as you want on a bet, but keep in mind that the bet value on a hand cannot exceed the maximum table limits and has to be covered by your credit balance.
Notes
After you click the DEAL button you will not be able to select a different chip stack until after the game concludes.
Step 2: After you place your bet, you have the following options:
- DEAL – Click the DEAL button after you place your bet to start the game.
- CANCEL – Click the CANCEL button before you start the game if you wish to cancel your current bet and place a different bet.
Step 3: After the game starts and you receive your first two cards, the following options can be available, depending on the presented situations:
- HIT – Use the HIT button if you want to receive one more card.
- STAND – Click the STAND button if you are satisfied with your current hand and want to end the game. When you click this button, the dealer reveals their hidden card and draws other cards if necessary.
- DOUBLE – After you receive the first two cards, click the DOUBLE button to double your ante bet. You receive a third card, face up and the dealer reveals their hidden card and draws other cards if necessary. Please note that if you use this button, you will not be able to receive any more cards for the current hand. The ‘double’ option is only available for the first two cards. After a split, the ‘double’ option is also available only for the first two cards of each hand.
- SPLIT – If a main hand has the first two cards of equal value, you can use the SPLIT button to split it into two different hands. Each of the two hands contains one of main hand’s cards and a new card received after the split. Note that the second card for each hand is received when that hand becomes the current hand.
You play each hand independently, the current hand being highlighted with an arrow above it.
This option places the initial bet on one hand and a new bet equal to the initial bet and deducted from your credit balance, on the other hand. You now have a bet, equal in value, on each of the two hands.
You may ask for as many cards as you want for each hand, when that hand is the current one, as long as their value does not exceed 21.
Please note that after the split, an Ace and a ten-value card only count as 21 and are not considered a BlackJack. You can only split one time per betting zone.
- INSURANCE –You can choose to place an ‘insurance’ bet when the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace, for any of the three main hands. This means that you make sure you do not lose the entire bet if the dealer has a BlackJack by placing another bet on insurance, which has a value of half your Ante bet. The insurance option is only available if you do not have a BlackJack. In case you have a BlackJack and the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace, you will be asked for ‘EVEN MONEY’.
If the dealer has an Ace and a ten-value card, you lose the initial bet but win 2:1 the insurance bet.
If dealer’s face down card is not a ten-value card, you lose the insurance bet and the game continues as normal. Note that you cannot split nor double after you place an insurance bet.
Note: When the game asks about INSURANCE (Yes or No), tick the “Remember this option” checkbox if you want to make the same choice during the current game play. The “Remember this option” checkbox is only available when playing multiple hands.
- EVEN MONEY – You can choose ‘EVEN MONEY’ when you have BlackJack and the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace. If you take ‘EVEN MONEY’, you win 1:1 on your initial bet and end the game. Even if the dealer has BlackJack, you win instead of having a push.
Note: when the game asks about EVEN MONEY (Yes or No), tick the “Remember this option” checkbox if you want to make the same choice during the current game play. The “Remember this option” checkbox is only available when playing multiple hands.
Step 4: any winnings are added to the balance, and you have the possibility of
- playing a new game by clicking the NEW GAME button – then proceeding to Step 1
- clicking the LAST BET button – then proceeding to Step 2
- placing the same bet as the previous game by clicking the REBET & DEAL button – then proceeding to Step 3.
Note: after a game session restore, the REBET & DEAL and LAST BET buttons will not appear. If your balance does not cover an action, a dialogue window will be shown informing you of this.
Payouts
|
Bet type |
Payout |
|
Ante bet |
1:1 |
|
BlackJack |
3:2 |
|
Insurance |
2:1 the insurance bet |
|
Even Money |
1:1 |
The Ante bet is won when the player’s hand is closer to 21 than that of the dealer’s, without going over 21.
Card Values
Every pack of cards has four suits: Spades, Diamonds, Hearts and Clubs. All suits are equal.
|
Card |
Card value |
|
2 |
2 |
|
3 |
3 |
|
4 |
4 |
|
5 |
5 |
|
6 |
6 |
|
7 |
7 |
|
8 |
8 |
|
9 |
9 |
|
10 |
10 |
|
Jack |
10 |
|
Queen |
10 |
|
King |
10 |
|
Ace |
1 or 11 |
Atlantic City BlackJack
Game settings
The default chip denomination selected is 1.
How to play
In BlackJack Atlantic City, you play a hand against the dealer's hand. The dealer must draw on 16 and stand on 17 or higher. If you have busted all possible hands, the dealer is not required to draw additional cards.
Notes
- Bust – when a hand goes over hard 21, it is called a “Bust.
- BlackJack – when the sum of the first two cards of a hand is exactly 21; BlackJack beats regular 21.
- Push – the player and the dealer have the same card total; the bet is returned to the player.
- Hard hand: Any hand without an ace. Also any hand with an ace where the ace must be counted as a 1 to avoid busting.
- Soft hand: when an Ace can be counted as 11 without the hand going over 21.
To play BlackJack Atlantic City, follow the next steps:
Step 1: To start the game you must first place a bet. To place the Ante bet, click on a chip stack to select a desired value, and then click on the Ante bet area to place the chip on the table. Each click places one chip. You can place as many chips as you want on a bet, but keep in mind that the bet value cannot exceed the maximum table limits and has to be covered by your credit balance.
Notes
After you click the DEAL button you will not be able to select a different chip stack until after the game concludes.
Step 2: After you place your bet, you have the following options:
- DEAL – Click the DEAL button after you place your bet to start the game.
- CANCEL – Click the CANCEL button before you start the game if you wish to cancel your current bet and place a different bet.
Step 3: After the game starts and you receive your first two cards, the following options can be available, depending on the presented situations:
- HIT – Use the HIT button if you want to receive one more card.
- STAND – Click the STAND button if you are satisfied with your current hand and want to end the game. When you click this button, the dealer reveals their hidden card and draws other cards if necessary.
- DOUBLE – After you receive the first two cards, click the ‘DOUBLE’ button to double your ante bet. You receive a third card, face up and the dealer reveals their hidden card and draws other cards if necessary. Please note that if you use this button, you will not be able to receive any more cards for the current hand. The ‘double’ option is only available for the first two cards. After a split, the ‘double’ option is also available only for the first two cards of each hand.
Note: when splitting aces, you are not permitted to double.
- SPLIT – If your first two cards have the same value, you can use the ‘SPLIT’ button to split your current hand into two different hands. Each of the two hands contains one of the first two cards and a new card received after the split. Note that the second card for each hand is received when that hand becomes the current hand.
You play each hand independently, the current hand being highlighted with an arrow above it.
This option places the initial bet on one hand and a new bet equal to the initial bet and deducted from your credit balance, on the other hand. You now have a bet, equal in value, on each of the two hands.
You can split one or both hands one time, if the cards that form the hands are of equal value. You may ask for as many cards as you want for each hand, when that hand is the current one, as long as their value does not exceed 21. When splitting aces, you are not permitted to ask for more cards.
Note: after the split, an Ace and a ten-value card only count as 21 and are not considered a BlackJack. You can split 3 times total, for a maximum of 4 split hands.
- INSURANCE –You can choose to place an ‘insurance’ bet when the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace. This means that you make sure you do not lose the entire bet if the dealer has a BlackJack by placing another bet on insurance, which has a value of half your Ante bet. The insurance option is only available if you do not have a BlackJack.
If the dealer has an Ace and a ten-value card, you lose the initial bet but win 2:1 the insurance bet.
If dealer’s face down card is not a ten-value card, you lose the insurance bet and the game continues as normal.
If the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace, you are offered INSURANCE, and the dealer checks for BlackJack. If the dealer’s face-up card is a ten-value card, INSURANCE is not offered and the dealer checks for BlackJack. If the dealer does not have BlackJack, DOUBLE and SPLIT are permitted.
- SURRENDER – is available at the start of a new hand, if you have not accepted INSURANCE and only if the dealer does not have a black jack. If you surrender, you receive half of your bet back.
Important: the dealer checks for BlackJack if their first card has the value of 10. If their first card is an Ace, you will be asked for insurance and the dealer will check for BlackJack before the game continues as usual.
Step 4: any winnings are added to the balance, and you have the possibility of
- playing a new game by clicking the NEW GAME button – then proceed to Step 1
- clicking the LAST BET button – then proceed to Step 2
- placing the same bet as the previous game by clicking the REBET & DEAL button – then proceed to Step 3.
Note: after a game session restore, the REBET & DEAL and LAST BET buttons will not appear. If your balance does not cover an action, a dialogue window will be shown informing you of this.
Payouts
|
Bet type |
Payout |
|
Ante bet |
1:1 |
|
BlackJack |
3:2 |
|
Insurance |
2:1 the insurance bet |
The Ante bet is won when the player’s hand is closer to 21 than that of the dealer’s, without going over 21.
Card Values
All cards come in four suits: Spades, Diamonds, Hearts and Clubs. All suits have equal rank.
|
Card |
Card value |
|
2 |
2 |
|
3 |
3 |
|
4 |
4 |
|
5 |
5 |
|
6 |
6 |
|
7 |
7 |
|
8 |
8 |
|
9 |
9 |
|
10 |
10 |
|
Jack |
10 |
|
Queen |
10 |
|
King |
10 |
|
Ace |
1 or 11 |
French BlackJack
Game settings
The default chip denomination selected is 1.
How to play
In BlackJack French, you play a hand against the dealer's hand. The dealer must draw on 16 and stand on 17 or higher. If you have busted all possible hands, the dealer is not required to draw additional cards. Unlike regular BlackJack, the Dealer does not receive a hole card.
Notes
- Bust – when a hand goes over hard 21, it is called a “Bust”.
- BlackJack – when the sum of the first two cards of a hand is exactly 21; BlackJack beats regular 21.
- Push – the player and the dealer have the same card total; the bet is returned to the player.
- Hard hand: Any hand without an ace. Also any hand with an ace where the ace must be counted as a 1 to avoid busting.
- Soft hand: when an Ace can be counted as 11 without the hand going over 21.
To play BlackJack French, follow the next steps:
Step 1: To start the game you must first place a bet. To place the Ante bet, click on a chip stack to select a desired value, and then click on the Ante bet area to place the chip on the table. Each click places one chip. You can place as many chips as you want on a bet, but keep in mind that the bet value cannot exceed the maximum table limits and has to be covered by your credit balance.
Notes
After you click the DEAL button you will not be able to select a different chip stack until after the game concludes.
Step 2: After you place your bet, you have the following options:
- DEAL – Click the DEAL button after you place your bet to start the game.
- CANCEL – Click the CANCEL button before you start the game if you wish to cancel your current bet and place a different bet.
Step 3: After the game starts and you receive your first two cards, the following options can be available, depending on the presented situations:
- HIT – Use the HIT button if you want to receive one more card.
- STAND – Click the STAND button if you are satisfied with your current hand and want to end the game. When you click this button, the dealer draws other cards as necessary.
- DOUBLE – After you receive two cards with the combined value of 9, 10 or 11, click the ‘DOUBLE button to double your ante bet. You receive a third card, face up and the dealer draws other cards as necessary. Please note that if you use this button, you will not be able to receive any more cards for the current hand. After a split, the ‘double’ option is also available only for the first two cards of each hand if the two cards have a combined value of 9, 10 or 11.
Note: when splitting aces, you are not permitted to double.
- SPLIT – If your first two cards have the same value, you can use the ‘SPLIT’ button to split your current hand into two different hands. Each of the two hands contains one of the first two cards and a new card received after the split. Note that the second card for each hand is received when that hand becomes the current hand.
You play each hand independently, the current hand being highlighted with an arrow above it.
This option places the initial bet on one hand and a new bet equal to the initial bet and deducted from your credit balance, on the other hand. You now have a bet, equal in value, on each of the two hands.
You may ask for as many cards as you want for each hand, when that hand is the current one, as long as their value does not exceed 21. When splitting aces, you are not allowed to ask for more cards.
Notes:
After the split, an Ace and a ten-value card only count as 21 and are not considered a BlackJack.
You can split two times total, for a maximum of 3 split hands.
- INSURANCE – You can choose to place an ‘insurance’ bet when the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace. This means that you make sure you do not lose the entire bet if the dealer will get a BlackJack by placing another bet on insurance, which has a value of half your Ante bet. The insurance option is only available if you do not have a BlackJack.
If the dealer has an Ace and receives a ten-value card, you lose the initial bet but win 2:1 the insurance bet.
DOUBLE and SPLIT are permitted after choosing INSURANCE.
Step 4: any winnings are added to the balance, and you have the possibility of
- playing a new game by clicking the NEW GAME button – then proceed to Step 1
- clicking the LAST BET button – then proceed to Step 2
- placing the same bet as the previous game by clicking the REBET & DEAL button – then proceed to Step 3.
Note: after a game session restore, the REBET & DEAL and LAST BET buttons will not appear. If your balance does not cover an action, a dialogue window will be shown informing you of this.
Payouts
|
Bet type |
Payout |
|
Ante bet |
1:1 |
|
BlackJack |
3:2 |
|
Insurance |
2:1 the insurance bet |
The Ante bet is won when the player’s hand is closer to 21 than that of the dealer’s, without going over 21.
Card Values
All cards come in four suits: Spades, Diamonds, Hearts and Clubs. All suits have equal rank.
|
Card |
Card value |
|
2 |
2 |
|
3 |
3 |
|
4 |
4 |
|
5 |
5 |
|
6 |
6 |
|
7 |
7 |
|
8 |
8 |
|
9 |
9 |
|
10 |
10 |
|
Jack |
10 |
|
Queen |
10 |
|
King |
10 |
|
Ace |
1 or 11 |
VIP Multihand BlackJack
Game settings
The default chip denomination selected is 100.
How to play
In BlackJack Multi Hand VIP you can play up to five different main hands against the dealer's hand. The dealer must draw on 16 and stand on 17 or higher. If you have busted all possible hands, the dealer is not required to draw additional cards.The following information applies for all of the five possible main hands per game.
Notes
- Bust – when a hand goes over hard 21, it is called a “Bust”.
- BlackJack – when the sum of the first two cards of a hand is exactly 21; BlackJack beats regular 21.
- Push – the player and the dealer have the same card total; the bet is returned to the player.
- Hard hand: Any hand without an ace. Also any hand with an ace where the ace must be counted as a 1 to avoid busting.
- Soft hand: when an Ace can be counted as 11 without the hand going over 21.
To play BlackJack Multi Hand VIP, follow the next steps:
Step 1: To start the game you must first place a bet. To place an Ante bet, click on a chip stack to select a desired value, and then click on one of the Ante bet areas to place the chip on the table. Each click places one chip. You can place as many chips as you want on a bet, but keep in mind that the bet value on a hand cannot exceed the maximum table limits and has to be covered by your credit balance.
Notes
After you click the DEAL button you will not be able to select a different chip stack until after the game concludes.
If you place an Ante bet that is less than the minimum limit, then this bet is automatically increased to reach the minimum limit.
Step 2: After you place your bet, you have the following options:
- DEAL – Click the DEAL button after you place your bet to start the game.
- CANCEL – Click the CANCEL button before you start the game if you wish to cancel your current bet and place a different bet.
Step 3: After the game starts and you receive your first two cards, the following options can be available, depending on the presented situations:
- HIT – Use the HIT button if you want to receive one more card.
- STAND – Click the ‘STAND’ button if you are satisfied with your current hand and want to end the game. When you click this button, the dealer reveals their hidden card and draws other cards if necessary.
- DOUBLE – After you receive the first two cards, click the DOUBLE button to double your ante bet. You receive a third card, face up and the dealer reveals their hidden card and draws other cards if necessary. Please note that if you use this button, you will not be able to receive any more cards for the current hand. The ‘double’ option is only available for the first two cards. After a split, the ‘double’ option is also available only for the first two cards of each hand.
- SPLIT – If a main hand has the first two cards of equal value, you can use the SPLIT button to split it into two different hands. Each of the two hands contains one of main hand’s cards and a new card received after the split. Note that the second card for each hand is received when that hand becomes the current hand.
You play each hand independently, the current hand being highlighted with an arrow above it.
This option places the initial bet on one hand and a new bet equal to the initial bet and deducted from your credit balance, on the other hand. You now have a bet, equal in value, on each of the two hands.
You may ask for as many cards as you want for each hand, when that hand is the current one, as long as their value does not exceed 21.
Please note that after the split, an Ace and a ten-value card only count as 21 and are not considered a BlackJack. You can only split one time per betting zone.
- INSURANCE –You can choose to place an ‘insurance’ bet when the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace. This means that you make sure you do not lose the entire bet if the dealer has a BlackJack by placing another bet on insurance, which has a value of half your Ante bet. The insurance option is only available if you do not have a BlackJack. In case you have a BlackJack and the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace, you will be asked for ‘EVEN MONEY’.
If the dealer has an Ace and a ten-value card, you lose the initial bet but win 2:1 the insurance bet.
If dealer’s face down card is not a ten-value card, you lose the insurance bet and the game continues as normal.
Notes
You cannot split nor double after you place an insurance bet.
When the game asks about INSURANCE (Yes or No), tick the “Remember this option” checkbox if you want to make the same choice during the current game play. The “Remember this option” checkbox is only available when playing multiple hands.
- EVENMONEY – You can choose ‘EVEN MONEY’ when you have BlackJack and the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace. If you take ‘EVEN MONEY’, you win 1:1 on your initial bet and end the game. Even if the dealer has BlackJack, you win instead of having a push.
Note: when the game asks about EVEN MONEY (Yes or No), tick the “Remember this option” checkbox if you want to make the same choice during the current game play. The “Remember this option” checkbox is only available when playing multiple hands.
Step 4: any winnings are added to the balance, and you have the possibility of
- playing a new game by clicking the NEW GAME button – then proceed to Step 1
- clicking the LAST BET button – then proceed to Step 2
- placing the same bet as the previous game by clicking the REBET & DEAL button – then proceed to Step 3.
Note: after a game session restore, the REBET & DEAL and LAST BET buttons will not appear. If your balance does not cover an action, a dialogue window will be shown informing you of this.
Payouts
|
Bet type |
Payout |
|
Ante bet |
1:1 |
|
BlackJack |
3:2 |
|
Insurance |
2:1 the insurance bet |
|
Even Money |
1:1 |
The Ante bet is won when the player’s hand is closer to 21 than that of the dealer’s, without going over 21.
Card Values
All cards come in four suits: Spades, Diamonds, Hearts and Clubs. All suits have equal rank.
|
Card |
Card value |
|
2 |
2 |
|
3 |
3 |
|
4 |
4 |
|
5 |
5 |
|
6 |
6 |
|
7 |
7 |
|
8 |
8 |
|
9 |
9 |
|
10 |
10 |
|
Jack |
10 |
|
Queen |
10 |
|
King |
10 |
|
Ace |
1 or 11 |
Reno BlackJack
Game settings
The default chip denomination selected is 1.
How to play
In BlackJack Reno, you play a hand against the dealer's hand. The dealer draws on soft 17 (where the dealer has 17, formed with at least an Ace of value 11) and stands on hard 17 or higher. If you have busted all possible hands (over 21 in value on all possible hands), the dealer is not required to draw additional cards. If the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace or a 10-value card, the dealer does not check for BlackJack.
Notes
- Bust – when a hand goes over hard 21, it is called a “Bust”.
- BlackJack – when the sum of the first two cards of a hand is exactly 21; BlackJack beats regular 21.
- Push – the player and the dealer have the same card total; the bet is returned to the player.
- Hard hand: Any hand without an ace. Also any hand with an ace where the ace must be counted as a 1 to avoid busting.
- Soft hand: when an Ace can be counted as 11 without the hand going over 21.
To play BlackJack Reno, follow the next steps:
Step 1: To start the game you must first place a bet. To place the Ante bet, click on a chip stack to select a desired value, and then click on the Ante bet area to place the chip on the table. Each click places one chip. You can place as many chips as you want on a bet, but keep in mind that the bet value cannot exceed the maximum table limits and has to be covered by your credit balance.
Notes
After you click the DEAL button you will not be able to select a different chip stack until after the game concludes.
Step 2: After you place your bet, you have the following options:
- DEAL – Click the DEAL button after you place your bet to start the game.
- CANCEL – Click the CANCEL button before you start the game if you wish to cancel your current bet and place a different bet.
Step 3: After the game starts and you receive your first two cards, the following options can be available, depending on the presented situations:
- HIT – Use the HIT button if you want to receive one more card.
- STAND – Click the STAND button if you are satisfied with your current hand and want to end the game. When you click this button, the dealer reveals their hidden card and draws other cards if necessary.
- DOUBLE – After you receive the first two cards, click the DOUBLE button to double your ante bet. You receive a third card, face up and the dealer reveals their hidden card and draws other cards if necessary. Please note that if you use this button, you will not be able to receive any more cards for the current hand.
The DOUBLE option is only available for the first two cards of a hand, if their combined value is 10 or 11.
- SPLIT – If your first two cards have the same value, you can use the SPLIT button to split your current hand into two different hands. Each of the two hands contains one of the first two cards and a new card received after the split. Note that the second card for each hand is received when that hand becomes the current hand.
You play each hand independently, the current hand being highlighted with an arrow above it.
This option places the initial bet on one hand and a new bet equal to the initial bet and deducted from your credit balance, on the other hand. You now have a bet, equal in value, on each of the two hands.
You may ask for as many cards as you want for each hand, when that hand is the current one, as long as their value does not exceed 21.
Please note that after the split, an Ace and a ten-value card only count as 21 and are not considered a BlackJack. You can only split one time per betting zone. DOUBLE after SPLIT is not allowed.
Note: when splitting Aces, you will only receive one additional card for each Ace.
- INSURANCE –You can choose to place an ‘insurance’ bet when the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace. This means that you make sure you do not lose the entire bet if the dealer has a BlackJack by placing another bet on insurance, which has a value of half your Ante bet. The insurance option is only available if you do not have a BlackJack. In case you have a BlackJack and the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace, you will be asked for ‘EVEN MONEY’.
If the dealer has an Ace and a ten-value card, you lose the initial bet but win 2:1 the insurance bet.
If dealer’s face down card is not a ten-value card, you lose the insurance bet and the game continues as normal.
Note: DOUBLE and SPLIT are permitted after choosing INSURANCE.
- EVENMONEY – You can choose ‘EVEN MONEY’ when you have BlackJack and the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace. If you take ‘EVEN MONEY’, you win 1:1 on your initial bet and end the game. Even if the dealer has BlackJack, you win instead of having a push.
Step 4: any winnings are added to the balance, and you have the possibility of
- playing a new game by clicking the NEW GAME button – then proceed to Step 1
- clicking the LAST BET button – then proceed to Step 2
- placing the same bet as the previous game by clicking the REBET & DEAL button – then proceed to Step 3.
Note: after a game session is restored, the REBET & DEAL and LAST BET buttons will not appear. If your balance does not cover an action, a dialogue window will be shown informing you of this.
Payouts
|
Bet type |
Payout |
|
Ante bet |
1:1 |
|
BlackJack |
3:2 |
|
Insurance |
2:1 the insurance bet |
|
Even Money |
1:1 |
The Ante bet is won when the player’s hand is closer to 21 than that of the dealer’s, without going over 21.
Card Values
All cards come in four suits: Spades, Diamonds, Hearts and Clubs. All suits have equal rank.
|
Card |
Card value |
|
2 |
2 |
|
3 |
3 |
|
4 |
4 |
|
5 |
5 |
|
6 |
6 |
|
7 |
7 |
|
8 |
8 |
|
9 |
9 |
|
10 |
10 |
|
Jack |
10 |
|
Queen |
10 |
|
King |
10 |
|
Ace |
1 or 11 |
BlackJack Multi Hand Super 7s
Game settings
The default chip denomination selected is 5.
How to play
In BlackJack Super 7s Multi Hand you can play up to three different hands against the dealer's hand. The dealer must draw on 16 and stand on 17 or higher. If you have busted all possible hands, the dealer is not required to draw additional cards.The following information applies for all of the three possible hands per game.
Notes
- Bust – when a hand goes over hard 21, it is called a “Bust”.
- BlackJack – when the sum of the first two cards of a hand is exactly 21; BlackJack beats regular 21.
- Push – the player and the dealer have the same card total; the bet is returned to the player.
- Hard hand: Any hand without an ace. Also any hand with an ace where the ace must be counted as a 1 to avoid busting.
- Soft hand: when an Ace can be counted as 11 without the hand going over 21.
To play BlackJack Super 7s Multi Hand, follow the next steps:
Step 1: To start the game you must first place a bet. To place an Ante bet, click on a chip stack to select a desired value, and then click on one of the Ante bet areas to place the chip on the table. Each click places one chip. You can place as many chips as you want on a bet, but keep in mind that the bet value on a hand cannot exceed the maximum table limits and has to be covered by your credit balance.
Notes
After you click the DEAL button you will not be able to select a different chip stack until after the game concludes.
Step 2: After you place your bet, you have the following options:
- DEAL – Click the DEAL button after you place your bet to start the game.
- CANCEL – Click the CANCEL button before you start the game if you wish to cancel your current bet and place a different bet.
Step 3: After the game starts and you receive your first two cards, the following options can be available, depending on the presented situations:
- HIT – Use the HIT button if you want to receive one more card.
- STAND – Click the ‘STAND’ button if you are satisfied with your current hand and want to end the game. When you click this button, the dealer reveals their hidden card and draws other cards if necessary.
- DOUBLE – After you receive the first two cards, click the DOUBLE button to double your ante bet. You receive a third card, face up and the dealer reveals their hidden card and draws other cards if necessary. Please note that if you use this button, you will not be able to receive any more cards for the current hand. The ‘double’ option is only available for the first two cards. After a split, the ‘double’ option is also available only for the first two cards of each hand.
- SPLIT – If a main hand has the first two cards of equal value, you can use the SPLIT button to split it into two different hands. Each of the two hands contains one of main hand’s cards and a new card received after the split. Note that the second card for each hand is received when that hand becomes the current hand.
You play each hand independently, the current hand being highlighted with an arrow above it.
This option places the initial bet on one hand and a new bet equal to the initial bet and deducted from your credit balance, on the other hand. You now have a bet, equal in value, on each of the two hands.
You may ask for as many cards as you want for each hand, when that hand is the current one, as long as their value does not exceed 21.
Please note that after the split, an Ace and a ten-value card only count as 21 and are not considered a BlackJack. You can only split one time per betting zone.
- INSURANCE –You can choose to place an ‘insurance’ bet when the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace, for any of the three main hands. This means that you make sure you do not lose the entire bet if the dealer has a BlackJack by placing another bet on insurance, which has a value of half your Ante bet. The insurance option is only available if you do not have a BlackJack. In case you have a BlackJack and the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace, you will be asked for ‘EVEN MONEY’.
If the dealer has an Ace and a ten-value card, you lose the initial bet but win 2:1 the insurance bet.
Notes
DOUBLE and SPLIT are not permitted after choosing INSURANCE
When the game asks about INSURANCE (Yes or No), tick the “Remember this option” checkbox if you want to make the same choice during the current game play. The “Remember this option” checkbox is only available when playing multiple hands.
- EVENMONEY – You can choose ‘EVEN MONEY’ when you have BlackJack and the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace. If you take ‘EVEN MONEY’, you win 1:1 on your initial bet and end the game. Even if the dealer has BlackJack, you win instead of having a push.
Note: when the game asks about EVEN MONEY (Yes or No), tick the “Remember this option” checkbox if you want to make the same choice during the current game play. The “Remember this option” checkbox is only available when playing multiple hands.
Step 4: any winnings are added to the balance, and you have the possibility of
- playing a new game by clicking the NEW GAME button – then proceed to Step 1
- clicking the LAST BET button – then proceed to Step 2
- placing the same bet as the previous game by clicking the REBET & DEAL button – then proceed to Step 3.
Note: after a game session is restored, the REBET & DEAL and LAST BET buttons will not appear. If your balance does not cover an action, a dialogue window will appear to inform you about this.
S7 Special feature: The side bet is placed by clicking the circle 7 area. Each of the three main hands has an optional fixed side bet of 1 euro.
Note: There cannot be a side bet without a main bet on a hand.
Payouts
|
Bet type |
Payout |
|
Ante bet |
1:1 |
|
BlackJack |
3:2 |
|
Insurance |
2:1 the insurance bet |
|
Even Money |
1:1 |
The Ante bet is won when the player’s hand is closer to 21 than that of the dealer’s, without going over 21.
S7
Situation |
Payout |
|
1st card is 7 |
3:1 |
|
1st and 2nd cards are sevens of a different suit |
50:1 |
|
1st and 2nd cards are sevens of the same suit |
100:1 |
|
All 3 cards are sevens of a different suit |
500:1 |
|
All 3 cards are sevens of the same suit |
5000:1 |
Note: If the player gets two sevens on a main hand that also has the side bet placed, and uses the SPLIT option, he will only win the side bet payout for their initial hand. The side bet winnings are paid separately.
Card Values
All cards come in four suits: Spades, Diamonds, Hearts and Clubs. All suits have equal rank.
|
Card |
Card value |
|
2 |
2 |
|
3 |
3 |
|
4 |
4 |
|
5 |
5 |
|
6 |
6 |
|
7 |
7 |
|
8 |
8 |
|
9 |
9 |
|
10 |
10 |
|
Jack |
10 |
|
Queen |
10 |
|
King |
10 |
|
Ace |
1 or 11 |
VIP BlackJack
Game settings
The default chip denomination selected is 100.
How to play
In BlackJack VIP, you play a hand against the dealer's hand. The dealer must draw on 16 and stand on 17 or higher. If you have busted all possible hands (over 21 in value on all possible hands), the dealer is not required to draw additional cards.
Notes
- Bust – when a hand goes over hard 21, it is called a “Bust”.
- BlackJack – when the sum of the first two cards of a hand is exactly 21; BlackJack beats regular 21.
- Push – the player and the dealer have the same card total; the bet is returned to the player.
- Hard hand: Any hand without an ace. Also any hand with an ace where the ace must be counted as a 1 to avoid busting.
- Soft hand: when an Ace can be counted as 11 without the hand going over 21.
To play VIP BlackJack , follow the next steps:
Step 1: To start the game you must first place a bet. To place the Ante bet, click on a chip stack to select a desired value, and then click on the Ante bet area to place the chip on the table. Each click places one chip. You can place as many chips as you want on a bet, but keep in mind that the bet value cannot exceed the maximum table limits and has to be covered by your credit balance.
Notes
After you click the DEAL button you will not be able to select a different chip stack until after the game concludes.
If you place an Ante bet that is less than the minimum limit, then this bet is automatically increased to reach the minimum table limit.
Step 2: After you place your bet, you have the following options:
- DEAL – Click the DEAL button after you place your bet to start the game.
- CANCEL – Click the CANCEL button before you start the game if you wish to cancel your current bet and place a different bet.
Step 3: After the game starts and you receive your first two cards, the following options can be available, depending on the presented situations:
- HIT – Use the HIT button if you want to receive one more card.
- STAND – Click the STAND button if you are satisfied with your current hand and want to end the game. When you click this button, the dealer reveals their hidden card and draws other cards if necessary.
- DOUBLE – After you receive the first two cards, click the DOUBLE button to double your ante bet. You receive a third card, face up and the dealer reveals their hidden card and draws other cards if necessary. Please note that if you use this button, you will not be able to receive any more cards for the current hand. The ‘double’ option is only available for the first two cards. After a split, the ‘double’ option is also available only for the first two cards of each hand.
- SPLIT – If your first two cards have the same value, you can use the SPLIT button to split your current hand into two different hands. Each of the two hands contains one of the first two cards and a new card received after the split. Note that the second card for each hand is received when that hand becomes the current hand.
You play each hand independently, the current hand being highlighted with an arrow above it.
This option places the initial bet on one hand and a new bet equal to the initial bet and deducted from your credit balance, on the other hand. You now have a bet, equal in value, on each of the two hands.
You may ask for as many cards as you want for each hand, when that hand is the current one, as long as their value does not exceed 21.
Please note that after the split, an Ace and a ten-value card only count as 21 and are not considered a BlackJack. You can only split one time per betting zone.
- INSURANCE –You can choose to place an ‘insurance’ bet when the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace. This means that you make sure you do not lose the entire bet if the dealer has a BlackJack by placing another bet on insurance, which has a value of half your Ante bet. The insurance option is only available if you do not have a BlackJack. In case you have a BlackJack and the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace, you will be asked for ‘EVEN MONEY’.
If the dealer has an Ace and a ten-value card, you lose the initial bet but win 2:1 the insurance bet.
If dealer’s face down card is not a ten-value card, you lose the insurance bet and the game continues as normal.
Note: You cannot split nor double after you place an insurance bet.
- EVENMONEY – You can choose ‘EVEN MONEY’ when you have BlackJack and the dealer’s face-up card is an Ace. If you take ‘EVEN MONEY’, you win 1:1 on your initial bet and the game ends. Even if the dealer has BlackJack, you win instead of having a push.
Step 4: any winnings are added to the balance, and you have the possibility of
- playing a new game by clicking the NEW GAME button – then proceed to Step 1
- clicking the LAST BET button – then proceed to Step 2
- placing the same bet as the previous game by clicking the REBET & DEAL button – then proceed to Step 3.
Note: after a game session restore, the REBET & DEAL and LAST BET buttons will not appear. If your balance does not cover an action, a dialogue window will be shown informing you of this.
Payouts
|
Bet type |
Payout |
|
Ante bet |
1:1 |
|
BlackJack |
3:2 |
|
Insurance |
2:1 the insurance bet |
|
Even Money |
1:1 |
The Ante bet is won when the player’s hand is closer to 21 than that of the dealer’s, without going over 21.
Card Values
All cards come in four suits: Spades, Diamonds, Hearts and Clubs. All suits have equal rank.
|
Card |
Card value |
|
2 |
2 |
|
3 |
3 |
|
4 |
4 |
|
5 |
5 |
|
6 |
6 |
|
7 |
7 |
|
8 |
8 |
|
9 |
9 |
|
10 |
10 |
|
Jack |
10 |
|
Queen |
10 |
|
King |
10 |
|
Ace |
1 or 11 |
European Roulette
There are many different ways of placing bets in European Roulette. Each wager covers a selection of different numbers and has a different distribution, as it is shown in the section of the “Payout Scheme” (see below). The European version of Roulette has only one zero and offers more chances to win than the American Roulette which has two zeros.
- Each player must initially choose the amount they want to gamble.
- Then place their bet(s) on the desired box(es).
- After having placed their bet(s), the player must press the “play” button in order for the dealer to activate the roulette wheel.
- Once the ball has stopped in a box, the dealer will announce the amount won by the player (if any).
Straight up
The player can gamble on any number, including 0, by placing a chip directly on a number.
Split Bet
The player can gamble on two numbers by placing a chip on the line which separates the two numbers.
Street Bet
The player can gamble on three numbers by placing a chip on the interior left border line of the Roulette table which is beside a corresponding row of the three numbers.
Corner Bet
The player can gamble on four numbers by placing a chip on the corner where four numbers meet on one point.
Four bet
The player can gamble on the numbers 0, 1, 2 and 3 by placing their chips on the interior left border line between 0 and 1.
Line bet
The player can bet on two street bets (meaning six different numbers on two rows of three numbers (streets) ), by placing a chip on the interior left border line where the line dividing the two rows is cut.
Column Bet
There are three tagged boxes “2:1” at the bottom of a numbers column.
- The player can gamble on all these numbers by placing their chips on one of these boxes.
- If one of the numbers from the player’s column is the number where the Roulette ball has stopped the player is paid according to a ratio of 2:1; 0 is a losing number.
Dozen Bet
The player can gamble on a group of twelve numbers.
- by placing their chips in one of the three boxes marked “1st 12”, “2nd 12”, or “3rd 12”.
- If one of the 12 numbers of the player is the number where the Roulette ball has stopped the player is paid according to a ratio of 2:1; 0 is a losing number.
Red/Black, Even/Odd, Top/Bottom Bet
The player can place a bet on one of the left side boxes, on the long side of the table, that covers half of the numbers of the Roulette table (except for the zero).
- Each box covers 18 numbers.
- The player bets the same amount on all of their wagers (1 to 1); 0 is a losing number.
Previous Numbers Screen
The previous numbers screen shows the last thirteen results.
Payout scheme
| Chips |
Term |
Win |
|
1 number |
Straight Up |
35 to 1 |
|
2 numbers |
Split bet |
17 to 1 |
|
3 numbers |
Street Bet |
11 to 1 |
|
4 numbers |
Corner Bet |
8 to 1 |
|
4 numbers |
Four Bet |
8 to 1 |
|
6 numbers |
Line Bet |
5 to 1 |
|
12 numbers |
Dozen or Column Bet |
2 to 1 |
|
18 numbers |
Red/Black, Odd/Even or High/Low Bet |
1 to 1 |
Note: you can make bets which include two, three or even four numbers.
- For example, by using the zero, the player can place bets on: 1+0, 1+2+0, 2+0, 3+0, or 1+2+3+0.
American Roulette
There are many different ways of placing bets in American Roulette. Each wager covers a selection of different numbers and has a different distribution, as it is shown in the section of the “Payout Scheme”
The American Roulette with double zero – with 0 and 00 – offers more betting possibilities than the European Roulette.
- Each player must initially choose the amount they want to gamble
- and then place their bet on the desired box(es).
- After having placed their bet(s), the player must then press the “play” button in order for the dealer to activate the roulette wheel.
- Once the ball has stopped in a box, the dealer will announce the amount won by the player (if any).
Straight Bet
The player can gamble on any number, including 0 and 00, by placing a chip directly on a number.
Split Bet
The player can gamble on two numbers by placing a chip on the line which separates the two numbers.
Street Bet
The player can gamble on three numbers by placing a chip on the interior left border line of the Roulette table which is beside a corresponding row of the three numbers.
Corner Bet
The player can gamble on four numbers by placing a chip on the corner where four numbers meet on one point.
Five Bet
The player can bet on the numbers 0, 00, 1, 2 and 3 by placing a chip on the interior left border line between 0 and the first line that cuts it.
Line Bet
The player can bet on two street bet (meaning six different numbers in two rows of three numbers (streets) ), by placing a chip on the interior left border line where the line dividing the two rows is cut.
Column Bet
There are three tagged boxes “2:1” at the bottom of a numbers column.
- The player can gamble on all these numbers by placing their chips in one of these boxes.
- If one of the numbers from the player’s column is the number where the Roulette ball has stopped the player is paid 2:1; 0 and 00 are losing numbers.
Dozen Bet
The player can gamble on a group of twelve numbers:
- by placing their chips in one of the three boxes marked “1st 12”, “2nd 12”, or “3rd 12”.
- If one of the 12 numbers of the player is the number where the Roulette ball has stopped the player is paid 2:1; 0 and 00 are losing numbers.
Red/Black, Even/Odd, Top/Bottom Bet
The player can gamble on one of the left side boxes, on the long side of the table, that covers half of the numbers of the Roulette table (except for the zero).
- Each box covers 18 numbers.
- The player bets the same amount on all of their wagers (1 to 1); 0 and 00 are losing numbers.
• Previous Numbers Screen
The previous numbers screen shows the last thirteen results.
Payout scheme
|
Straight Bet |
Term |
Win |
|
1 number |
Straight Bet |
35 to 1 |
|
2 numbers |
Split |
17 to 1 |
|
3 numbers |
Street Bet |
11 to 1 |
|
4 numbers |
Corner Bet |
8 to 1 |
|
4 numbers |
Four Bet |
8 to 1 |
|
6 numbers |
Line Bet |
5 to 1 |
|
12 numbers |
Dozen or Column Bet |
2 to 1 |
|
18 numbers |
Red/Black, Even/Odd or High/Low Bets |
1 to 1 |
Note: The player is entitled to place bets which involve two, three, four or even five numbers.
- For example, by using the zeros, the player can place bets on: 1+0, 1+2+0, 2+0, 3+00, or 1+2+3+0+00.
Progressive Roulette
Rules for the Progressive Roulette are the same as for the European Roulette.
- There as many numbered pockets as in the European Roulette ranging from 0 to 36.
- The minimum bet is 2 credits:
- 1 credit on a side bet of the Progressive Roulette which is compulsory and
- 1 credit on the table.
The side bet makes you eligible for additional payouts according to the rules below:
The side bet is added to the total progressive amount at each spin, if you get the number you predicted:
- 2 times in a row, you win 15 credits
- 3 times in a row, you win 15 credits + 200 credits
- 4 times in a row, you win 15 credits + 200 credits + 3000 credits
- 5 times in a row, you win 15 credits + 200 credits + 3000 credits + the progressive JACKPOT
Irregularities cancel all the games and all the payments.
Slot machines
In order to play Slot machines:
- the player must first decide the amount to gamble. They can choose the amount to bet by pressing on the plus or minus stake button according to their intentions.
- The player must then decide on the number of lines to gamble on. Different slots have different numebrs of lines.
- The maximum number of lines a player can play varies with each slot machine. They can choose the number of lines by repeatedly pressing the “SELECT LINES” button.
- After choosing the amount they want to bet per line and the number of lines he wants to gamble on, he can also choose to bet from once to up to 3 times the first bet.
- the player has the choice of pressing the buttons corresponding with the number of bets available per line, e.g. “BET 1”, “BET 3”, “BET 5” and so on, or “BET MAX”.
The slot machine cycle
A game begins when:
- The player makes a bet from their credit meter that is not part of any previous game.
A game is considered complete when:
- The player cannot continue play activity without committing additional credits from the credit meter, and does not have credits at risk
The following are all considered to be part of a single game, i.e. have to be finished before the game is considered completed
- Games that trigger a free game feature and any subsequent free games
- Metamorphic features
- "Second screen" Bonus feature(s)
- The player's favourite games
- Games where the rules permit wagering of additional credits
- Game features
The period after completion of a game and before commencement of the next game is Idle Mode
"BET 1":
BET 1 Bet 1 allows the player to gamble one coin per game and per line.
After having placed their bet, the player must press the button "SPIN" which will automatically activate the slot.
"BET 2":
BET 2 lets a player bet 2 coins per game and per line.
After having placed their bet, the player must press the button "SPIN" which will automatically activate the slot.
"BET 3":
BET 3 Bet 3 allows the player to gamble two coins per game and per line.
After having placed their bet, the player must press the button "SPIN" which will automatically activate the slot.
"BET MAX":
BET MAX allows the player to automatically gamble the maximum number of coins per game and per line.
After having placed their bet, the player does not necessarily have to press the "SPIN" button as the “BET MAX” button may automatically activate the slot.
Baccarat
The objective of Baccarat is to obtain a hand where the total number of points is the closest to 9.
- The Aces count as one point; the cards from 2 to 9 keep their own values;
- the 10 and the face cards count as 0.
- If the total value of the player’s hand is 10 points or more, the player must withdraw 10 points off this first value; the rest will be considered as the number of baccarat points from the player’s hands.
For Example: 7 + 6 = 13 = 3 or 4 + 6 = 10 = 0
- Place your bet on either the banker’s hand (“Banker”), or on the player’s hand (“Player”) or on a tied game (“Tie”).
- The dealer will then distribute two cards to the player and two to the banker.
- In some cases the dealer will give a third card to the player or to the banker or even to both (according to the Third card rule).
- The cards are distributed from a pile of 6 mixed decks of cards. The cards are shuffled before each game.
The player who is the closest to 9 will be the winner of the game.
- If the player has bet on the “player” and the “player” wins, the player will be paid at a ratio of 2 to 1 on their initial bet.
- If the player has bet on the “banker” and that the “banker” wins, the player will be paid at a ratio of 2 to 1 on their initial bet, minus a commission of 5% that will be attributed to the bank.
In a case where the hands of both the “player” and the “banker” have equal totals, the game will be declared a “Tie”.
If the player has placed a bet on “Tie”, he will be paid at a ratio of 9 to 1 on their initial bet.
Third card rule
The following baccarat rules scheme shows cases where the player and/or the banker automatically receive, from the dealer, a third card.
For the player:
| Value in points of the first two cards: |
|
|
0 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 |
Hit a card |
|
6 - 7 |
Pass. |
|
8 - 9 |
“First hand”, no more card. |
For the banker:
|
Value in points of the first two cards: |
Hit when the third card of player is: |
Does not hit when the third card of the player is: |
|
0 - 1 - 2 |
Hit in any case |
|
|
3 |
0 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 - 9 |
8 |
|
4 |
2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 |
0 - 1 - 8 - 9 |
|
5 |
4 - 5 - 6 - 7 |
0 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 8 - 9 |
|
6 |
6 - 7 |
0 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 8 - 9 |
|
7 |
Always pass. |
|
|
8 - 9 |
The player cannot hit |
The player cannot hit |
|
|
|
|
Important : If the player and/or the banker have a total of 8 or 9, the will both pass. This rule overrules any other rule.
Video Poker
The Video Poker machines are part of the big family of slot machines, but the winning combinations are the same as poker.
The objective of Video Poker is to obtain the best hand possible with 5 poker cards.
- The player must first choose the amount they want to gamble and the number of time they want to gamble this amount (by pressing one or more times on the button “BET 1”, or, if the player decides to bet the maximum amount per game, by pressing the button “BET MAX”).
- The player may then have to press the “CARDS” button in order to receive the first 5 cards.
- After having chosen the cards they want to keep or discard from their hand, either by clicking on the card or the button directly beneath it, the player then presses the “CARDS” button
- to deal the second hand. The dealer deals the new card(s) for this second hand according to the number of cards previously discarded by the player (the player must have in total 5 cards in hand). The process of keeping/discarding card occurs only once during the game.
The purpose of this game is to obtain the best combination of cards, in direct relation to Poker, possible in order to win higher payouts.
Payout schemes
The payout scheme can vary according to the game/tables on which the player is playing.
Example: An example of the payout scheme for the Video Poker: “Jacks or Better”:
Winning hands:
Jacks or better: The player only wins if he receives a pair of Jacks, Queens, Kings or Aces.
A lower pair will not entitle him to win anything.
Double pair: Two pairs of two different ranking cards (e.g. a pair of kings and a pair of 2s).
3 of a kind: Three cards with the same rank (e.g. three 7s).
Straight: Five consecutive cards but with different suits (e.g. 2 of hearts, 3 of spades, 4 of clubs, 5 of diamonds, 6 of clubs).
Flush: Five cards of the same suit in any order (e.g. 2, A, 9, 5, Q of heart).
Four of a kind: Four cards of the same rank (e.g. 7 of diamonds, 7 of clubs, 7 of heart, 7 of spades).
Straight flush: Five consecutive cards of the same suit (e.g. 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 of clubs).
Royal Flush: Five consecutive cards of the same family starting from 10 and ending with Ace (e.g. 10, Jack, Queen, King, Ace of spade).
|
|
1 Coin |
2 Coins |
3 Coins |
4 Coins |
5 Coins |
|
Royal Flush |
250 |
500 |
750 |
1000 |
3000 |
|
Straight Flush |
50 |
100 |
150 |
200 |
250 |
|
4 of a kind |
25 |
40 |
60 |
80 |
100 |
|
Full House |
6 |
12 |
18 |
30 |
35 |
|
Flush |
5 |
10 |
15 |
24 |
25 |
|
Straight |
4 |
8 |
12 |
16 |
20 |
|
3 of a kind |
3 |
6 |
9 |
12 |
15 |
|
Double Pair |
2 |
4 |
6 |
8 |
10 |
|
Jacks or better |
1 |
2 |
3 |
4 |
5 |
Stud Poker
- The player must first choose the amount to gamble and then click the “PLAY” button in order for the dealer to distribute the cards.
- The player and the dealer both receive 5 cards. All the dealer’s cards are face down except for one.
- At that stage of the game the player knows what their five cards are and he also knows what one of the five cards of the dealer has (the one face up).
- Accordingly the player must decide whether they want to see the four other dealer cards by pressing the “RAISE” button, or whether they prefer to give up their hand by pressing the “PASS” button.
By pressing the “PASS” button the player loses their initial bet.
By pressing the “RAISE” button the game continues and the player's initial bet is doubled.
The dealer will then have to show their five cards to the player.
The dealer will only qualify if their card combination includes an Ace and a King.
- If the dealer does not qualify and the player has bet, the player wins one times their initial bet and recovers their initial bet and their raising bet.
- If the dealer qualifies and the dealer's hand beats the player's, the player loses their initial bet as well as their raising bet.
- If the dealer qualifies and player beats the dealer's hand, the player wins the game. The dealer will return the bets to the player (the player’s initial bet being doubled PLUS the raising bet) plus the amount won according to the cards combination obtained by the player (gains scheme defined below, as well as on top left of the game page).
|
Caribbean Stud Poker Payout scheme |
|
|
Hand |
Win |
|
Royal Flush |
100 to 1 |
|
Straight Flush |
50 to 1 |
|
4 of a kind |
20 to 1 |
|
Full House |
10 to 1 |
|
Flush |
8 to 1 |
|
Straight |
5 to 1 |
|
3 of a kind |
3 to 1 |
|
2 pair |
2 to 1 |
|
Pair |
1 to 1 |
Virtual Football League (VFL)
How to play
The VFL provides 24/7/365 real money betting experience on virtual football. The league consists of 16 teams and seasons run continuously. Each season comprises 30 match days (home and away matches). Bets can be placed at any time – even within a season.
Season information
One season lasts 141 minutes in total, separated into a ‘Pre League’ period, a ‘Matchday Loop’, and a ‘Post league’ period. The ‘Pre League’ period runs prior to the start of a season and lasts 2:30
minutes. All match days are summarized as the ‘Matchday Loop’ period with a total duration of 137:30. At the end of every season there is a 60 second ‘Post Season’ period.
Match day information
One match day lasts 4:35 minutes. It is separated into the ‘Pre Match’ period, ‘1st Half’, ‘Halftime’, ‘2nd Half’, ‘Post Match’ period and ‘Post Matchday’ period. The ‘Pre Match’ period runs prior to the start of a match for 60 seconds. The match lasts 1:30 minutes for each half with a halftime break of 10 seconds in-between. Each match is then followed by a 10 second ‘Post Match’ period and finally a 15 second ‘Post Matchday’ period.
Betting
Betting on a VFL match is allowed up to 10 seconds before kick-off. Betting markets for future match days of the current season remain open. When a future match day from the ‘Select Matchday’ bar at the bottom is selected, the matches related to that day along with the odds will be displayed in the lower odds section. The following match related betting options are available:
· 3Way: Score after 90 minutes (1 - home team wins; X - draw; 2 - away team wins)
· 1st Half 3Way: Half time score (1 - home team leads; X - draw; 2 - away team leads)
· 1st Goal: First goal of match (1 - home team scores first; X - no team scores; 2 - away team scores first)
· Total: Number of goals scored in match (over; under)
· Correct Score: Correct score after 90 minutes(0:0 to 3:3; others)
· Handicap: Handicap points are added to the game’s final score, and the winner is
the team that wins with these additions (1 - home team wins; X - draw; 2 - away team wins)
· Asian Handicap: Asian handicap betting applies a handicap to the favorite and re- duces the possible number of outcomes from three (in traditional 1X2 wagering) to two by eliminating the draw outcome. The handicap, which is either a whole number, a half-number or a mix of those, is trying to balance the market. In the event that a whole number is used for the handicap, the handicap adjusted final score could result in a draw where all bettors have their original wagers returned as there is no winner while quarter (¼) handicaps split the bet between the two closest ½ intervals where the bettor can win and tie (win ½ of wager) or lose and tie (lose ½ wager). The stake is automatically divided equally and placed as 2 separate bets.
Please refer to the following examples regarding settlement of bets:
|
Handicap |
Team result |
Bet result |
Handicap |
Team result |
Bet result |
|
0 |
Win |
Win |
0 |
Win |
Win |
|
Draw |
Stake |
Draw |
Stake |
||
|
Lose |
Lose |
Lose |
Lose |
||
|
- 0.25 |
Win |
Win |
+ 0.25 |
Win |
Win |
|
Draw |
Half lose |
Draw |
Half win |
||
|
Lose |
Lose |
Lose |
Lose |
||
|
- 0.50 |
Win |
Win |
+ 0.50 |
Win |
Win |
|
Draw |
Lose |
Draw |
Win |
||
|
Lose |
Lose |
Lose |
Lose |
||
|
- 0.75 |
Win by 2+ |
Win |
+ 0.75 |
Win |
Win |
|
Win by 1 |
Half win |
Draw |
Win |
||
|
Draw |
Lose |
Lose by 1 |
Half Lose |
||
|
Lose |
Lose |
Lose by 2+ |
Lose |
||
|
- 1.00 |
Win by 2+ |
Win |
+ 1.00 |
Win |
Win |
|
Win by 1 |
Stake |
Draw |
Win |
||
|
Draw |
Lose |
Lose by 1 |
Stake |
||
|
Lose |
Lose |
Lose by 2+ |
Lose |
||
|
- 1.25 |
Win by 2+ |
Win |
+ 1.25 |
Win |
Win |
|
Win by 1 |
Half lose |
Draw |
Win |
||
|
Draw |
Lose |
Lose by 1 |
Half win |
||
|
Lose |
Lose |
Lose by 2+ |
Lose |
||
|
- 1.50 |
Win by 2+ |
Win |
+ 1.50 |
Win |
Win |
|
Win by 1 |
Lose |
Draw |
Win |
||
|
Draw |
Lose |
Lose by 1 |
Win |
||
|
Lose |
Lose |
Lose by 2+ |
Lose |
Miscellaneous
All matches are broadcast as live video streams through an integrated media player in your browser. You can switch freely between the eight available games per match day or alternatively only follow your favorite match. The match simulations are created through a combination of Artificial Intelli- gence and independent random number generators. Simultaneously, the performance parameters of the VFL players are based on professional football players (e.g. in terms of number of goals, fit- ness, consecutive match-statistics, etc.).
Virtual Horse Classics (VHC)
How to play
The VHC provides 24/7/365 real money betting experience on virtual horse races. The VHC runs 2
independent race channels in parallel where each channel shows continuously generated race days. Bets can be placed up to 10 seconds prior to the start of the next upcoming race as well as on all future races of the current race days at any time.
Race day information
Race days are generated continuously - a new one will be started as soon as the current one has finished. The single race day covers 9 races on the same race track (turf or dirt) with an average total duration of a race day of 35 minutes.
Race information
Dependent on the number of participating horses (8, 10 or 12 horses) and the race distance (3 different distances per track) the single race has a total duration of approx. 3 to 5 minutes and, separated
into a ‘Race Begin’ (15 seconds), ‘Horse Introduction’ (6 seconds per horse), ‘Bet stop’ (10 seconds), ‘Race’ (70 to 160 seconds, dependent on race distance) and ‘Race End’ (10 seconds) period.
At the beginning/end of the race day there’s also a ‘Raceday Begin’/ ‘Raceday End’ (30 seconds each) period.
Betting
Betting on a VHC race is allowed up to 10 seconds prior to the race start. Betting markets for future races of the current race days (race channel 1 and race channel 2) remain open. When a future race from ‘Race Calendar’ is selected, the odds table at the bottom will automatically scroll to the corre- sponding position. The following race related betting markets are available:
|
Market |
Description |
|
Winner |
You bet that the horse you selected will win. |
|
Lay Winner |
You bet that the horse you selected finishes not first. |
|
Place |
You bet that the horse you selected finishes first, second or third. |
|
Lay Place |
You bet that the horse you selected finishes not first, second or third. |
|
Straight Forecast / Dual Forecast |
With straight forecast bets you bet on the 2 horses which you expect to finish first and second in the correct order. You may also bet on a dual forecast that enables you to bet upon the first and second placed horses |
|
Straight Tricast / Dual Tricast |
With a straight tricast bet you must select the 3 horses that you think will finish first, second and third in the correct order. A dual tricast bet enables you to bet upon the first, second and third placed horses in any order. Therefore your total stake will be 6 times your original stake. As long as the three horses you select come in the first 3 positions, you will win your bet. Output limited to the 20 most likely. |
Miscellaneous
All races are broadcast as live video streams through an integrated media player in your browser. You can switch freely between the two independent race channels or alternatively only follow your favorite channel. The race simulations are created through a combination of Artificial Intelligence and independent random number generators. The performance parameters of the VHC horses are based on real horses’ performance parameters (e.g. in terms of acceleration, speed and endurance consecutive race-statistics, etc.).
Virtual Dog Racing (VDR)
How to play
The VDR provides 24/7/365 real money betting experience on virtual dog races. The VDR continuous- ly generate meetings on alternating tracks, where each meeting consists of 12 races.
Bets can be placed up to 10 seconds prior to the start of the next upcoming race as well as on all future races of the current meeting at any time.
Meeting information
Meetings are generated continuously - a new one will be started as soon as the current one has fin- ished. The single meeting covers 12 races on the same race track (day or night track) with a total duration of 26 minutes and 15 seconds.
Race information
Dependent on the race distance (3 different distances) the single race has a total duration of approx. 1.5 to 4 minutes and, separated into a ‘Race Begin’ (65 seconds), ‘Bet stop’ (10 seconds), ‘Race’ (22 ,
36 or 48 seconds, dependent on race distance) and ‘Race End’ (15 seconds) period. At the beginning/end of the meeting there’s also a ‘Meeting Begin’/ ‘Meeting End’ (45/30 seconds) period.
Betting
Betting on a VDR race is allowed up to 10 seconds prior to the race start. Betting markets for future races of the current meeting remain open. When a future race from ‘Race Calendar’ is selected, the odds table will automatically switch to the corresponding position. The following race related betting markets are available:
|
Market |
Description |
|
Winner |
You bet that the dog you selected will win |
|
Place |
You bet that the dog you selected finishes first or second |
|
Show |
You bet that the dog you selected finishes first, second or third |
|
Straight Forecast / Dual Forecast |
With straight forecast bets you bet on the 2 dogs which you think will finish first and second in the correct order. You may also bet on a dual forecast that enables you to bet upon the first and second placed dogs in any order. As long as the two dogs you select come in the first 2 positions, you will win your bet. Output limited to the 20 most likely dog combinations and ‘OTHER’ for Straight Forecast. Dual Forecast includes all |
|
Straight Tricast / Dual Tricast |
With a straight tricast bet you must select the 3 dogs that you think will finish first, second and third in the correct order. A dual tricast bet enables you to bet upon the first, second and third placed dogs in any order. As long as the three dogs you select come in the first 3 positions, you will win your bet. Output limited to the |
Miscellaneous
All races are broadcasted as live video streams through an integrated media player in your browser. The race simulations are created through a combination of Artificial Intelligence and independent random number generators. The performance parameters of the VDR dogs are based on real dogs’ performance parameters (e.g. in terms of acceleration, speed and endurance consecutive race- statistics, etc.).
Virtual Tennis Open (VTO)
How to play
The VTO provides 24/7/365 real money betting experience on virtual tennis where we’re continuous- ly running 2 knock out cup tournaments in parallel. Each tournament consists of 4 rounds starting with 16 players (round 16, round 8, semi finals, final). In order to ensure sufficient time to betting the GUI always alternates between the 2 tournaments on a round base, means a grass cup round is al- ways followed by a hard court cup round and vice versa. Bets can be placed on all matches of the next available cup round.
Tournament information
Due to the parallel tournament approach one complete cup lasts for 25:30 minutes separated into a ‘Tournament Introduction’ period of 15 seconds prior to the cup start , the ‘Cup Round’ loop of 3:30 per cup round and a ‘Cup Celebration’ period of another 15 seconds at the end of each cup.
Cup round information
One cup round lasts 3:30 minutes. Dependent on the cup round, all available matches are fully broadcasted (round 16 = 8 matches, round 8 = 4 matches, semi finals = 2 matches, final = 1 match) where it’s up to the customer to switch the videos between the matches.
Betting
Betting on a VTO match is allowed up to 10 seconds prior to the match start. Betting is offered on game- set- and match level. Betting markets are always opened for at least 3:30 minutes prior to the match (betting on the next available grass round while the hard court round is in progress and vice versa). The following match related betting options are available:
Game level betting
· Winner of game 1 in set 1 (1 - home team wins; 2 - away team wins)
· Correct score of game 1 in set 1 (game-0; game-15; game-30; game-40 - 0- game; 15-game; 30-game; 40-game)
Set level betting
· Winner of set 1 (1 - home team wins; 2 - away team wins)
· Correct score of set 1: (6:0; 6:1; 6:2; 6:3; 6:4; 7:5; 7:6 – 0:6; 1:6; 2:6; 3:6: 4:6; 5:7; 6:7)
· Total number of games in set 1: (Over / Under, 3 different offers)
· Odd/even number of games in set 1: (Odd / Even)
Match level betting
· Winner of the match (1 - home team wins; 2 - away team wins)
· Final Result (in sets - best of 3) (2:0; 2:1 – 0:2; 1:2)
· Total number of games in match: (Over / Under, 1 offer)
Miscellaneous
All matches are broadcast as live video streams through an integrated media player in your browser. You can switch freely between all available matches per cup round or alternatively only follow your favorite match. The match simulations are created through a combination of Artificial Intelligence and independent random number generators. Simultaneously, the performance parameters of the VTO players are based on professional tennis players (e.g. in terms of number of goals, fitness, con- secutive match-statistics, etc.).
Virtual Basketball League (VBL)
How to play
The VBL provides 24/7/365 real money betting experience on virtual basketball. The league consists of 16 teams and seasons run continuously. Each season comprises 30 match days (home and away match- es). Bets can be placed at any time – even within a season.
Season information
One season lasts 105 minutes in total, separated into a ‘Pre League’ period, a ‘Match day Loop’, and a ‘Post league’ period. The ‘Pre League’ period runs prior to the start of a season and lasts 2:30 minutes. All match days are summarized as the ‘Match day Loop’ period with a total duration of 137:30. At the end of every season there is a 60 second ‘Post Season’ period.
Match day information
One match day lasts 3:00 minutes. It is separated into a ‘Pre Match’ period, ‘1st Quarter’, ‘2nd quarter’, ‘Half time’, ‘3rd quarter’, ‘4th quarter’, Overtime (if the match result draw after the 4th quarter’ and ‘Post Match’ period. The ‘Pre Match’ period runs prior to the start of a match for 20 seconds. The match lasts 3:00 minutes in total, with a halftime break of 10 seconds in-between. Each match is followed by a 20 second ‘Post Match’ period.
Betting
Betting on a VBL match is allowed up to 10 seconds before tip-off. Betting markets for future match days of the current season remain open. When a future match day from the ‘Match Day’ bar at the bot- tom is selected, the matches related to that day along with the odds will be displayed in the lower odds section. The following match related betting options are available:
· Match Winner, incl. OT: Score after 4 quarters (+ Overtime) (1 - home team wins; 2 - away team wins)
· Total Points, incl. OT: Number of points scored by both teams in match, incl. overtime (over; under)
· Handicap, incl. OT: Handicap points are added to the game’s final score, and the win- ner is the team that wins with these additions (1 - home team wins; 2 - away team wins)
· Winning Margin, incl. OT: Margin between the points scored of both teams at the end of the match, incl. overtime
· 1st Half Winner: Winner of the first two quarters (1 - home team wins; x - draw, 2 - away team wins)
· 1st Half Total Points: Number of points scored in first half (1 - home team wins; 2 - away team wins)
· 1st Half Handicap: Handicap points are added to the game’s half time score, and the winner is the team that wins with these additions (1 - home team wins; 2 - away team wins)
· 1st Half Winning Margin: Margin between the points scored of both teams at the end of the first half (1 - home team wins; 2 - away team wins)
· Race To x Points: Which team scores X points first (1 - home team wins; 2 - away team wins)
· Highest Scoring Quarter: Quarter where the most points are scored in (1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th, equals)
· Home Team Total Points, incl. OT: Number of points scored by home team in match, incl. overtime (over; under)
· Away Team Total Points, incl. OT: Number of points scored by away team in match, incl. overtime (over; under)
Miscellaneous
All matches are broadcast as live video streams through an integrated media player in your browser. You can switch freely between the eight available games per match day or alternatively only follow your favorite match. The match simulations are created through a combination of Artificial Intelligence and independent random number generators. Simultaneously, the performance parameters of the VBL players are based on professional basketball players (e.g. in terms of number of points, fitness, consecu- tive match-statistics, etc.).
Still need help?
Sports Rules
Greyhounds
General
Bets on Greyhound Racing are accepted for all BAGS (Bookmakers Afternoon Greyhound Service) Meetings, BEGS (Bookmakers Evening Greyhound Service) Meetings, races covered live on terrestrial TV or Sky Sports and selected other meetings in the UK and Ireland that are covered by a full service on SIS and where we specifically advertise acceptance or where betting opportunities are available on the site.
Bets are settled on the official result called by the judge and any subsequent amendments will be ignored for settlement purposes.
Unless a show, early or Ante Post price is either offered or requested, all bets on greyhound racing will be settled at starting price returns. The starting price (SP) is the price available at the 'off' of a race. Where an SP or an industry SP is returned, this will take precedence over any other declared SP and will be used to settle bets where a no show, early or Ante Post price is requested. Where no SP is returned and no show, early or Ante Post price is requested, settlement will be based on the final show of betting transmitted by SIS. Where no betting shows are transmitted, greyhound bets will be void.
We cannot be held responsible for any errors or omissions in respect of accuracy in publishing or issuing of prices or information, despite every effort being made to ensure total accuracy. We reserve the right to correct these errors.
Each Way
Bets are accepted on win or Each Way. Using the Each Way checkbox will double the unit stake placed on the winning selection. It will contain one bet on the Winner and another bet on the Place. Terms will be written in the header of the event eg. E/W 1/4 1-2.
| Number of Runners | Not Handicap Race |
| 2-4 | Win Only |
| 5-7 | 1/4 odds for Place 1, 2 |
| 8 | 1/5 odds for place 1, 2, 3 |
The Each Way terms shown above are determined by the number of runners at the start of a race, not by when the bet was placed. If you place an Each Way bet for a race that is win only, the total stake will be invested in a win. For the purpose of settlement, Each Way doubles, trebles etc. are settled as two distinct bets, i.e. win on ‘to win’ and place on ‘to place’.
Each Way bets are not accepted on unnamed favourites.
Ante-Post
Standard Ante Post rules apply.
Show/Early Prices
Show prices are the current prices on offer at the course during the period before a race. Early prices are special prices compiled by us and are usually offered up until 15 minutes before the start of a race. Prices are subject to fluctuation. If you want a bet at show/early price you must request it at the time of placing your bet.
In the case of a non-runner, any bets at show prices or early prices will be settled at the starting price.
Re-Runs
Where a race has been declared a no-race and is re-run, all bets will stand for the greyhounds that take part in the re-run. The prices returned on the re-run will govern the settlement. Show/Early prices will stand for a re-run unless there is a non-runner, in which case all bets will be settled at the SP. A re-run greyhound race is taken in the order in which it was originally placed in the programme, irrespective of the time at which it was re-run. Where a race has been declared a no-race and is not re-run, all bets for that race will be made void and will not count for any additional race.
Forecasts
A Straight Forecast is a bet where you name two selections to finish 1st and 2nd in the correct order in a specified event.
A Reverse Forecast is a bet where you name two selections to finish 1st and 2nd in any order in a specified event.
A Combination Forecast is a bet where you choose three or more selections, with any of these to finish 1st and 2nd in a specified event.
Any winning Forecast is paid according to the official Computer Forecast return, which is declared to a £/€/$1 stake.
Forecasts will be accepted only in races of three or more runners and will be settled in accordance with the officially declared SP Computer Forecast Dividend. In races with fewer than three runners, the Forecast bet will be declared void.
If one of the selections becomes a non-runner in a Forecast bet, the total stake will be placed on the other remaining selection as a win single bet at the SP.
In a Combination Forecast, where a selection becomes a non-runner, the total stake of the bet will be divided equally between the possible forecast combinations, with the remaining selections and the forecasts, including the non-runner, becoming singles.
In the event of a dead heat, separate dividends will be declared for all the runners involved in the dead heat and forecast.
Unnamed favourites are not accepted for Forecast betting.
Forecasts are accepted for singles only.
Tricasts
A Tricast is a bet where you name the first three selections to finish first, second and third in the correct order in a specified race, in races where a Computer Forecast Dividend is declared.
A Combination Tricast is a bet where you name three selections to finish first, second and third in any order.
Any winning Tricast is paid out according to the official Computer Tricast return which is declared to a £/€/$1 stake.
Tricasts are offered on all races with 4 or more runners. If one of the selections in a Tricast bet becomes a non-runner, the bet will be settled as a Forecast on the remaining selections in the order they were selected. If two of the selections in a Tricast become non-runners, the bet will be settled as a win single on the remaining runner.
In the event of two or more runners dead-heating for first, second or third place, separate dividends will be declared and paid for each qualifying Tricast. In fixed price Tricasts, the full odds will be paid with the stake being split according to the number of runners which dead heat.
Unnamed favourites are not accepted for Tricast betting.
Tricasts are accepted for singles only.
Favourites
Bets on the favourite are accepted win-only at the starting price. Early prices or board prices cannot be taken on unnamed favourites.
The favourite is the greyhound quoted at the shortest odds in the official starting prices.
Where you nominate the favourite and two or more runners start at the same odds and these odds are shorter than those quoted against any other, then these two are equal first favourites and equal second favourites.
If two or more co-favourites are selected, the stake will be divided equally between them and paid at full odds.
Winter Sports
General
All bets are settled according to the official results of the winter sports federation governing the relevant race, even if not all of the scheduled events are held. Bets will be settled according to the official result declared after the race has finished. Any later appeals and disqualifications will not affect bets.
If an event does not take place as scheduled, unless it is postponed due to weather conditions, all bets are void. An exception is made if an incorrect kick-off time is announced on our website.
If an event is abandoned or suspended and not staged within 36 hours (local time) and on the same field (track) all bets are void.
Dead Heat rules apply.
Outright
Predict the winner of the stage, race (it will be specified in the name of the outright). If the participant does not start the official event, bets will be void.
Podium Position
Predict whether a participant will finish on the podium (1st, 2nd or 3rd place). If the participant does not start the official event, bets will be void.
Head to Head/Winner Full Time
Both participants must start the race for bets to stand. If both of them don’t finish the event, bets will be void, unless it is a multistage event. In that case the player that completes the later stage will be settled as the winner. For example if Player A withdraws or gets disqualified in 1st Round and Player B finishes 1st Round, Player B will be the winner.
If both of them withdraw or get disqualified at the same stage – bets will be void.
Boxing/UFC
General
If the fight does not take place as scheduled and is not played in the same date (local time) all bets are void. The exception is if we advertise an incorrect start time.
The bell sound is the sign for the beginning of the first round for betting purposes.
When a fighter fails to answer the bell for the next round then his opponent will be deemed to have won in the previous round.
In declaration of a “No Contest”, all bets will be void and stakes will be refunded, with the exception of markets where the outcome has already been determined.
Winner
All bets will be valid regardless of changes to number of rounds to be fought. Declaration of a draw - all bets will be void and stakes will be refunded. This includes a fight which ends in a majority draw. Bets will be settled on the official result announced in the ring. Subsequent appeals/amendments do not affect settlement (unless the amendment was made due to human error when announcing the result).
Method of Victory
All bets will valid regardless of changes to number of rounds to be fought.
Draw or Technical Draw - Draw is scorecard draw. Technical Draw is if the referee stops the fight before the start of the 5th round, for any reason other than Knockout, Technical Knockout or disqualification.
Knockout - Knockout is when the boxer does not stand up after a 10 count. Technical Knockout is the 3 knockdown rule or if the referee steps in. Any corner retirement will be considered a technical knockout unless the fight is subsequently decided by the judges’ scorecards, or is a declared a No Contest.
Technical Decision - Decision is on scorecard points between the judges. Technical Decision is settled by the judges’ scorecards at any time other than at the end of the scheduled rounds.
Total Rounds
For settlement purposes where a half round is stated, then 1 minute 30 seconds of the respective round will define the half to determine Under or Over.
If the number of rounds for a fight is changed after this market has been set, then all bets will still have action unless the new number of rounds result in the quote being higher than the total number of rounds to be fought. Half of the official time for a round will be used for O/U total round bets. For example: 90 seconds into the 7th round of a boxing fight equals 6.5 rounds.
E-Sports
General
Settlement is made on the official result, as declared by the relevant governing body of the specified competition.
If a match is not played or is postponed, bets on it will be void, unless it is played within 48 hours of the originally scheduled start time, or a new event will be opened for betting if necessary.
If a player/team plays with a misspelled nickname or with a smurf account, the result and the bets are still valid, unless it is clear that this is not the player/team that was supposed to play that match.
If a player/team is given a walkover for at least one game/map/round before the match starts, all bets will be void.
Winner Full Time
Predict which player/team will win the match (map/round if specified in the title). If a match, game or map begins, but is not completed, all bets will be void. An exception is made when a player gets disqualified, in which case the player/team awarded the victory according to an official source for the competition will be settled as a winner. If the scheduled number of rounds/maps is changed, bets on Winner are still considered valid.
Spread & Over/Under Full Time
Spread is a way of making odds more competitive by giving the outsider an advantage.
Spread markets are determined based on the league in which they are played. In Starcraft and Dota these are maps, in Counter Strike these are rounds, etc. The settlement is based on the final score (maps/rounds won by each team) with the given handicap (spread) being added.
Over/Under, or total betting, is a prediction whether over or under stated number of games/maps/rounds will be needed to decide the winner.
If the match is not completed for any reason or the scheduled number of maps/rounds is changed after this market has been offered, bets on Spread and Over/Under will be void.
Live
If a match is replayed due to a draw or a disconnection, all bets will be void. The replayed match will be considered as a separate live event.
Rugby League and Rugby Union
General
All games must start on the scheduled date (local stadium time) for bets to be valid.
If a match is postponed or abandoned for any reason all bets are void, unless re-arranged and played on the same day or stated otherwise in the rules. The exception is if we advertise an incorrect kick off time.
All rugby bets are settled on 80 minutes play. The term “80 minutes play” includes any stoppage time unless otherwise stated.
If a venue is changed from the one advertised then all bets on that match are void. In the event of a change of opponent from the one advertised, then all bets for that match are void.
1st Half
Bets are settled on the first half result only.
Bets are void if the match is abandoned before half time.
If a match is abandoned during the second half then all first half bets are still valid.
2nd Half
Bets are settled on the second half result only.
10 Minute Betting
Includes: 2 Way/3 Way Money Line; Handicap; Over/Under; Total Tries; Total Team Tries; Total Team Points; Winning Margin.
Predict what the game score will be in the first 10 minutes of the match. The designated 10 minute period must be completed for bets to stand. All bets will be settled according to the result which occurred between kick-off and 9:59 minute.
Team to Score most Tries, 3 Way Money Line and Handicap
Predict which team will score the most tries in the match.
1st Team Try
Predict which team will score the first try in the match.
Will the 1st Try be Converted
Predict whether or not the first try in the match will be converted.
Total Match Points
Predict the total number of points scored in the match.
Total Match Tries
Predict whether the total number of tries scored in the match will be over or under a specific figure.
Total Team Points Odd/Even
Predict whether the total number of points scored in the match will be an odd or an even number.
Total Team Tries Odd/Even
Predict whether the total scored in the match will be an odd or an even number.
Total Team Points – Home and Away
Predict the total points scored by the home/away team in the match.
Total Team Tries – Home and Away
Predict the total tries scored by the home/away team in the match.
Race To Points
Predict which team will be the first to reach desired certain number of points – Home Team/Away Team/Neither selections are available for betting.
Time of 1st Try/Time of 1st Try 2nd Half
Predict whether the first try will be scored before or after a specific time.
Outright
Bets are settled on final league position include play-offs unless stated otherwise.
Group Winner
Bets are settled on final group position.
First to Score/Last to Score
First/Last Team to Score means betting on which team will score the first or the last point in a match.
If an event is completed without any point being scored then all wagers on First/Last Team to Score are void.
If an event is abandoned after a point is scored then all bets on First Team to Score stand, while bets on Last Team to Score are void. If an event is abandoned without any points being scored, then all wagers on First/Last Team to Score are void.
Half Time/Full Time
Predict the result of a match at half time and at full time.
Example: If you chose 1/X, you bet on the home team to lead in the first half and the match ending in draw.
Highest Scoring Half
Predict in which half the most points will be scored.
Bets are void if the match is abandoned.
Winning Margin
Predict which team will win the match and the victory margin. Settlement is executed upon the regular time result only.
Tryscorer Betting
Predict who will be First/Last/Anytime Tryscorer from a list of players. Penalty tries do not count. In the event of a penalty try, settlement is deferred to the next awarded try.
Aussie Rules
General
All bets shall be settled on official AFL results only.
All Australian Rules bets shall be settled at the end of normal time, unless otherwise stated.
In the event that extra time is played all head to head betting will be settled inclusive of extra time.
If a match is abandoned before the end of normal time, all bets on the match are void, except for those markets which have been unconditionally determined.
If a match is postponed and rescheduled to take place within 48 hours of the original start time, all bets on the match will stand.
If a match is no longer playing at the venue advertised, all bets will stand unless the venue has been changed to the opponent’s home ground, in which case all bets will be void.
AFL Betting Rules
All wagers shall be settled on the officially declared result from the AFL. This includes match winners and goal kicking statistics.
Points are considered regardless of whether they are scored before or after the bet is placed.
Regular season fixtures and the Grand Final do not include extra time. Any draws that occur where a draw market is not offered shall be void. For pre-season fixtures such as NAB Challenge and the finals series (excluding the Grand Final) where extra time is offered, bets shall be settled on the regular time result. Extra time will not be included.
For the purposes of determining futures markets such as Make the Grand Final/Minor Premiership/Premiership/Top 4/ Top 8, all deductions of points by the AFL due to breaches of regulations shall stand.
Brownlow Medal betting will be paid on official results as presented at the awards night. In the event of two or more players having equal points, the Dead Heat rule shall apply.
Coleman Medal betting shall only take in the regular season – NAB Challenge and any other pre-season fixtures shall not apply. Finals series do not apply.
For First Goalscorer markets, bets on players taking no part in the match shall be void. If your player is an unused substitute, or takes the field as a designated substitute after a goal has been scored, then bets on your player to score the first goal shall be made void.
Wire-to-Wire market is based upon a selection leading the match at the end of each quarter
Time of first goal markets are based upon official AFL clock.
For all Futures markets that are determined by an outright winner, the Dead Heat rule shall apply.
Gameplay Specifics
Points Scoring Methods = Goals (scores 6 points) + Behinds (score 1 point)
Like many other codes of football, the way to score points is to score goals. In Australian Football, there are two types of scores: a goal and a behind.
A goal umpire judges whether a goal or behind is scored.
Game Length
The length of a game of Australian Football can vary from league to league, but is generally around 15 to 25 minutes per quarter. In the AFL, each quarter runs for 20 minutes plus time added on – which makes up for time occupied in stoppages, such as when the ball going out of bounds, injuries, goals (or behinds) being kicked, or when the umpire is setting the angle of a free kick on goal. Time is kept by two off-field officials, known as "timekeepers", who sound the siren at the start and end of each quarter. A typical AFL quarter might run from 27 to 33 minutes, but may be even longer if, for instance, injuries cause delays. AFL breaks after the first and third quarters are six minutes, with a 20-minute break at halftime. Thus, a match with quarters averaging 30 minutes would last about two and a half hours.
1st Quarter / 2nd Quarter / 3rd Quarter / 4th Quarter
Bets settled on 1st/2nd/3rd/4th Quarter, final result only.
If a match is abandoned at any time those Quarter markets that are already determined will stand.
1st Half / 2nd Half
Bets settled on the first/second half result only.
Bets will be void if the match is abandoned before half time.
If a match is abandoned during the second half all first half bets are still valid.
Outright
As stated in the AFL regulations above and overall outright settlement – bets are declared valid for settlement as stated by the official final league position.
First/Last to Score
- Points – First/Last to score any kind of point – goal or behind
- Goals – First/Last to score Goal
- Behinds – First/Last to score Behind
Total Points/Goals/Behinds
Predict how many Points (combined between Goals & Behinds), Goals or Behinds (counted as separate scoring) – will be scored during the match.
Winning Margin
Predict the team to win the match and the victory margin.
Race To (Points/Goals/Behinds)
Predict the team to reach first to selected number of Points, Goals or Behinds during the match.
American Football
General
All games must start on the scheduled date (at local time) for bets to be valid.
Abandoned or postponed matches are void unless rearranged and played on the same date (at local time) or stated otherwise in the rules. An exception is made if incorrect kick off time is announced on our website.
All bets on the game include overtime scoring unless stated otherwise.
Games must have at least 55 minutes of play for bets to be valid. If a game is suspended before 55 complete minutes are played, all bets on the outcome of the game are refunded unless otherwise stated, except for bets on any markets that have been unconditionally determined.
In 2 Way markets push rules apply unless otherwise stated below. Stakes on single bets are returned and in multiples/parlays the selection is treated as a non-runner.
If a match venue is changed, bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, then bets based on the original listing will be void.
Live Betting
Live betting game bets include overtime.
Points are considered regardless of whether they are scored before or after the bet is placed.
Teasers
Teasers/Super Teasers/Monster Teasers allow adjustment of points spread and game totals on two or more teams.
A fixed number of points are bought on all selections in the teaser. The number of teams selected and the number of points selected determine the payout odds:
6-point Teasers:
Two teams = -110/1.9
Three teams = +170/2.7
Four teams = +290/3.9
Five teams = +450/5.5
Six teams = +650/7.5
6.5-point Teasers:
Two teams = -120/1.83
Three teams = +150/2.5
Four teams = +240/3.4
Five teams = +400/5
Six teams = +550/6.5
7-point Teasers:
Two teams = -130/1.76
Three teams = +130/2.3
Four teams = +190/2.9
Five teams = +350/4.5
Six teams = +450/5.5
10-point Teasers (Super)
Three teams = -120/1.83 (push loses)
13-point Teasers (Monster)
Four teams = -120/1.83 (push loses)
All selections must be successful in order for the bet to win.
If a selection in the teaser is a push, the teaser will drop to the next lower level, in case a lower level is offered for that particular teaser.
A push in a two team teaser without a loss will make the entire bet lost.
When placing a bet on a Super/Monster teaser a push will result in a lost bet.
Teaser bets will only be allowed on pre-match events and for selected leagues, including:
1. Regular teasers for NFL and NCAAF: 6, 6½ and 7 points
2. SUPER TEASERS: 3 teams teaser - buying 8 points, ties lose, odds -120/1.83
3. MONSTER TEASER: 4 teams teaser - buying 10 points, ties lose, odds -120/1.83
Buying points
Buying points allows you to change the point-spread or the game total of an American Football game. You can move the point-spread in order to get more points when betting on the underdog, and fewer points when betting on the favourite. You can move the total in order to get a higher total when betting on under or a lower total if betting on over.
Winner
Predict the winner of the game. Bets include overtime if played. If the game ends in a draw, 2 Way bets on Winner will be void.
Spread
Predict the winner of the game, applying the given spread (handicap).
Over/Under/Total Points
Predict whether the points scored by both teams will be over or under a given number.
1st Half
Bets settled on the first half result only.
Bets will be void if the match is abandoned before half time.
If a match is abandoned during the second half then all first half bets are still valid.
2nd Half
Bets settled on the second half result only include overtime.
1st/2nd/3rd Quarter
Bets settled on the quarters result only.
If the entire game is not completed, wagers on quarters will be valid if the relevant period was completed.
4th Quarter
Bets settled on the 4th quarter result only include overtime (unless otherwise stated).
Half Time/Full Time
Predict the result of a match at half time and full time.
Example: If you choose 1/2, you bet on the home team to lead in the first half and the away team to win the game.
Bets on Half Time/Full Time exclude overtime.
Odd/Even
A prediction of whether the total number of accumulated points in a game will add up to an odd or even number.
First to Score/Last to Score
First/Last Team to Score means betting on which team will score the first or last point in a match.
If an event is abandoned after a point has been scored, then all bets on First Team to Score will stand, while bets on Last Team to Score will be void.
If an event is abandoned without any points being scored, then all wagers on First/Last Team to Score will be void.
Total Team Points
"Total Team Points" is similar to Over/Under Wager.
Win/loss is determined by the points accumulated by a named team.
To Qualify
If a team is disqualified from the tournament prior to the match, and a bye is awarded, then all qualification bets will be void.
Overtime
Predict whether the game will go to overtime or not.
Highest Scoring Half/Quarter
Highest Half/Quarter bets include overtime.
Push rules apply.
Touchdowns
"Touchdowns" is similar to Over/Under Wager.
Win/loss is determined by the number of Touchdowns accumulated by both teams.
Touchdown Scorers
Bets on players not taking part in the match will be void. If a player doesn’t play until the First Touchdown has been scored, then bets on him regarding the First Touchdown will be void.
If a match is abandoned, all bets will be void, unless a Touchdown has already been scored. Then all bets for the First Touchdown scorer will stand, and Last and Anytime Touchdown scorers will be void.
Winning Margin
Predict the team to win the match and the margin of victory. Overtime is included (if played).
Race to 10
Predict which team will be the first to score 10 points in the game. If the game is abandoned or finishes before 10 points are scored by any team, bets will be void.
Bandy
General
All games must start on the scheduled time for bets to be valid. An exception is made if an incorrect start time is announced on our website.
Abandoned or postponed matches are void, unless rearranged and played on the same date (local time) or stated otherwise in the rules.
If a match venue is changed, then bets already placed will stand, providing the home team is still designated as such.
If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, then bets based on the original listing will be void.
If scheduled playing time is changed from 2 halves x 45 minutes, to 3 periods x 30 minutes, full time bets will be considered valid and half time bets will be void.
All markets are based on the result at the end of the regular time, excluding overtime, if played, unless otherwise stated.
If a market is offered as 2 Way and happens to finish in a draw, Push rules apply.
Outright
Predict the winner of the league/tournament. Bets will be settled according to the final standings, including play-offs (if played), unless otherwise stated.
1x2
Predict the outcome of the game. There are 3 possible results:
1 – Home team wins
X – Draw
2 – Away team wins
Spread
Predict the winner of the game, applying the given handicap (spread) to the result.
Over/Under
Predict whether the total goals scored by both teams will be over or under a given number.
Baseball
General
All games must start on the scheduled date (local time) for bets to be valid. If a game does not start on the scheduled start date then all bets will be void. The exception is if we advertise an incorrect start time.
If a game is suspended and completed on a subsequent day then all bets will be considered void (unless otherwise stated in these rules).
All bets include extra innings unless otherwise stated.
There must be at least 5 full innings of play unless the home team is leading after 4½ innings, for bets on Money Line to be valid. If a game is called or suspended, the winner is determined by the score after the last full innings unless the home team scores to tie, or takes the lead in the bottom half of the innings, in which case the winner is determined by the score at the time the game is called. Monies will be refunded if the home team ties the game and it is then suspended. Suspended games will not carry over to the following day.
The game must go at least 9 full innings (or 8½ innings if the home team is ahead) for bets on Over/Under or Run Line to have action with the exception of when a result has already been determined.
For 7 innings games the game must go at least 7 full innings (or 6½ innings if the home team is ahead) for bets on Over/Under or Run Line to have action unless specified otherwise.
In 2 Way markets push rules apply unless otherwise stated below. Stakes on single bets are returned, and in multiples/parlays the selection is treated as a non-runner.
If a match venue is changed then bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed then bets placed based on the original listing will be void.
Live Betting
All bets are action regardless of pitching changes. Extra innings count.
MLB Wagers
If one or both of the starting pitchers are not exactly as specified at the time of the bet, the wager will be deemed "no action".
Money Line
Predict which team will win the game.
Run Line
Win/loss is determined by the number of runs accumulated by both teams and then comparing with the Run Line given before the game start.
Run Line -1.5
You win if your team wins the game with a run difference of two or more.
Run Line +1.5
You win if your team wins or losing with in exactly a one run difference.
Over/Under
Predict the total runs achieved in a match.
Over 9.5
Your bet wins if there are more than 9 runs in the match otherwise your stake is lost.
Under 9.5
Your bet wins if there are less than 10 runs in the match otherwise your stake is lost.
Under 9
Your bet wins if there are less than 9 runs in the match. If there are 9 runs exactly the stake is returned otherwise your stake is lost.
Over 9
Your bet wins if there are more than 9 runs in the match. If there are 9 runs exactly the stake is returned otherwise your stake is lost.
1st Half (5 innings)
All bets on baseball first half will be determined by the score at the end of five full innings.
The game must go at least 5 full innings for bets to be valid.
Odd/Even
A prediction of whether the total number of accumulated runs in a game will add up to an odd or even number.
The game must go at least 9 full innings (or 8½ innings if the home team is ahead) for bets to be valid.
Series Betting
Bets are void if the statutory number of games (according to the respective governing organisations) are not completed or changed.
1st To 3 Runs
Predict which team will be the first to score 3 runs.
If neither team scores 3 runs, bets on 1st To 3 Runs will be void.
1st/Last Home Run
First/Last Home Run means betting on which team will score the first/last home run.
If an event is finished without a home run being scored, then all wagers on First/Last Home Run will be void.
If an event is abandoned after a home run is scored then all bets on First Home Run will stand while bets on Last Home Run will be void. If an event is abandoned without a home run being scored, then all wagers on First/Last Home Run will be void.
Total Team Runs
Total Team Runs is similar to Over/Under Wager. Win/loss is determined by the number of runs accumulated by a named team.
The game must go at least 9 full innings (or 8½ innings if the home team is ahead) for bets to be valid.
1st Innings Winner (pre-match) and 1st-9th Innings Money Line 3 Way (live)
Predict the winner at the end of the first innings. Bets can be made by either selecting a home win, a draw or an away win.
1st Innings Run Line (pre-match) and 1st-9th Innings Line-Handicap (live)
Bet type to predict the winner at the end of the first innings which includes preset advantage.
1st Innings O/U (pre-match) and 1st-9th Innings Line-Totals (live)
Predict the number of total runs accumulated by both teams at the end of the 1st innings.
1st Innings O/E
Predict whether the total runs accumulated by both teams will be odd or even.
Team with the Highest Innings
Which team will score most runs in an innings. Push rules apply.
Total 3/5/7 Innings
Predict the number of total runs accumulated by both teams after 3/5/7 innings.
3 Way Run Line and 3 Way Handicap
Predict the winner with preset game advantage. There are 3 possible outcomes that include the preset game advantage – home win, draw and away win.
3 Way Total
Predict if the total runs accumulated by both teams will be Over, Under or Exactly a preset number.
Winning Margin
Predict which team will win and by how many runs they will win by from given options.
Total Team O/E
Predict if the number of runs accumulated by the relevant team will be odd or even.
Double Result/Half Time/Full Time
Predict the result of a match at half time (after 5 innings) and full time(after 9 innings). Example: If you chose 1/X, you bet on the home team to lead in the first half and the match ending in draw. Extra innings do not count.
Outright
Bets settled on final league position include play-offs.
To Qualify
Should a team be disqualified from the tournament prior to the match, and a bye is awarded, then all qualification/win the cup bets will be void.
Basketball
General
All games must start on the scheduled date (at local time) for bets to be valid. An exception is made if an incorrect start time is announced on our website.
If a game venue is changed, bets already placed will stand, providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, then bets based on the original listing will be void.
All bets on a game include overtime unless otherwise stated.
In 2 Way markets, push rules apply unless otherwise stated below. Stakes on single bets are returned, and in multiples/parlays the selection is treated as a non-runner.
48-minute games must have a duration of at least 43 minutes of play and 40-minute games must have a duration of at least 35 minutes of play in order for full time bets to be valid.
If a game is suspended after the minimum time has been played and not resumed on the same day, then regardless of whether the game is completed at a later date, the score when the game is stopped will determine the betting results.
Money Line
Predict which team will be the winner.
Spread
Predict which team will be the winner, applying the given spread to the score.
Over/Under
Predict whether the points scored by both teams will be over or under a given number.
1st Half
All 1st Half markets (Money Line, Spread, Over/Under, Total Team Points, Total Odd/Even and Total Team Odd/Even) will be settled according to the result of the first half only. If the game is abandoned before half time, all 1st half bets will be void.
2nd Half
All 2nd Half markets (Money Line, Spread, Over/Under, Total Team Points, Total Odd/Even and Total Team Odd/Even) will be settled according to the result of the second half including overtime, if played. If the game is abandoned, bets will be void. An exception is made if there are 5 or less minutes of scheduled playing time remaining. In this case, bets will be settled according to the result at the time of abandonment.
1st/2nd/3rd/4th Quarter
All Quarter markets (Money Line, Spread, Over/Under, Total Team Points, Total Odd/Even and Total Team Odd/Even, Margin of Victory) will be settled according to the result of the relevant quarter. The 4th quarter result includes overtime if played. Quarters must be finished in order for bets on them to be settled. If the game is abandoned during the scheduled playing time, bets on the running and following quarters will be void. Example:
If the game is abandoned in the 2nd Quarter, bets on the 1st Quarter will be settled, the rest (2nd/3rd/4th Quarter) will be void.
If the game is abandoned in the 4th Quarter (even if there are less than 5 min of scheduled playing time left), bets on it will be void. Bets on 1st/2nd/3rd Quarter will be settled.
If the game is abandoned in overtime, all Quarter bets will be settled. 4th Quarter bets will be settled according to the 4th quarter result, adding any points scored in overtime up to the time of abandonment.
Total Team Points
Predict whether a certain team will score more or less points than a given number.
Total Odd/Even
Predict whether the points scored by both teams will add up to an odd or an even number.
Total Team Odd/Even
Predict whether the points scored by a certain team will add up to an odd or an even number.
Winning Margin/Margin of Victory
Predict the winning team and by exactly how many points this team will win by choosing from given options.
Overtime
Predict whether or not the match will go into overtime. If the game is abandoned bets will be void, unless overtime has already started. If overtime is played, while the regulation time result was not tied, all bets will be void.
Half Time/Full Time
Predict the result of the game at half time and at the end of the game, including overtime if played. If a game is abandoned, or for some reason ends in a draw and no overtime is played, bets will be void.
Highest scoring Half/Quarter
Predict in which half/quarter most points will be scored. This bet type includes overtime if played. Dead-heat rules apply. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void.
Race to 12/25/45 points
Predict which team will be the first to reach 12/25/45 points. If the game is abandoned before any team reaches the quoted number of points, bets will be void.
Winner/Outright
Bets will be settled according to the final league position, including play-offs and according to the official site of the event.
To Qualify
If a team is disqualified from the tournament prior to the match, and a bye is awarded, then all qualification bets will be void.
Players
There are several markets available for any named players: points, rebounds, assists, steals, etc.
If the relevant player doesn't get any playing time in the match, bets on him will be void. Any stats achieved in overtime (if played) will be taken into account for settlement purposes. Win/Loss is determined by a comparison between the stats achieved by the named player and a pre-given number of stats.
A settlement will be made according to the statistics provided by the official site of the tournament in which the game is played.
Teasers
Teasers/Super Teasers/Monster Teasers allow adjustment of points spread and game totals on two or more teams.
A fixed number of points are bought on all selections in the teaser. The number of teams selected and the number of points selected determine the payout odds:
4-point Teasers:
Two teams = -110/1.9
Three teams = +170/2.7
Four teams = +290/3.9
Five teams = +450/5.5
Six teams = +650/7.5
4.5-point Teasers:
Two teams = -120/1.83
Three teams = +150/2.5
Four teams = +240/3.4
Five teams = +400/5
Six teams = +550/6.5
5-point Teasers:
Two teams = -130/1.76
Three teams = +130/2.3
Four teams = +190/2.9
Five teams = +350/4.5
Six teams = +450/5.5
8-point Teasers (Super)
Three teams = -120/1.83 (push loses)
10-point Teasers (Monster)
Four teams = -120/1.83 (push loses)
All selections must be successful in order for the bet to win.
If a selection in the teaser is a push, the teaser will drop to the next lower level, if a lower level is offered for that particular teaser.
A push in a two team teaser without a loss will make the entire bet lost.
When placing a bet on Super/Monster Teaser, if there is a push result, the teaser will be lost.
Teaser bets will only be allowed on pre-match events and selected leagues, including:
1. Regular teasers for NBA, NCAAB or any other league in which teaser bets are allowed: 4, 4½ and 5 points
2. SUPER TEASERS: 3 teams teaser - buying 8 points, ties lose, odds -120/1.83
3. MONSTER TEASER: 4 teams teaser - buying 10 points, ties lose, odds -120/1.83
Chess
General
In the event of a match starting but not being completed, all bets will be void, unless otherwise stated in the rules. An exception is made if we advertise an incorrect starting time. All bets will be settled based on the official site of the Federation governing the tournament, unless otherwise stated in the rules.
Outright
Predict the winner of the tournament.
Bets will be settled according to the final standings, including play-offs (if played), unless otherwise stated.
All bets are considered valid, even if the player withdraws or doesn't start the tournament at all.
Dead-heat rules apply.
Money line
Predict the winner of the match according to the points collected by players based on played games. 1 point is awarded for a win, 0.5 points for a draw and 0 points for a loss. There are 3 possible outcomes:
1 – Designated home team player wins
X – Draw
2 – Designated away team player wins
Spread
Predict the winner (player who will collect most points) of the match/game, applying the given handicap (spread).
If the statutory number of games/matches according to the official rules of the tournament is changed, all bets will be cancelled.
Cricket
General
All games must start on the scheduled date (at local time) for bets to be valid.
Abandoned or postponed matches are void, unless rearranged and played on the same date (at local time), or stated otherwise in the rules. An exception is made if an incorrect start time is announced on our website.
If a match venue is changed, bets already placed will stand, providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, then bets based on the original listing will be void.
All wagers will be settled using the official result as declared by the relevant governing body of the match or competition concerned.
Push rules apply for all 2 Way markets.
One Day/Twenty20
In matches affected by adverse weather conditions, bets will be governed by the official competition rules with the following exception: If a match is decided upon either a bowl out, or the toss of a coin or Super Over, then all bets will be void.
If a match is abandoned due to outside interference, then bets will be void unless a result is declared based on the official competition rules. In the event of a change of opponent from the one advertised, then all bets for that match are void.
Test Matches
Bets will stand according to the official result provided that at least one ball has been bowled.
If a match is abandoned due to outside interference, all bets will be void.
Money Line
Predict the winner of the match.
Top Batsman/Top Bowler
The player with the best batting average is considered Top Batsman. The player with the best bowling average is considered Top Bowler. Bets on players not selected in the starting 11 or designated as substitutes will be void. If a player is selected but does not bat or field, bets on him will stand. Dead Heat rules apply. If two or more players end on an equal number of wickets, then the bowler with the least number of runs conceded will be deemed the winner.
There are a minimum number of overs that should be bowled before the game is interrupted, or All Out. Otherwise all bets will be void:
► One Day International – 20 overs
► All Domestic 40 Over Competitions – 10 overs
► All Domestic 50 Over Competitions – 20 overs
► All Twenty20 Cup matches – 6 overs
Man Of The Match
Bets are settled on the officially declared man of the match. Dead Heat rules apply.
To Win The Toss
Predict which team will win the coin toss at the beginning of the game.
Highest Opening Partnership
Predict which team will score more runs on their opening partnership. Bets stand once one ball has been bowled in each team’s 1st innings. If a market is offered in a 2 Way option, Dead Heat rules apply.
Most Match Sixes
Predict which team will score the most Sixes in the game. If a match is abandoned before the needed overs for different types of matches have been reached, all bets will be void. In Test and County Championship matches, the whole match counts. In Test matches that end in a draw, a minimum of 200 overs must be bowled, otherwise bets will be void. In Twenty20 matches, the match must be scheduled for the full 20 overs and there must be an official result. In One Day matches where the number of overs has been reduced and the outcome has not been determined yet, bets will be void. For settlement purposes this is all deliveries from which a batsman is credited with exactly six runs (including all-run/Overthrows). In matches decided by a Super Over, sixes hit during the Super Over will not count for settlement purposes.
1st Wicket Method
Predict the method by which the 1st Wicket in the game will be taken. If the game is abandoned before a wicket is taken, or there is no wicket taken at all in the match, all bets will be void.
A Fifty/Hundred Score in a Match
Predict if any player will score fifty/hundred or more runs in the match. For different types of games, there are a certain minimum number of overs to be played or bets on this bet type will be void:
► Test Matches – The whole game counts. If the game is drawn, at least 200 overs must be bowled.
► One Day Matches – 40 overs must be bowled.
► Twenty20 Matches – 20 overs must be bowled.
Most Run Outs
Predict which team will get the most run outs whilst fielding. If a match is abandoned, all bets will be void. If a match is reduced in overs and a match result is reached, then the team which achieved the most run outs whilst fielding, regardless of the number of overs bowled, will be the winner. In matches determined by a Super Over, any run out during the Super Over will not count for settlement purposes. In Test matches, all innings of the match will count.
1st Over Total Runs
Predict the total runs scored during the 1st over of the match. Extras and penalty runs will be included. If the 1st over is not completed, bets will be void.
Runs At Fall Of 1st Wicket
Predict the number of runs in the game at which the 1st wicket will fall. If a match is abandoned before the fall of the 1st wicket, or there are no wickets in the game, bets will be void.
Dismissal Method
Predict the method by which the first/next Batsman will be given out. If there are no wickets in the game as a whole or after the bet has been placed in Live Betting, all bets will be void.
Odd/Even
Predict if the sum of all runs scored in the relevant period (Match, Innings, Over) will be an odd or an even number. Extras and penalty runs will be included for settlement purposes. If the relevant period is not finished, all bets on it will be void.
Runs O/U
Predict if the number of runs in the relevant period (Innings, Over) will be over or under a given number. If the relevant period is not finished, all bets will be void.
Race To 10 Runs
Predict which player will score 10 Runs first in the game. Bets stand if all the listed players start batting, otherwise all bets will be void. Bets stand no matter which of the players starts batting first. If neither of the listed players reaches 10 Runs, Neither is the winner. If a game is abandoned before any of the listed players reaches 10 Runs, and if both players are out, Neither will be the winner. Otherwise, bets will be void.
Total Match Sixes
Predict whether Sixes scored in the match will be over or under a given number. Push Rules apply. If a match is abandoned before the necessary overs for different types of matches have been reached, all bets will be void. In Test and County Championship matches, the whole match counts. In drawn games, a minimum of 200 overs must be bowled, otherwise bets will be void.
In Twenty20 matches the mach must be scheduled for the full 20 overs and there must be an official result.
In One Day matches where the number of overs has been reduced and the outcome has not been determined yet, bets will be void. For settlement purposes, this is all deliveries from which a batsman is credited with exactly six runs (including all-run/overthrows). In matches decided by a Super Over, sixes hit during the Super Over will not count for settlement purposes.
Team with Highest 1st 6/10/15 Overs Score
Predict which team will have the higher score after 6/10/15 Overs. Push Rules apply. If either team do not complete the number of overs stated, bets will be void.
Batsman Matches
Predict which Batsman will score more runs in the game. Push Rules apply. In Test and County Championship matches, only the first innings count for settlement purposes. Bets will stand if each Batsman has faced at least one ball.
Outright
Predict the winner of the league. Bets are settled on the final league position, unless otherwise stated.
To Win Pool
Predict the team which will finish top in their Pool. Dead Heat rules apply.
Finalists
Predict the two teams that will play in the Final of the Tournament.
Stage Of Elimination
Predict at which stage of the Tournament a certain team will be eliminated.
To Reach The Final
Predict if a certain team will reach the Final of the Tournament.
Darts
General
All games must start on the scheduled date (local time) for bets to be valid. The exception is if we advertise an incorrect start time.
Abandoned or postponed matches are void unless rearranged and played on the same date (local time) or stated otherwise in the rules.
Outright
All outright bets shall stand irrespective of whether the player competes.
Money Line
In the event of a match starting but not being completed, the player progressing to the next round or being awarded the victory will be deemed the winner for settlement purposes.
Bets will be void in the two-way market if the match result is a tie.
Spread
In the event of the statutory number of sets/legs not being completed, changed, or differing from those offered for betting purposes then all bets are void. All bets will be void if match is not completed.
Over/Under
In the event of the statutory number of sets/legs not being completed, changed, or differing from those offered for betting purposes then all bets are void. All bets will be void if match is not completed.
In-Play Betting
Bets on any match market abandoned before the full completion of the statutory number of legs/sets will be void.
Gaelic Sports
General
All bets are settled on the regular time result. Extra time does not count, unless otherwise specified.
All games must start on the scheduled date (at local time) for bets to be valid. An exception is made if an incorrect kick off time is announced on our website.
If a match venue is changed, bets will stand as long as the home team is designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, then bets based on the original listing will be void.
Abandoned or postponed matches are void unless rearranged and played on the same date (at local time), or stated otherwise in the rules.
For settlement purposes, a goal is counted as 3 points and a point as 1 point in order for the final score to be determined.
Outright
All outright bets shall stand irrespective of changes in season format or length.
Money Line
Predict the winner of the game. There are 3 possible outcomes:
1 – Home team wins
X – Draw
2 – Away team wins
Spread
Predict the winner of the game, applying the given handicap to the final score (goal = 3, point = 1).
If a market is offered as 2 Way, (without a price for the tie) and after a handicap has been applied the result is a draw, bets will be refunded.
Over/Under
Predict if the points scored by both teams, including goals (1 goal = 3 points) will be over or under a given number.
Half Time/Full Time
Predict the outcome at the end of the 1st half and the full time result. Extra time does not count.
If a game is abandoned, bets will be void.
1st Half: Money line, Spread and Over/Under
Bets will be settled on the first half result only.
If a match is abandoned before half time, bets will be void.
If a match is abandoned during the second half, then all first half bets are still valid.
Other Sports
General
All games must start on the scheduled date (local time) for bets to be valid.
Abandoned or postponed matches are void unless rearranged and played on the same date (local time) or stated otherwise in the rules. The exception is if we advertise an incorrect start time.
Should any match be played prior to the date or start time denoted then bets will stand provided the wager is placed not later than the revised start time.
If a match venue is changed then bets will be void unless stated otherwise.
In 2 Way markets push rules apply unless otherwise stated. Stakes on single bets are returned, and in multiples/parlays the selection is treated as a non-runner.
For the Olympics, following rules will apply:
Badminton
In the event of any of the named players in a match changing before the match starts, all bets will be void.
If the event starts but isn't completed then all bets will be void.
Beach Volleyball
In the event of any of the named players in a match changing before the match starts, all bets will be void.
In the event of a match starting but not being completed then all bets will be void.
Floorball
All matches played will be settled on the score at the end of regulation time and will exclude overtime if played.
If a match venue is changed then bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed then bets placed based on the original listing will be void.
Futsal
All match markets will be settled on regulation time, unless stated otherwise.
Regulation time must be completed for bets to stand unless otherwise stated.
Hockey
If the event takes place at a different venue then bets will be made void and stakes returned.
All match odds are based on the result at the end of 70 minutes scheduled play unless otherwise stated. Bets are settled on the score standing at the end of the scheduled 70 minutes including any added injury or stoppage time. This scheduled period does not include extra time or time allocated for a penalty stroke shootout. Any hockey match abandoned before the completion of 70 minutes play will be void unless the match is rearranged and played on the same day.
Where the venue of any arranged match is changed the selection will be void.
Table Tennis
In the event of any of the named players in a match changing before the match starts, all bets will be void. In the event of a match starting but not being completed, all bets will be void.
Water Polo
All match markets will be settled on regulation time, unless stated otherwise.
Regulation time must be completed for bets to stand unless otherwise stated.
In the event of a match starting but not being completed then bets will be void.
Athletics
For Outright bets, all bets stand except for those placed on competitors not competing in first round/qualification.
Kayak
The competitors must pass the starting line for bets to stand, otherwise bets will be void.
Gymnastics
The competitors must start one round for bets to stand, otherwise bets will be void.
Shooting
The competitors must start one round for bets to stand, otherwise bets will be void.
Swimming
The competitors must pass the starting line for bets to stand, otherwise bets will be void.
Triathlon
The competitors must pass the starting line for bets to stand, otherwise bets will be void.
Rowing
In the event of a race starting but not being completed then all bets will be void.
Aussie Rules
All bets will be settled including overtime unless otherwise stated. Regulation time must be completed for bets to stand unless otherwise stated.
If a match venue is changed then bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed then bets placed based on the original listing will be void.
Speedway
If a match is postponed prior to its scheduled start date/time then bets will be void unless it is rescheduled to start within 24 hours.
All markets will be settled based on the result after the completion of the final heat.
Cycling
All bets are settled on the result at the time of the podium presentation. Any disqualification or appeal leading to change in the results made after that will not be taken under consideration.
Bets made on cyclists who don’t start the relevant race will be voided.
Race/Stage Winner
Predict which cyclist or team will win the Race/Stage in question.
Individual/Team Head 2 Head
Predict which team/cyclist will achieve a higher finishing position in the race. All teams/cyclists in question should start the race, otherwise bets will be voided. At least one of the teams/cyclists in question should finish the race, otherwise bets will be voided.
Special Bets
Predict the winner of a special category in the race, such as 'King of the Mountains', 'Best sprinter', 'Best young cyclist etc., which are awarded with relevant coloured jersey (red, green, white, etc.)
Golf
General
If the start of a round is delayed, or if play is suspended during a round, all pending wagers will remain valid for 48 hours. If the postponement lasts more than 48 hours, all pending wagers will be cancelled and the monies refunded.
When a golfer withdraws before the start of a tournament, all bets on that participant will be declared void.
Bets stand once the player has teed off on the first hole.
Outright
All outright bets are settled on the player winning the trophy. The result of play-offs is taken into account.
All bets stand except for those placed on participants not competing in the first round.
First Round Winner
The winner will be the player who achieves the highest placing at the end of the first round.
Money Line
If an individual match-up ends in a tie then bets will be void.
18 hole match-ups
Bets stand once the players have teed off on the first hole. If a round is abandoned then bets on that round are void.
The winner will be the player with the lowest score over 18 holes.
If an individual match-up ends in a tie then bets will be void.
Play-offs do not count.
72 hole match-ups
Bets stand once the players have teed off on the first hole.
Whichever player completes the most holes is deemed the winner. If both players complete the same amount of holes the player with the lowest score is deemed the winner.
If an individual match-up ends in a tie then bets will be void.
Play-offs are taken into account.
Dead Heat Rules
If 2 or more selections finish in the same position, the stake will be divided proportionally.
Whichever player completes the most holes is deemed the winner. If both players complete the same amount of holes the player with the lowest score is deemed the winner.
If an individual match-up ends in a tie then bets will be void.
Play-offs are taken into account.
Example:
The final positions in golf are the following:
Let’s say you bet on Player E (e/w ¼ 1-2-3).
3rd position is shared by 3 players – Player E shares 3rd position with 2 other players - so the payment will be 1/3 stake X e/w odds.
Let’s say you bet on Player E (e/w ¼ 1-2-3-4).
Positions 3 and 4 are shared by 3 players.
3rd and 4th (not really 4th position since there are 3 players in 3rd position) positions are shared by 3 players – that means 2 positions pay out of the 3 players who reached those positions: 2/3 stake X e/w odds.
Note – Dead Heat rules apply to the stake and not to the odds.
Handball
General
All bets will be settled based on the score at the end of regulation time, excluding overtime (if played), unless otherwise stated.
All games must start on the scheduled date (at local time) for bets to be valid.
All games are based on the result at the end of 60-minutes scheduled play, unless otherwise stated. If the scheduled 60 minutes are not played, then bets will be void, unless otherwise stated. An exception is made for games in which a mercy rule is used: the result at the time of the mercy rule call will be used for settlement purposes.
If a match is postponed or abandoned for any reason, all bets will be void, unless re-arranged and played on the same day, or stated otherwise in the rules. An exception is made if an incorrect kick off time is announced on our website.
The statistics provided by the official website of the relevant competition or fixture will be used for settlement purposes. In case the statistics are not available on the official website, or there is significant evidence that the official website is incorrect, we will use an independent source to settle bets.
In the absence of consistent, independent evidence, or in the presence of significant conflicting evidence, bets will be settled based on our own statistics.
Live Betting
If the event is not completed then all bets will be void.
1x2
Bets are made by selecting a Home Win, a Draw or an Away Win:
1 – Home Win
X – Draw
2 – Away Win
Handicap
Predict the winner, applying the given Handicap.
Over/Under
Predict whether the total number of goals scored by both teams will be over or under a given number.
1st Half
Bets (1X2, Handicap and Over/Under) are settled on the first half result only.
Bets will be void if the match is abandoned before half time.
If a match is abandoned during the second half, then all first half bets are still valid.
2nd Half
Bets (1X2, Handicap and Over/Under) are settled on the second half result only.
Bets will be void if the match is abandoned.
First Team to Score/Last Team to Score
Predict which team will score the first/last goal in the match. Own goals count towards the team credited with the goal. If a game is abandoned after a goal is scored, then all bets on First Team to Score will stand, while bets on Last Team to Score will be void.
Odd/Even
A prediction of whether the total number of accumulated goals by both teams will add up to an odd or even number.
Double Chance
A Double Chance bet allows you to cover two of the three possible outcomes with one bet.
The following options are available:
1 or X - If the result is either a home win or a draw, then bets on this option are winners.
X or 2 - If the result is either a draw or an away win, then bets on this option are winners.
1 or 2 - If the result is either a home or an away win, then bets on this option are winners.
Half Time/Full Time
Predict the result of a match at half time and at the end of regular time. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void.
Example: If you choose 1/X, you bet on the home team to lead in the first half and the match to end in a draw. Extra time doesn’t count.
1st To 3/5/10/20 Goals
Predict the first team to reach 3/5/10/20 Goals.
Highest Scoring Half
Predict the half in which most goals will be scored. Push rules apply.
Total Team Goals
"Total Team Goals" is similar to Over/Under Wager.
Win/loss is determined by the goals accumulated by a named team.
Team Odd/Even
Predict whether a team’s total number of accumulated goals in a match will be an odd or an even number.
Team with Highest Scoring Half
Predict which team will score the most goals in any half of the game (either 1st or 2nd).
Winning Margin
Predict by how many goals the winning team will win the game.
To Qualify
Should a team is disqualified from the tournament prior to the match, and a bye is awarded, then all qualification bets will be void.
Finishing Position
Predict which team will be ahead in the final standings of the tournament.
If one or more teams fail to start the tournament, all bets are considered void and stakes will be refunded.
Group Winner
Predict the team to win the group. Bets will be settled on the final group positions.
Top Goalscorer/Top Team Goalscorer
Goals scored in regular time (60 minutes) and extra time count for settlement purposes. However, penalty shootout goals do not count. Dead Heat rules apply. If a player takes part in the tournament, all bets will be valid.
Outright Winner
Predict the winner of the relevant competition. Bets are settled on the final league position, after play-offs (if played), unless otherwise stated.
Horse Racing
General
Bets on racing are settled on the official result (Jockey Club rules of racing).
We cannot be held responsible for any errors or omissions in respect of accuracy in publishing or issuing of prices or information, despite every effort being made to ensure total accuracy. We reserve the right to correct these errors.
When a result is amended after the official result (i.e. the weigh-in), for example as a result of a successful appeal, the amendment will be ignored for settlement purposes.
Ante-Post bets are settled at the price and place terms applicable at the time of acceptance. Should a wrong price or place term be given in error, we reserve the right to settle the bet according to the correct price/place terms available at the time of the bet.
Best Odds Guaranteed
For UK & Ireland: We will apply best odds guaranteed to horse racing events for races. This means that if you place your bet on fixed odds, your final price will be the fixed odds or SP odds, whichever is highest.
Best Odds Guaranteed will apply to single and accumulator bets.
Best Odds Guaranteed will apply to board prices and early prices.
Best Odds Guaranteed will not apply to ante post bets, including ‘non-runner no bet’ events unless otherwise stated.
In the event of a Rule 4, we pay you at the bigger odds, after the Rule 4 deduction has been applied.
Best Odds Guaranteed is available from 09:00 AM UK time each day on all UK and Irish horse races.
We reserve the right to withdraw this guarantee at any time and to apply exemptions to selected customers.
Each Way
Bets are acceptable win or Each Way. Using the Each Way checkbox will double the unit stake placed on the winner selection.
It will contain one bet on the Winner and another bet on the Place. Terms will be written at the header of the event eg. E/W 1/4 1-2-3.
For horse racing, the Each Way bets will be determined according to the number of runners and the table:
| Number of Runners | Not Handicap race | Handicap race |
|---|---|---|
| 1 – 4 | Win Only | Win Only |
| 5 – 7 | ¼ odds , for place 1, 2 | ¼ odds , for place 1, 2 |
| 8 – 11 | 1/5 odds , for place 1, 2, 3 | 1/5 odds , for place 1, 2, 3 |
| 12 – 15 | 1/5 odds , for place 1, 2, 3 | ¼ odds , for place 1, 2, 3 |
| 16 + | 1/5 odds , for place 1, 2, 3 | ¼ odds , for place 1, 2, 3, 4 |
Number of runners coming under starters orders will be the number which will determine the each way terms for non-ante post races.
If non-runners take the race to less than five runners the place money goes on to win.
Some races can have enhanced odds or places and we keep the right to offer different odds and places.
Dead Heats
When a dead heat occurs for first place, the stake money on the winning selection will be divided by the number of winners, with full odds paid at the reduced stake. The remainder of the stake is lost. Where an Each Way bet involves a dead heat winner, the win part of the bet will be settled as above, and the place part will be settled in full, in accordance with the relevant place terms. Should the dead heat involve placed selections and results in more than the allocated number of places, then the stakes will be divided as before and settled to the full place terms.
Ante-Post
Ante-Post events will be available in advance to customers, more than 48 hours before the race. Bets on non-runner horses in Ante-Post events will be considered lost, unless otherwise stated.
Ante-Post events may be suspended on days when races related to the event occur.
Ante-post bets will be settled according to the price and place terms at the time the bet has been placed.
We reserve the right to cancel wagers on Ante-Post prices/places which have been presented due to typing mistakes or human error.
Postponed races
If a race is postponed and final declarations stand, then the bets will stand. Bets will be void if:
Rule 4 Deduction
Rule 4 deduction will apply as per the following:
| Price of non-runner at time of withdrawal | Amount deducted from winnings |
|---|---|
| 1/9 or longer odds on | 90c in the € |
| 2/11 to 2/17 | 85c in the € |
| 1/4 to 1/5 | 80c in the € |
| 3/10 to 2/7 | 75c in the € |
| 2/5 to 1/3 | 70c in the € |
| 8/15 to 4/9 | 65c in the € |
| 8/13 to 4/7 | 60c in the € |
| 4/5 to 4/6 | 55c in the € |
| 20/21 to 5/6 | 50c in the € |
| Evens to 6/5 | 45c in the € |
| 5/4 to 6/4 | 40c in the € |
| 13/8 to 7/4 | 35c in the € |
| 15/8 to 9/4 | 30c in the € |
| 5/2 to 3/1 | 25c in the € |
| 10/3 to 4/1 | 20c in the € |
| 9/2 to 11/2 | 15c in the € |
| 6/1 to 9/1 | 10c in the € |
| 10/1 to 14/1 | 5c in the € |
| Over 14/1 | No deduction |
In the case of a non-runner, the deduction will apply according to the non-runner odds right before the withdrawal.
R4 will apply on ‘Day of event race’, less than 48 hours before the race.
If 2 or more horses are withdrawn, the total deduction will not exceed 90p.
Rule 4 deductions will apply to all winning bets placed before the non-runner has been declared.
Example: Prices available at 9:00 AM.
1st non-runner declared: 10:00 AM.
Bookmaker applies Rule 4 at 10:05 AM.
Winning bets on fixed odds between 9:00 AM and 10:05 AM will be deducted according to the non-runner's last odds.
2nd non-runner declared: 11:30 AM.
Bookmaker applies 2nd Rule 4 at 11:35 AM.
Winning bets on fixed odds from 10:06 AM to 11:35 AM: 2nd Rule 4 will apply.
Winning bets on fixed odds between 9:00 AM and 10:05 AM: 2nd Rule 4 will apply but the sum of the deduction will not exceed 90p.
If a horse comes under starter’s orders but refuses to race, the bet will be a loser. In all horse races where a runner is withdrawn, or adjudged not to have started - and therefore been declared a Non-Runner by the starter - stakes on that selection will be refunded. (The exception to this being Ante Post bets). Bets on the remaining runners in that race, taken at Early Prices or at Board Prices prior to withdrawal, will be subject to a deduction.
Reserves
Some races contain reserves, who may or may not be priced in our early prices lists. The finishing position of any of these reserves will count regardless of whether they are priced or not.
If a reserve horse is offered with an early price and becomes a non-runner, then no Rule 4 deduction will be applied as a result of the withdrawal.
If a reserve horse is declared an official runner at the racecourse before the declaration stage and if it is subsequently withdrawn, normal Rule 4 rules will apply to the reserve horse from this point.
Forecasts
A Straight Forecast is a bet where you name two selections to finish 1st and 2nd in the correct order for a specified event.
A Reverse Forecast is a bet where you name two selections to finish 1st and 2nd in any order for a specific event.
A Combination Forecast is a bet where you choose three or more selections with any of these to finish 1st and 2nd for a specific event.
Forecasts will be accepted only in races of three or more runners and will be settled in accordance with the officially declared SP Computer Forecast Dividend. In races with less than three runners, the forecast bet will be declared void. If one of the selections becomes a non-runner in a forecast bet, the total stake will be placed on the other remaining selection as a win single bet at SP.
In races where a horse finishes alone and no forecast dividend is returned, then all forecast bets nominating that horse to finish first will be settled as a win single at SP on the winning horse. All other forecast bets in the race are lost.
In a Combination Forecast where a selection becomes a non-runner, the total stake of the bet will be divided equally between the possible forecast combinations, using the remaining selections and the forecasts, including the non-runner, becoming singles.
In the event of a dead heat, separate dividends will be declared for all the horses involved in the dead heat and forecast.
Unnamed favourites are not accepted for forecast betting.
Tricasts
A Tricast is a bet where you name the first three selections to finish first, second and third in the correct order for a specified race, in races where a Computer Forecast Dividend is declared.
A Combination Tricast is a bet where you name three selections to finish first, second and third in any order.
Any winning Tricast is paid out according to the official Computer Tricast return which is declared to a €1 stake.
Tricasts are offered on all handicap races in which there are eight or more runners declared. If there are less than 8 runners, all bets will be void.
If one of the selections becomes a non-runner in a tricast bet, the bet will be settled as a forecast on the remaining selections in the order they were selected. If two of the selections become non-runners in a tricast, the bet will be settled as a win single on the remaining runner.
In the event of two or more horses dead-heating for first, second or third place then separate dividends will be declared and paid to each qualifying tricast. In fixed price tricast, the full odds will be paid with the stake being split according to the number of horses which dead heat.
Unnamed favourites are not accepted for tricast betting.
Tricasts are accepted for singles only.
Favourites
Bets on First and Second favourites are accepted win-only at starting price. Early prices or board prices cannot be taken on unnamed favourites.
The favourite is the horse quoted at the shortest odds in the official starting price.
The second favourite is the horse quoted at the next shortest price.
If two horses are quoted at the same odds, and these odds are shorter than those quoted against any other, then these two are equal first favourite and equal second favourite.
If two or more co-favourites are selected, the stake will be divided equally between them and paid at full odds.
Betting Without
Predict the result of a given race excluding a Favourite horse. The finishing position of the Favourite horse will be ignored for bets placed on this market. For example, a bet placed on Cue Card without Don Cossack (favourite) will win if Cue Card wins the race or finishes second to Don Cossack. The bet will have lost in all other circumstances.
In markets where we offer 'Betting Without' a nominated selection, the place terms will be based on the remaining number of runners excluding the nominated selection.
Any Each Way terms advertised are settled on the actual number of runners who take part in the race, excluding the 'without' selection.
Any Rule 4 deductions will still apply and will be based on the price of the withdrawn runner in that market at the time of withdrawal.
Betting Without bets are settled ignoring the finishing position of the nominated ‘without’ runner. Where the nominated ‘without’ selection is withdrawn before the start of a race, all bets on any of the field in this market stand.
Where the nominated “Without” selection is withdrawn before the start of a race, all bets on any of the field in this market stand.
If 2 or fewer runners start the race, bets will be void.
Normal dead heat rules apply.
Place Only Betting
Place Only 2 – Predict a horse to finish in one of the first two places. Place only bets are accepted on horse races of five or more runners.
Place Only 3 – Predict a horse to finish in one of the first three places. Place only bets are accepted on horse races of eight or more runners.
In the event of a horse being withdrawn (not under starter’s orders), stakes on that selection will be returned. Bets for the remaining horses in the race will be subject to a deduction in accordance with the Rule 4 table below, based on the price in the Place Only market of the withdrawn horse(s) at the time of withdrawal.
Place Only Rule 4 Deductions Table | |||
Amount deducted from winnings | |||
| Price of Non-Runner at time of withdrawal | Place Only 2 | Place Only 3 | Place Only 4 |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1/18 or longer odds on | 50c in the € | 35c in the € | 25c in the € |
| 1/9 to 1/16 | 45c in the € | 30c in the € | 25c in the € |
| 2/11 to 2/17 | 45c in the € | 30c in the € | 20c in the € |
| 1/4 to 1/5 | 40c in the € | 30c in the € | 20c in the € |
| 3/10 to 2/7 | 40c in the € | 25c in the € | 20c in the € |
| 2/5 to 1/3 | 35c in the € | 25c in the € | 20c in the € |
| 8/15 to 4/9 | 35c in the € | 25c in the € | 15c in the € |
| 8/13 to 4/7 | 30c in the € | 20c in the € | 15c in the € |
| 4/5 to 4/6 | 30c in the € | 20c in the € | 15c in the € |
| 20/21 to 5/6 | 25c in the € | 20c in the € | 15c in the € |
| Evens to 6/5 | 25c in the € | 15c in the € | 10c in the € |
| 5/4 to 6/4 | 20c in the € | 15c in the € | 10c in the € |
| 13/8 to 7/4 | 20c in the € | 15c in the € | 10c in the € |
| 15/8 to 9/4 | 15c in the € | 10c in the € | 10c in the € |
| 5/2 to 3/1 | 15c in the € | 10c in the € | No Deduction |
| 10/3 to 4/1 | 10c in the € | 10c in the € | No deduction |
| 9/2 and above | No Deduction | ||
If 2 or more horses are withdrawn, the total deduction will not exceed 90c.
If the selected horse is withdrawn from a race after coming under starter's orders, bets placed on that horse will have lost as the horse will be deemed to have been a participant in the race.
In the event of non-runners, the number of places paid will remain the same, unless the number of runners in the race is equal to or less than the number of places paid, in which case all bets will be void. This market is settled on the official place terms of the race. If an 8 horse race with Each Way terms of 3 places is reduced to a race of 7 or fewer runners, we will still pay 3 places on the Place Only market.
Normal dead heat rules apply.
Match Betting
Predict a horse to finish one place ahead of another horse in a direct Head-To-Head during Race event.
A Match bet is based on one selection beating another according to the specific conditions advertised. Dead heat rules apply unless a tie price is made available (e.g. for a handicap match bet). One of the two selections in any match bet must complete the course for the bets to stand, otherwise bets are void.
Both selections must start for bets to stand, otherwise Match Bets are void.
Settlement of bets will be based on the official declared result.
If neither horse finishes a race with hurdles/fences, the number of hurdles/fences successfully completed in the race will determine the winner.
Ice Hockey
General
All games must start on the scheduled date (local stadium time) for bets to be valid. The
exception is if we advertise an incorrect start time.
If a match venue is changed, bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, bets placed based on the original listing will be void.
Games must run for a minimum of 55 minutes for action. If a game is suspended before 55 complete minutes are played, all bets on the outcome of the game are refunded unless otherwise stated, except for bets on any markets that have been unconditionally determined.
Pre-Match Betting
Pre-match betting will be settled according to the final score including overtime (and penalty shootout if needed), or excluding overtime, depending on the terms of the specific bet market. The results of matches decided by a penalty shootout will include the entire penalty shootout as one goal for the winning team.
Friendly and friendly international live matches will be settled based on regulation score unless otherwise stated.
In pre-match betting the following bet types will be settled excluding overtime:
In pre-match betting the following bet types will be settled including overtime:
Live Betting
Live betting will be settled according to the final score including overtime (and penalty shootout if needed). The results of matches decided by a penalty shootout will include the penalty shootout as one goal for the winning team.
Friendly and friendly international live matches will be settled based on regulation score unless otherwise stated.
The following bet types will be settling excluding overtime:
The following bet types will be settled including overtime for all ice hockey leagues:
NHL
NHL bets (pre-match and live) include overtime and penalty shootouts unless specifically
stated otherwise.
If a game is decided by a penalty shootout, one goal will be added to the winning team’s score and the game total.
NHL regular time and pre-season match bets are settled on the score at the end of regulation time.
The following NHL bet types will be settled according to regulation time:
All Competitions (Excluding NHL)
All pre-match bets will be settled based on the score at the end of regulation time, excluding
overtime if played, unless otherwise stated.
For live betting – see live betting rules.
Friendly and friendly international live matches will be settled based on regulation score unless otherwise stated.
1st/2nd/3rd Period
Bets settled on the first/second/third period result only.
The 3rd period excludes overtime.
The relevant period must be completed for bets to have action.
If a match is abandoned during the second period, all first period bets are still valid.
If a match is abandoned during the third period, all first/second period bets are still valid.
2W ML
Predict the winner of the match including overtime and penalties.
Spread
Predict the spread between both teams at the final score.
Spread bets on pre-match games (excluding NHL) will be settled with the regulation result.
Spread bets on live events will be settled with the overtime/penalty shootout result.
Examples:
+0.5 - You win if your team draws or wins the match.
-0.5 - You win if your team wins the match.
Over/Under
Predict the total goals scored in a match.
Over/Under bets on pre-match games (excluding NHL) will be settled with the regulation result.
Over/Under bets on live events will be settled with the overtime/penalty shootout result.
Examples:
Over 2 - Bets win if there are two or more goals scored in the match. If there are two goals exactly, the stake is returned. Bets lose if there is 0 or 1 goal scored in the match.
Over 2.5 - Bets win if there are three or more goals scored in the match. Bets lose if there are 0, 1 or 2 goals scored in the match.
Under 2.5 - Bets win if there are 0, 1 or 2 goals scored in the match. Bets lose if there are three or more goals scored in the match.
Total Goals
Predict the total goals achieved in the match.
Over 2.5 - The bet will be a winner if there are 3 goals or more in the match.
Under 2.5 - The bet will be a winner if there are no goals or less than 3 goals in the match.
3 Way Handicap
In a 3 Way Handicap, the line is set so that there can also be a draw outcome, giving you 3
potential bets. Handicap (-1) - You win if your team wins the match with a goal difference of
two or more. Tie: You win if the team with (-1) Handicap wins the match with exactly one
goal difference. Handicap (+1) - You win if your team draws or win the match.
Regular Time Winner
Predict the winner after regular time only.
Asian HC and O/U
Asian markets are settled on the result after regular time. Live Asian Handicap bets are
settled according to the score for the remainder of the game after the bet was placed. Goals
scored before the bet was placed are not included.
Number of Goals
Bet on the total number of goals scored by the two teams within the official 60-minute play.
Own goals are counted for betting purposes.
Total Team Goals
Predict the total goals scored by a named team.
Over 0.5 - The bet will be a winner if the team scores 1 or more goals.
Under 0.5 - The bet will be a winner if the team doesn't score.
Over 1.5 - The bet will be a winner if the team scores 2 or more goals.
Under 1.5 - The bet will be a winner if the team scores 1 goal or less.
Own goals are counted for betting purposes.
First to Score/Last to Score/Next Goal
Which team will score the first/last/next goal in a match. Own goals count to the team
credited with the goal.
If an event is abandoned after a goal was scored then all bets on team of "First to Score" will stand, "Last to Score" will be void, team of "Next Goal" goal which has already been determined will stand and "Next Goal" which has not been determined will be void.
If an event is abandoned without any goal being scored, then all "First to Score/Last to Score" bets will be void.
Draw No Bet
Predict the winning team. In the event of a draw all bets are void and stakes are refunded.
Both Teams To Score
Yes = Both teams to score.
No = Either team not to score.
Bets stand if both teams have scored in the match, irrespective of if the match is later abandoned.
Winning Margin
Predict the margin in which the winning team will win. Overtime and penalty shootouts are
included for this bet type for all leagues.
To Qualify
Should a team be disqualified from the tournament prior to the match, and a bye is awarded, all qualification/win the cup bets will be void.
To qualify bets include overtime/shootouts.
To Win Series
Bets are void if the statutory number of games (according to the respective governing organisations) are not completed or are changed.
Head 2 Head
If one or more contestants fail to start, all bets are considered void and stakes will be
refunded.
First/Last/Anytime Goalscorer
Predict if a player will score first/anytime goal in the match. Own goals are ignored for
settlement purposes. If an own goal is scored, the previous or the next goal (if there are any)
will be taken into consideration for settlement purposes. If only own goals are scored in the
match, it will be considered a No Goalscorer result.
For all leagues (including the NHL), bets are settled according to regular time only. Stakes on players not included in the match line-up will be void.
If a match is abandoned after the first goal has already been scored, bets on the First Goalscorer market and on the Anytime Goalscorer market for players who have already scored, will stand. All other bets placed on the Anytime Goalscorer market will be void.
If a match is abandoned before a first goal is scored, all bets will be void.
Odd/Even
A prediction of whether the total number of accumulated goals in a match will add up to an
odd or even number.
Any match resulting in 0-0 will be settled as an even number of goals.
Exact Score
Predict the score at the end of regular time (except NHL).
If an exact score occurs that is not an option in our offer, all bets are lost.
Double Chance
A Double Chance bet allows you to cover two of the three possible outcomes in a match with one bet.
The following options are available:
1 or X - If the result is either a home win or a draw, bets on this option are winners.
X or 2 - If the result is either a draw or away win, bets on this option are winners.
1 or 2 - If the result is either a home win or an away win, bets on this option are winners.
All bets are valid for regulation time in all leagues.
Time of 1st Goal
If a match is abandoned after the first goal is scored, all bets stand.
If a match is abandoned before a goal is scored, all bets are void.
If a match ends without a goal being scored, all bets are void. This bet type is settled excluding overtime.
As soon as a game starts, it is deemed to be in the first minute, so for example, a goal scored after 24 minutes and 16 seconds is settled as having been scored in the 25th minute.
Overtime
Predict whether the game will go to overtime or not.
Most Goals
Predict in which period the most goals will be scored.
If 2 or more periods have the same score, all bets will be void.
Most goals excludes overtime (including NHL).
1st To 3 Goals
Predict which team will be the first to score 3 goals. Overtime is included for this bet type
for all leagues. All penalty shootouts will be considered as one goal. For example: If Team A
is the first team to score in a penalty shootout when the regulation time is tied at 2-2,
and Team B won the penalty shootout, then Team B is the first team to score for this
purpose.
Finishing Position
Predict which team will be ahead in the final tournament position.
If one or more teams fail to start the tournament, all bets are considered void and stakes will be refunded.
Shots on Goal
Shots on Goal is similar to Handicap and Over/Under Wager.
Win/loss is determined by the number of shots on target by both teams, then comparing with the handicap given before the game starts.
Relegation
If a team is removed from the league/tournament before the season has started, all bets on
that market will be void, and a new relegation book will be opened.
Winner
Bets settled on final league/tournament position include play-offs.
Group Winner
Bets settled on final Group position.
Series Score
Bets are void if the statutory number of games (according to the respective governing
organisations) are not completed or are changed.
Elimination Stage
Predict in which stage of a tournament a team will be eliminated.
Penalty
Predict which penalty type will be first to be awarded.
Team To Win All 3 Periods
Predict if one of the two teams will win all of the three periods in the match.
Race To Goals (2, 3, 4, 5)
Predict which of the two teams will reach the goals figure first. Neither team added as an
optional selection.
Both Teams To Score At Least 2 Goals (3 Goals)
Predict if both of the teams will score 2 or more goals in the match.
To Win To Nil
Predict which of the two teams will manage to win the match without conceding a goal in
regular time.
Highest Scoring Period
Predict which of the three periods will have most goals scored in it.
Method Of Winning
Predict what will be the winning method of the match – after: Regular Time, Overtime or
Penalties.
1st Period/Full Time
Predict which of the two teams will be winning at the end of the 1st period and regular
time in one combined bet type.
Motor Racing
General
If a race or qualifier is postponed for any reason, all wagers will remain valid for 48 hours.
Formula One Racing - Race Outright
All race bets are settled on the official classification from the Federation Internationale de l'Automobile (FIA), the sport's governing body, at the time of the podium presentation.
Championship Outright
Wagers will be graded as per FIA classification immediately after the final race of the season and will not be affected by any subsequent penalties or demotions.
Constructors
Each participant is priced to be the top constructor over the Formula 1 season in accordance with Constructors Championship standings, and rules as specified by the FIA.
Fastest Lap
The official FIA result at the time of the podium presentation for the race will be used.
Podium Position
The result for settlement is at the time of the podium presentation.
Subsequent disqualifications and/or appeals will not affect bets.
Head to Head
Two drivers may be paired for betting purposes and prices offered on which of them will finish in a higher position in a specific race.
In the event that neither driver finishes the race, the driver who completed more laps will be deemed the winner. If both drivers have completed the same number of full laps, bets will be void.
NASCAR - Outright Race
The Official NASCAR winner of the race shall be the winner of the race for wagering purposes; this includes all races which are halted prematurely for any reason.
Any drivers who do not qualify for the race will be deemed no action, i.e. all bets on such driver will be declared void.
Rally
All race bets are settled on the official classification as defined by the official race organisers and will not be affected by any subsequent enquiries.
MOTORBIKES - Championship Outright
All-in compete or not. Bets will be determined by the number of points accumulated following the podium presentation of the final race of the season and will not be affected by any subsequent enquiries.
Race Outright
Non-Runner no-bet.
The podium positions will be used to determine the winner for betting purposes.
Subsequent disqualifications and/or appeals will not affect bets.
Netball
General
In the event of a match starting but not being completed all bets will be void unless stated otherwise in the rules. All bets will be settled based on the regular time result only, unless otherwise stated in the rules.
If a match venue is changed then bets already placed will stand providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, then bets placed based on the original listing will be void.
If a match is postponed or abandoned for any reason all bets will be void, unless re-arranged and played on the same day or stated otherwise in the rules. An exception is made if we advertise an incorrect starting time.
If a market is offered as 2 Way and happened to finish with a draw result, Push rules apply.
Outright
Predict the winner of the league/tournament. Bets will be settled according to the final standings, including play-offs if played, unless otherwise stated.
Money Line
Predict the outcome:
1 – Home team wins
X – Draw
2 – Away team wins
Spread
Predict the winner, applying the given handicap (spread) to the result.
Over/Under
Predict whether the total points scored by both teams will be over or under a given number.
1st/2nd Half
Bets (money line, spread, over/under) on halves will be settled according to the relevant half score only.
A relevant half must be completed for bets to stand, unless they are already determined. If the game is suspended in the second half, first half bets will be settled, the others will be void.
1st/2nd/3rd/4th Quarter
Bets (money line, spread, over/under) on quarters will be settled according to the relevant quarter result only. A relevant quarter must be completed for bets to stand, unless they are already determined.
If the game is suspended - bets on finished quarters will be settled, while bets on running as well as not started quarters will be void, unless bets on the running quarter are already determined. For example, a game is suspended in the 3rd quarter:
- Bets on 1st and 2nd quarters will be settled
- If there are any O/U bets on the 3rd quarter that could be settled, they would be
- All other bets will be void.
Snooker & Pool
General
Non-Runner no-bet - With the exception of bets placed on any player who takes part in a given tournaments' qualifying but fails to qualify for the main tournament. Such bets will be deemed losers for settlement purposes. All participants in a given tournament will be priced to win the tournament outright. Each Way betting is available. Details are displayed under the competition title.
Money Line
Predict which player will win the match.
In the event of a match starting but not being completed, the player progressing to the next round or being awarded the victory will be deemed the winner for settlement purposes.
In the event of a match not starting at all, all bets are refunded.
Spread
If the statutory number of frames in a match are not completed, changed, or different from those offered for betting purposes, bets will be void. In the event of a disqualification or retirement bets will be void.
In the event of a match starting but not being completed for whatever reason or a match not starting at all, all bets are refunded.
Over/Under
If the statutory number of frames in a match are not completed, changed, or different from those offered for betting purposes, bets will be void. In the event of a disqualification or retirement, bets will be void.
In the event of a match starting but not being completed for whatever reason or a match not starting at all, all bets are refunded.
First Frame
In the event of the first frame not being completed bets will be void.
Half Time/Full Time
Predict the result after the first 4 frames and the overall winner of the match.
All bets void if match is not completed.
1st to 3 Frames
Predict which player will be the first to reach 3 frames.
Either player must win 3 frames for bets to stand.
Soccer
General
All match markets are based on the result at the end of the regular time. This includes any added injury or stoppage time but does not include extra time, time allocated for a penalty shootout or a golden goal.
An exception is made when this rule relates to friendly matches. In such cases, all match markets are settled based on the actual result at the end of the game (excluding any extra time), irrespective of whether the full 90 minutes is played.
This rule applies only to matches with a regular playing time of two 45-minute halves.
Some soccer matches may have different playing schedules. In that case the following will apply:
Should any match be played prior to the date or kick-off time denoted, then bets will stand provided the wager is placed not later than the revised kick-off time.
All bets on a match abandoned before the completion of the regular time will be void, unless the match is rearranged and played on the same date (at local time) or stated otherwise in the rules, except for bets on any markets that have been unconditionally determined.
If the game does not take place as scheduled, and is not played on the same date (at local time), all bets are void. An exception is made if an incorrect kick-off time is announced on our website.
If a match venue is changed, then bets already placed will stand, providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed then bets based on the original listing will be void.
Bets will stand if we list a team name without specifying the term 'XI' in the name. In the absence of an official source, or when significant conflicting evidence is present, bets will be settled based on our own statistics.
Extra Time
All bets are settled using the official statistics for the extra time period only. Any goals, corners, etc. that were taken or scored during the regulation time do not count. Extra time does not include a penalty shootout.
Penalty Shootouts
For handicap betting, all penalties taken in the shootout are counted, including Sudden Death (the additional penalties after the first 10 penalties).
In Over/Under betting, the result includes only converted penalty kicks from the standard ten penalties in the shootout and does not include sudden death. If the match does not go to a penalty shootout all bets are void.
Next Minute Markets
Each market refers to a specific 1 or 5 minute period in the match. It is split into minutes and seconds and it is displayed as part of the market title. 00:59 seconds counts as the first minute, 01:59 counts as the second minute, and so on.
Injury time does not count. For example:
The 5 minute period 40:00-44:59 refers to the first half only and does not include first half injury time.
The 5 minute period 45:00-49:59 refers to the start of the second half only and does not include first half injury time.
The 5 minute period 85:00-89:59 refers to the second half only and does not include second half injury time.
A settlement will be made based on data from the TV broadcaster covering the match or, if this is not available, on the official website of the competition, and if this is not available, on data transmitted by our data providers.
If a match is abandoned during any of these minute markets, all bets placed will be void if the time of the bet period was not completed. Bets in which the time of the bet period was completed will be settled and not declared void.
If a specified minute period is not completed, all bets will be void, unless a winning market has already been established prior to the stoppage in play. All disallowed or cancelled goals, corner kicks, cards, penalties, free kicks, goal kicks and throw-ins will not count.
Goals will be settled on the time the goal is scored.
- Corner is considered to have happened when it is AWARDED (not when it is taken).
- Cards - both yellow and red - count. Only cards shown to players on the playing field count. A card is considered to have happened when it is shown.
- Penalty is considered to have happened when it is AWARDED (not when it is taken).
- Free kick is considered to have happened when it is AWARDED (not when it is taken).
- Goal kick is considered to have happened when it is AWARDED (not when it is taken).
- Throw-in is considered to have happened when it is AWARDED (not when it is taken).
1X2
Bets can be placed by either selecting a Home Win, a Draw or an Away Win. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void.
1 - Home Win
X - Draw
2 - Away Win
Asians
The Asian Line is a special type of handicap used for soccer matches. Depending on the strength of each team, a handicap is issued for the game. This enables the odds for each side to be more similar, allowing more competitive betting opportunities. All bets on the Asian Handicap in live betting (including 1st/2nd half bets) are settled according to the score line. Any goals prior to the bet being placed are not counted for settlement purposes. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void.
Asian Handicap |
What it means |
0 |
You win if your team wins the match. If there's a draw (0 goals difference), your stake is refunded. |
0.25 |
You win if your team wins the match. If there's a draw, your bet is split in half: one half is considered a win, the other half is considered a draw, and its stakes are refunded. |
0.5 |
You win if your team draws or wins the match. |
0.75 |
You win if your team wins or draws the match. If it loses with a one goal difference, you lose half of the stake. |
1 |
You win if your team wins or draws the match. If it loses with a goal difference of one, your stake is refunded. |
-0.25 |
You win if your team wins the match. If it draws, you lose half of the stake. |
-0.5 |
You win if your team wins the match. |
-0.75 |
You win if your team wins the match with a goal difference of two or more. If it wins with one goal your bet is split in half: one half is considered a win, the other half is considered a draw and its stakes are refunded. |
-1 |
You win if your team wins the match with a goal difference of two or more. If it wins with a goal difference of one, your stake is refunded. |
Live betting example:
Juventus vs Man United - Live score 1:0
Team |
Asian Handicap |
Odds |
Juventus |
-0.75 |
1.80 |
Manchester |
+0.75 |
2.15 |
Final score 3:0
If you bet €100 on Juventus, your net win is €80.
Final score 1:0, 1:1, 1:2, 1:3,2:1, 2:2, 3:2, 3:3
If you bet €100 on Man. United, your net win is €115.
Over/Under
Predict the total goals scored in a match. Goals are considered, regardless of whether they are scored before or after the bets are placed (unlike Asians, where the result before the bet is placed is ignored). If a game is abandoned, bets will be void unless settlement is already unconditionally determined.
Over/Under |
What it means |
Under 2 |
Bets win if there is either 0 or 1 goal scored in the match. If there are two goals exactly, the stake is returned. Bets lose if there are three or more goals scored in the match. |
Under 2.25 |
Bets win if there is either 0 or 1 goal scored in the match. If there are two goals exactly, half the stake will win and half will be returned. Bets lose if there are three or more goals scored in the match. |
Under 2.5 |
Bets win if there are 0, 1 or 2 goals scored in the match. Bets lose if there are three or more goals scored in the match. |
Under 2.75 |
Bets win if there are 0, 1 or 2 goals scored in the match. If there are three goals exactly, half the stake will be returned and half will be lost. Bets lose if there are four or more goals scored in the match. |
Over 2 |
Bets win if there are three or more goals scored in the match. If there are two goals exactly, the stake is returned. Bets lose if there is 0 or 1 goal scored in the match. |
Over 2.25 |
Bets win if there are three or more goals scored in the match. If there are two goals exactly, half the stake will be returned and half will be lost. Bets lose if there is 0 or 1 goal scored in the match. |
Over 2.5 |
Bets win if there are three or more goals scored in the match. Bets lose if there are 0, 1 or 2 goals scored in the match. |
Over 2.75 |
Bets win if there are four or more goals scored in the match. If there are three goals exactly, half the stake will win and half will be returned. Bets lose if there are 0, 1 or 2 goals scored in the match. |
Total Goals/Total Goals 1st Half
Predict the total goals scored in the match/1st half by both teams. If an event is abandoned, all bets will be void, unless the outcome of the placed bet has already been determined.
Over 2.5 - The bet will be a winner if there are 3 or more goals in the match/1st half.
Under 2.5 - The bet will be a winner if there are 2 goals or less in the match/1st half.
Total Team Goals/1st Half Total Team Goals
Predict the total goals scored by a certain team in the match/1st half. Own goals count to the team credited with the goal. If an event is abandoned, all bets will be void, unless the outcome of the bet placed has already been determined.
For example:
Over 2.5 - The bet will be a winner if the team scores 3 or more goals in the match/1st half.
Under 2.5 - The bet will be a winner if the team scores 2 goals or less in the match/1st half.
1st Half: 1X2, Asians and Over/Under
Bets will be settled on the first half result only. If a match is abandoned before half time, the bet will be void, unless the markets were unconditionally determined. If a match is abandoned during the second half, then all first half bets are still valid.
2nd Half: 1X2, Asians and Over/Under
Bets will be settled on the second half result only. If a match is abandoned then all bets will be void, unless the markets were unconditionally determined.
1X2 Up to 30th Min, Asians and Over/Under Up to 30th Min
All bets will be settled based on the score by the end of the 30th min (29:59). If a match is abandoned before the 30th min, bets will be void, except O/U bets which have already been determined. If a match is abandoned after the 30th min, all bets will stand.
1X2 Up to 70th Min, Asians and Over/Under Up to 70th Min
All bets will be settled based on the score by the end of the 70th min (69:59). If a match is abandoned before the 70th min, bets will be void, except O/U bets which have already been determined. If a match is abandoned after the 70th min, all bets will stand.
Draw No Bet
Predict which team will be the winner. In case of a draw, all bets will be void. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void.
Double Chance
A Double Chance market allows you to cover two of the three possible outcomes in a game with one bet. There is also Double Chance 1st Half market, which is settled according to the result of the 1st half only.
The following options are available:
1 or X - If the result is either a home win or a draw then bets on this option are winners.
X or 2 - If the result is either a draw or an away win then bets on this option are winners.
1 or 2 - If the result is either a home win or an away win then bets on this option are winners.
Exact Score
Predict the exact score of the match by choosing from given results. There is another variation of this market available: Exact Score 1st Half, where you must predict the score of the 1st Half.
Multi-Bet Exact Score
Predict the final score of the game by choosing from given options. Every option includes several results. You win if the final score is the same as any of the results featured in the option you have bet on. Otherwise you lose. For example:
You have a bet on line: 1:0, 2:0, 3:0.
If the final score is either 1:0 or 2:0 or 3:0, you will win. If any other result occurs, your bet will be lost.
Half Time/Full Time
Predict the result of a match at half time and at the end of regular time. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void.
Example: If you chose 1/X, you bet on the home team to be winning at half time and the match to end in a draw. Extra time and penalty shootouts do not count.
Both Teams to Score
Predict whether both teams will score at least one goal in the game. Own goals count towards the team credited with the goal. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void, unless the outcome of these bets is already determined.
“Yes” - meaning that both teams will score.
“No” - meaning that at least one team will not score.
3 Way Handicap
In a 3W Handicap, the line is set so that there can also be a draw outcome, which means you have 3 potential bets. Bets are settled according to the final result. There is another option in this market: 1st Half 3 W Handicap, which is settled according to the result of 1st half only.
For example:
Handicap (-2) - You will win if your team wins the match with a goal difference of three or more.
Tie (-2) - You will win if the team with (-2) Handicap wins the match with exactly 2 goals difference.
Handicap (+2) - You will win if your team loses by 1 goal /draws/wins.
First to Score/Last to Score/2nd Goal/3rd Goal/4th Goal.
Predict which team will score the First/2nd/3rd/4th (and so on) last goal in the match. Own goals count towards the team credited with the goal. If a game is abandoned all bets will be void, unless the outcome of a bet is already determined.
Winning Margin
Predict the team to win the match and the victory margin. For example in a match Team A vs Team B:
Bet on Team A to win by 2 or more goals wins if the result is 2:0, 3:0, 3:1, 4:0, 4:1, 4:2, etc.
Bet on Team A to win by 1 goal wins if the result is 1:0, 2:1, 3:2, etc.
Bet on Score Draw wins in case of any draw results with the exception of 0:0, (i.e. 1:1, 2:2, 3:3, etc).
Bet on a no score draw wins only if the result is 0:0.
Bet on Team B to win by 2 or more goals wins if the result is 0:2, 0:3, 1:3, 0:4, 1:4, 2:4, etc.
Bet on Team B to win by 1 goal wins if the result is 0:1, 1:2, 2:3, etc.
Odd/Even
Predict whether goals accumulated by both teams will add up to an odd or even number. When no goals are scored, it is considered as Even for settlement purposes. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void, unless an outcome is already determined. There are several variations of this market:
Odd/Even - Bets on it are settled according to full time score.
1st Half Odd/Even - Bets on it are settled according to the 1st half result only.
2nd Half Odd/Even - Bets on it are settled according to the 2nd half result only.
Teams Odd/Even
Predict whether goals accumulated by a certain team will add up to an odd or even number. If this team has 0 goals, it is considered as Even for settlement purposes. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void, unless an outcome is already determined. There are several variations of this market:
Teams Odd/Even - bets are settled according to the goals scored by the named team at full time.
1st Half Teams Odd/Even - bets are settled according to the goals scored by the named team in the 1st half.
2nd Half Teams Odd/Even - bets are settled according to the goals scored by the named team in the 2nd half.
Goalscorer
Predict whether a player will score the first/last/anytime goal in the match. Own goals are ignored for settlement purposes. If an own goal is scored, the previous or the next goal (if there are any) will be taken into consideration. If only own goals are scored in the match, it will be considered as No Goalscorer result for settlement purposes.
Bets on players not taking part in the match will be void. For First Goalscorer, bets on players coming on as substitutes after the first goal has already been scored will also be declared void.
If a match is abandoned after the first goal has already been scored, all winning bets on First Goalscorer and on Anytime Goalscorer (bets on players who have already scored) will stand, all other bets on Goalscorer market will be void.
If a match is abandoned before a first goal is scored, all bets will be void.
Goalscorer Premier
Betting options available on this market are:
First or Last Goalscorer - Predict whether a certain player will score the first or the last goal in the match.
2 or more - Predict whether a certain player will score 2 or more goals in the match.
3 or more - Predict whether a certain player will score 3 or more goals in the match.
Own goals are ignored for settlement purposes. If an own goal is scored, the previous or the next goal (if there are any) will be taken into consideration. Bets on players not taking part in the match will be void.
If a match is abandoned, bets on this market will be void, with the exception of any bets that have a previously determined outcome.
Team Goalscorer
Predict which player of a certain team will score the most goals in a League/Tournament.
Goals scored both in regular and extra time count. Penalty shootout goals do not count. In the event that two or more players score the same amount of goals, dead heat rules apply. If there no goals scored by the named team, all bets will be void.
Top Goalscorer
Players who are nominated to play for their teams are considered VALID bets regardless of whether they are sidelined or injured during the tournament. In case a player is transferred to a different club within the same league, goals scored prior to the move will be counted. If a player is transferred to a club in another league, goals scored prior to the transfer cannot be brought over to his/her new league.
All bets will stand in case of any of the above-mentioned scenarios, unless otherwise stated:
Own goals will be ignored.
Only League goals scored are counted.
Goals scored in play-off matches are not counted.
If two or more players score the same amount of goals, dead heat rules apply.
Teams to score in 1st Half/2nd Half/Both halves
Predict if a team will score at least one goal in 1st Half/2nd Half/Both halves. Own goals count to the team credited with the goal for settlement purposes.
If an event is abandoned, all bets will be void, unless the outcome of the placed bet has already been determined.
Teams Clean Sheet
Clean Sheet means that a team will finish the game without conceding a goal. Own goals are valid for settlement purposes. If a game is abandoned, all bets will be void.
For example:
Team Clean Sheet Team A “Yes” – in order for the bet to be settled as won, Team A should not concede any goal (including an own goal) in the game. If they do, the bet is lost.
Team Clean Sheet Team A “No” – in order for the bet to be settled as won, Team A should concede a goal (an own goal counts as well) in the game. If they don’t, the bet is lost.
Head 2 Head
If one or more contestants fail to start the tournament, all bets are considered void. If both teams reach the same stage, dead heat rules apply.
Total Goals Min
Total Goals Min is the sum of the minutes of all goals scored in the regular time of the game. Goal times are recorded as the full minute according to the official source. Any goal scored in added time of the 1st half will be recorded as the 45th minute. Any goal scored in added time of the 2nd half will be recorded as the 90th minute. As soon as a game kicks off it will be deemed to be in the first minute. So for example a goal scored after 24 minutes and 16 seconds will be settled as scored in the 25th minute. Win/Loss is determined by comparing Total Goals Min with preset number. If a game is abandoned, bets on this market will be void.
OU & Goal Crazy/Goal Crazy/1st Half Goal Crazy
Bets are settled on the total number of goals scored by both teams in the match - Goal Crazy, or for the 1st half - 1st Half Goal Crazy. If an event is abandoned during the 1st half, all bets on this market will be void. If an event is abandoned after the 1st half is completed, bets on 1st Half Goal Crazy will stand and bets on Goal Crazy will be void. Example:
If you pick 2-3, you win if 2 or 3 goals are scored in the match/1st half. Otherwise your bet is lost.
If you pick 3+, you win if 3 or more goals are scored in the match/1st half. Otherwise your bet is lost.
Half with Most Goals
Predict in which half most goals will be scored. Bets will be void if the match is abandoned.
Number of Goals/Number of Goals 1st Half
Predict the exact number of goals scored in the match/1st half by both teams. If an event is abandoned during the 1st half, all bets on this market will be void. If an event is abandoned after the 1st half is completed, bets on Number of Goals 1st Half will stand and bets on Number of Goals will be void.
Number of Team Goals/Number of Team Goals 1st Half
Predict the exact number of goals scored by a named team in the match/1st half. Own goals count to the team credited with the goal. If an event is abandoned after the 1st half is completed, bets on Number of Team goals 1st Half will stand and bets on Number of Team Goals will be void.
First Half/Second Half
Predict the result of first and second half separately. If a match is abandoned, bets will be void.
Example: To win a bet on '1/X’, the home team must win the first half and the result of the second half should be a draw. Extra time and a penalty shootout do not count.
1X2 rest of the match
All bets are determined without taking into consideration the current result at the time the bet is being placed - as if the game was starting again from 0:0 score after the bet had been placed. If a match is abandoned, all bets are void.
Example: Current result is 1-0 and final result is 1-1. The result for the bet settlement is 0-1:
1 - Bets on Home Team are lost.
X - Bets on Draw are lost.
2 - Bets on Away Team are winners.
Penalty
Penalty is similar to Over/Under Wager. Win/loss is determined by the number of penalties accumulated by both teams. If a match is abandoned, bets will be void, unless the outcome of a bet is already determined.
If a penalty is awarded, but not taken (referee changes his decision, the game is abandoned before the penalty is taken), this penalty will be ignored for settlement purposes.
Win to Nil
Predict if a certain team will win the game, without conceding a goal.
Win Either Half
Predict if a certain team will win at least one half of the game - no matter whether it’s 1st or 2nd half.
Own Goal
Predict if there will be an own goal scored in the match.
Win From Behind
Predict if a certain team will be down by one or more goals during any time of the match, but will eventually win the match.
Score/Miss a Penalty
Predict if a certain team will score or miss a penalty during the game. Penalties that were cancelled by the referee will be ignored.
Added Time in 1st Half/2nd Half
Added Time is similar to Over/Under wagers. Win/loss is determined by the Added Time officially announced by the referee, not by the actual time played. If a game is abandoned in the 1st half, all bets will be void. If a game is abandoned in the 2nd half, Added Time in 1st Half bets will be settled, Added Time in 2nd Half bets will be void.
For example: If the referee shows 1 min added time and 2 min are played, bets will be settled as 1 min added time.
1st Goal Period
Predict when the 1st goal of the game will be scored by choosing from given time periods. Own goals will count for settlement purposes.
Betting periods at the end of either half include any injury/stoppage time added on by the match official at the end of normal time. Extra time does not count.
If a match is abandoned after the first goal is scored all bets will stand. If a match is abandoned before the first goal is scored, or a game finishes without any goals being scored, all bets will be void. As soon as a game kicks off it will be deemed to be in the first minute. So for example a goal scored after 24 minutes and 16 seconds will be settled as scored in the 25th minute.
Goal up to 30th Min
Predict if there will be a goal scored before the 30th Min (29:59) of the game. If a game is abandoned before the 30th Min, bets will be void, unless a goal has already been scored in the game.
Goal Scored 1-15 Min, 16-30 Min, 31-Half Time, Starting 2nd Half - 60 Min, 61-75 Min, 76-Full Time
Bet on whether a goal will be scored in the named periods. If the match is abandoned, bets on the periods before the time of abandonment still stand, while all bets on periods after that time will be cancelled. Bets on the period which includes the minute the game was stopped, will be settled in case there is a goal already scored in the named period. Otherwise bets will be void.
Example: If the match is abandoned in the 38th minute:
Bets on minutes: 1 to 15 and 16 to 30 will be settled.
Bets on minutes: Start of second half-60, 61-75, 76-Full Time will be void.
Bets on minutes: 31-Half Time will be settled if there was a goal scored between 31st and 38th min.
Bets on minutes: 31-Half Time will be void if there was no goal scored between 31st and 38th min.
Both Teams to Score & Over 2.5
Yes = Both teams to score and at least 3 goals to be scored in the game.
No = Either team not to score or both teams to score but less than 3 goals altogether.
If a match is abandoned, bets will be void, unless the outcome of a bet is already determined.
Match Winner & Both Teams to Score
Predict the winner of the game and if both teams will score/not score from the given options.
If a match is abandoned, all bets will be void.
Scorecast
This is a prediction on both First to Score and Exact Score of the match. Both should be correct for a bet to win. Own goals are not counted for First to Score: next goal scored which is not an own goal will be counted for settlement purposes.
If there are only own goals in the match, the bet will be settled with Exact Score market odds at kick-off time. If the game ends with a 0:0 scoreline, all bets will be void.
If a player comes on the field after the first goal is scored, or did not take part in the game at all, bets including him as First to Score will be settled with Exact Score market odds at kick-off time.
If a match is abandoned after the first goal is scored, bets will be settled with First to Score odds of Goalscorer bet type at kick-off time.
1st Half Scorecast
This is a prediction on both First to Score and Exact Score in the 1st half of the match. Both should be correct for a bet to win. Own goals are not counted for First to Score: next goal scored which is not an own goal will be counted for settlement purposes.
If there are only own goals in the 1st half, the bet will be settled with 1st Half Exact Score market odds at kick-off time. If 1st Half ends with a 0:0 scoreline, all bets will be void.
If a player comes on the field after the first goal is scored, or did not take part in the 1st half at all, bets including him as First to Score will be settled with 1st Half Exact Score market odds at kick-off time.
If a match is abandoned during the 1st Half, all bets will be void.
Anytime Scorecast
This is a prediction on both Anytime Goalscorer and Exact Score of the match. Both should be correct for a bet to win. Own goals are not counted for Anytime Goalscorer for settlement purposes.
If there are only own goals in the match, the bet will be settled with Exact Score market odds at kick-off time. If game ends with a 0:0 scoreline, all bets will be void.
If a player did not take part in the game at all, bets including him as Anytime Goalscorer will be settled with Exact Score market odds at kick-off time.
If a match is abandoned after a goal or goals are scored, bets including players who have already scored will be settled with Anytime Goalscorer odds of Goalscorer bet type at kick-off time. All other bets will be void.
Wincast
This is a prediction on both First to Score and Final Result (home win, away win or draw) of the match. Both should be correct for a bet to win. Own goals are not counted for First to Score: next goal scored which is not an own goal will be counted for settlement purposes.
Both should be correct for a bet to win. Own goals are not counted for First to Score: next goal scored which is not an own goal will be counted for settlement purposes.
If there are only own goals in the match, the bet will be settled with 1X2 market odds at kick-off time.
If a player comes on the field after the first goal is scored, or did not take part in the game at all, bets including him as First to Score will be settled with 1X2 market odds at kick-off time.
If a match is abandoned after the first goal is scored, bets will be settled with First to Score odds of Goalscorer bet type at kick-off time.
Half Time/Full Time & Over/Under 2.5
Predict the match result at half time and full time, and whether at least 3 goals will be scored in the match. Example: In order for the bet ‘1/X and Over 2.5’ to be successful, the home team must win the first half, then the final result should be a draw and 3 or more goals should be scored during the match. Extra time and penalty shootouts do not count.
Match Winner & O/U 2.5/3.5
Predict the winner of the match and if there will be over or under 2.5/3.5 goals scored in the match from the given options.
If a game is abandoned, all bets will be void.
Match Winner & O/U 1.5 1st Half
Predict the winner of the match and if there will be over or under 1.5 goals scored in the 1st half from the given options.
If a game is abandoned, all bets will be void.
1X2 Corners Full Time/1st Half/2nd Half
Predict which team will take more corners. Available options are:
1 – Home team to take more corners.
X – Both teams to take an equal number of corners.
2 – Away team to take more corners
Corners 1X2 Full Time is settled according to the corners taken during the whole match.
Corners 1X2 1st Half is settled according to the corners taken in the first half only.
Corners 1X2 2nd Half is settled according to the corners taken in the second half only.
Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also if a corner needs to be retaken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner.
If a match is abandoned, all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
Asians Handicap & Over/Under Corners FT/1st Half/2nd Half
This market is similar to Handicap and Over/Under wager. Win/Loss for Handicap part is determined by comparing the corners taken by each team, applying the given Handicap. Win/Loss for Over/Under part is determined by the corners taken by both teams. Push rules apply.
Asians & Over/Under Corners FT will be settled according to the corners taken during the whole match.
Asians & Over/Under Corners 1st Half will be settled according to the corners taken in the first half only.
Asians & Over/Under Corners 2nd Half will be settled according to the corners taken in the second half only.
Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also if a corner needs to be re-taken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner.
If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
Total Team Corners
Total Team Corners are similar to Over/Under wager. Win/Loss is determined by the number of corners taken by the chosen team. Push rules apply. Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also if a corner needs to be re-taken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner.
If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
Total Corners 2 Way
Predict if the total corners taken in the match (by both teams) will be over or under a given number. Push rules apply.
Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also if a corner needs to be retaken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner.
If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
Total Corners Odd/Even
Predict if the total corners taken in the match (by both teams) will add up to an odd or even number.
Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken, the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also if a corner needs to be retaken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner.
If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
Corners 3 Way HC
In 3 Way HC betting, the line is set so that there can also be a draw outcome, giving you 3 potential bets. Bets are settled by comparing the corners taken by each team, applying preset handicap.
For example:
Handicap (-1) - You win if your team takes two or more corners more than the opponent.
Tie (-1) - You win if the team with (-1) Handicap takes exactly one corner more than its opponent.
Handicap (+1) - You win if your team takes a bigger or an equal number of corners than its opponent.
Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also if a corner needs to be retaken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner.
If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
Corners 3 Way OU
Predict if corners taken by both teams during the match will be over, under or exactly a given number.
Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also if a corner needs to be retaken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner.
If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
Corners Over/Under, Corners 1st Half Over/Under, Corners 2nd Half Over/Under
Predict if the total corners taken in the match (by both teams) will be over or under a given number. Push rules apply.
Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken, the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also, if a corner needs to be retaken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner.
If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
First/Last Corner
Predict which team will take the first/last corner in the game.
Awarded, but not taken corners (there is a corner, but before it is taken the referee signals for the end of the first half or the match) will not count for settlement purposes. Also if a corner needs to be retaken for any reason, it will be counted as 1 corner.
If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
2nd /3rd/4th/… Corner
Predict which team will take the named corner in the game. If this specific corner is not taken in the game, bets will be void. For example, game finishes or is abandoned with 8 corners taken - all bets on any corner after the 8th will be void (9th, 10th, etc.).
Kick Off
Predict which team will perform the first kick-off of the game. Bets accepted after the decisive coin toss will be void. All bets stand if a kick-off has been made in the match, no matter if the match is later abandoned.
Red Cards
Red Cards is similar to Over/Under wager. Win/Loss is determined by the number of red cards accumulated by both teams.
If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
Total Bookings in Match
This market is similar to Over/Under wager. Win/Loss is determined by points accumulated for cards shown to both teams. A yellow card counts as one point and a red card counts as two points. The maximum number of points a player can accumulate during a match is three (if a player receives two yellow and a red card respectively, the 2nd yellow card point is ignored). Cards shown to non-players (managers, coaches, substitutes on the bench, etc.) do not count.
If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined..
First/Last Booking
Predict which team will receive first/last of any card (yellow or red) in the game. If players from both teams are booked for the same incident in which the first or last card is received, bets will be void.
If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
Substitutes
Substitutes are similar to Handicap and Over/Under wager. Win/Loss for Handicap part is determined by comparing the substitutes used by each team, applying the given Handicap. Win/Loss for Over/Under part is determined by substitutes used by both teams.
If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
First/Last Substitute
Predict which team will make first/last substitution in the game. If both teams make a substitution at the same time, which happens to be first/last in the game, bets on it will be void.
If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined..
Offside
Offside is similar to Handicap and Over/Under wager. Win/Loss for Handicap part is determined by comparing the offsides ruled against each team, applying the given Handicap. Win/Loss for Over/Under part is determined by offsides ruled against both teams.
If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
First/Last Offside
Predict which team will be caught first/last in an offside position in the game.
If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
Fouls
Fouls are similar to Handicap and Over/Under wager. Win/Loss for Handicap part is determined by comparing the fouls committed by each team, applying the given Handicap. Win/Loss for Over/Under part is determined by fouls committed by both teams.
If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
Ball Possession
Ball Possession is similar to Handicap Wager. Win/loss is determined by the Ball Possession of both teams, then by comparing the ball possession with the handicap given before the game started.
If a match is abandoned all bets will be void.
Shots on Target
"Shots on Target" is similar to Handicap and Over/Under wager. Win/Loss for Handicap part is determined by comparing the shots on target made by each team, applying the given Handicap.
Win/Loss for Over/Under part is determined by shots on target made by both teams.
If a match is abandoned all bets will be void.
Total Throw Ins
Total Throw Ins is similar to Handicap and Over/Under wager. Win/Loss for Handicap part is determined by comparing the throw in taken by each team, applying the given Handicap. Win/Loss for Over/Under part is determined by throw in taken by both teams.
If a match is abandoned all bets will be void, unless settlement is unconditionally determined.
1st/Last Throw In
Predict which team will be the first/last to take a throw in in the game. If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
1st/Last Free Kick
Predict which team will be the first/last to take a free kick in the game. If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
1st/Last Goal Kick
Predict which team will be the first/last to take a goal kick in the game. If a match is abandoned all bets will be void unless settlement is already determined.
Outright/Winner
Predict the winner of the relevant competition. Bets are settled on the final league position, after play-offs (if played), unless otherwise stated.
To Qualify/Win the Cup
Winner is the team advancing to the next round or winning the cup. Should a team be disqualified from the tournament prior to the match, and a bye is awarded, then all qualification/win the cup bets will be void.
Relegation / Promotion
Bets are settled on the final league position, after the play-offs (if played), unless otherwise stated. If a team is removed from the league before the season has started, then all bets on that market will be made void, and a new relegation/promotion book will be opened.
Group Winner/Qualify/Forecast/Points
Bets settled on final Group standings.
Group Winner – Predict the team which will win the group.
Group Qualify – Predict if a team will qualify for the next round of the tournament without play-offs.
Group Forecast – Predict the exact place the named team or teams will finish in.
Group Points – Predict how many points a team will accumulate.
Elimination Stage
Predict in which stage of a tournament a certain team will be eliminated.
Transfer Specials
Player to sign for before - Club of player to sign includes Loan deals for settlement purposes. If he is recalled to his parent club or sold to another one later, it does not matter. It only matters where the player is playing on the date mentioned.
Next Permanent Manager - Bets are settled on the next permanent manager as announced by the club. Caretaker bosses and interim managers do not count for this market, unless they lead the team in at least 10 competitive matches. If they do, they will be settled as winners for betting purposes.
Tennis
General
In the event of any of the following circumstances, all bets will stand:
Winner Full Time including Live Betting
If the full statutory number of sets hasn’t been completed, all bets will be deemed as void.
Asian Handicap & O/U Full Time including Live Betting
Refers to the sets played in the match. Win/loss is determined by the number of sets accumulated by both players. If the full statutory number of sets hasn’t been completed, all bets will be deemed as void. A super tie break is considered as one set for bets on O/U.
Point Winner/1st Point Winner
Predict which player will win the stated point. The nominated point will be featured in the name of the bet type, for example: 1st set - 5th game – 1st Point Winner. If a point is not played for any reason – it is awarded by the umpire as a penalty point, the game or the match is over before the point is played, a player withdraws, etc. – bets on it will be void. Tie break points will not be counted for this bet type.
Game Winner
Predict which player will win the stated game. The nominated game will be featured in the name of the bet type, for example: 2nd set – 7th game – Winner. If a game is not completed for any reason, bets on it will be void. Tie break points will not be counted for this bet type.
Game Exact Score
Predict the points of the winner and his opponent in the stated game by choosing from the given options. The nominated game will be featured in the name of the bet type, for example: 1st set – 8th game – Exact Score. If a game is not completed for any reason, bets on it will be void.
Game To Deuce
Predict if a score of 40-40 will occur at any stage of the stated game. The nominated game will be featured in the name of the bet type, for example: 1st set – 4th game – Game To Deuce. “Yes”, meaning there will be a score of 40-40 in the game. “No”, meaning that a score of 40-40 will not occur in the game. If a game is not played for any reason or it is abandoned before a score of 40-40 is reached, bets on it will be void. Once a score of 40-40 is reached, bets on that game will be settled, even if the game is abandoned for any reason at a later stage.
Game Total Points
3 Way bet type to predict Over, Under or the exact given number of points that will be played in a stated game. The nominated game will be featured in the name of the bet type, for example: 1st set – 2nd game – Total Points. If a game is not played for any reason, bets on it will be void. If a game is abandoned due to injury or withdrawal, bets on it will be void, unless the respective settlement is already determined. Tie break points will not be counted for this bet type.
Games including Live Betting
Games betting refers to the games played in the match. Win/loss is determined by the number of games accumulated by both players. Bets will be deemed as void if the full statutory number of sets is not completed, or changed. A tie break is considered as one game for Games purposes. A super tie break is considered as one game for all Games bets.
First/Second/Third/Fourth/Fifth Set (Money Line/Handicap or Over/Under) including Live Betting
In the event of the set not being completed, all bets will be void.
Exact Score (Set Betting) including Live Betting
Predict the sets score at the end of the match. Bets are void if the full statutory number of sets is not completed, or changed.
Total Player Games including Live Betting
Predict the number of games won by a player in a match. Bets will be deemed as void if the full statutory number of sets has not been completed, or changed. A tie break is considered as one game for Games purposes. A super tie break is considered as one game for all Games bets.
Total Tie Break/Tie Break in a match including Live Betting
Total Tie Break is similar to Over/Under Wager. Win/loss is determined by the number of tie breaks in the match. A super tie break is not considered as a tie break for bets on Total Tie Break. If there was a Tie Break in an unfinished event, bets will be valid. If there's no Tie Break in an unfinished event, bets will be void.
Double Result
Predict a player to win or lose the 1st set and then go on to win or lose the match. Bets will be deemed as void if the full statutory number of sets is not completed.
Total Aces
Total Aces is similar to Asian and Over/Under Wager. Win/loss is determined by the number of aces accumulated by both players. Bets are void if the statutory number of sets has not been completed, or changed. If a match is not completed because of a player retirement or disqualification, all bets will be void.
First Ace
Predict which player will serve the first ace in the match.
To Win 1st Point
Predict which player will win the first point. All bets placed after the coin toss will be void.
To Win 1st Game
Predict which player will win the first game. All bets placed after the coin toss will be void.
1st to win 3 games
Predict which player will be the first to win three games. All bets placed after the coin toss will be void.
First Break
Predict which player will break the opponent's whole game serve first. All bets will be void if a break does not take place. All bets placed after the coin toss will be void.
Double Faults
Refers to the double faults served in the match. Win/loss is determined by the number of double faults accumulated by both players. Bets will be deemed as void if the full statutory number of sets is not completed, or changed.
First Double Fault
Predict which player will serve the first double fault in the match.
Fastest Serve
Predict which player will serve the fastest serve in the match in KM/H or MPH as stated in the bet type name
Outright
Predict the winner of the tournament. In the event of a non-runner, all bets are void.
Winner
Predict the winner of a tournament. The players must start Round 1.
Winning Quarter/Winning Half
Predict the Quarter/Half the winner of the tournament will come from. All players taking part in the tournament are divided into 4 groups (Quarters), with one of the top 4 seeds in each Quarter.
Winning Quarter: Choose which Quarter the winning player will come from (eg. 1st, 2nd, 3rd, 4th). Winning Half: Choose which Half the winning player will come from (eg. top or bottom).
To Win a Quarter
Predict the winner of the quarter.
Finalists/To reach the final
Predict the players that will reach the final of the tournament.
Head To Head
Predict which player will reach the higher round in (or win) the tournament. In the event of a non-runner, all bets are void. Push rules apply.
Stage of Elimination
Player must start the first match of the tournament for bets to be valid.
Virtual Sports
Game Play Rules
A virtual betting event takes place every 3 minutes for Football and every 2 minutes for Horse Racing and Greyhounds.
When the event is not specified by the customer, bets are registered on the next event.
Bets on the next event are accepted until the "bets closed" message appears on the screen, after which the bet will be allocated to the successive event.
Winnings can be collected once the result of an event is displayed on the results screen.
The minimum stake per bet is €0.10 with a maximum daily payout of €50,000 per customer.
A customer who places any bet on these events takes sole responsibility for his actions in placing a bet, and in checking his ticket to ensure it correctly reflects his chosen bet, and cannot hold the operator liable for any loss or damage suffered.
The operator will also not be liable for any system malfunction that may result in the nullification, cancellation or refund of a bet at any time.
No horses or greyhounds are scratched from virtual races.
There are no dead heats (position draws) in virtual races.
In case of event cancellation outstanding bets are deemed void and settled as 'cancelled'. It means that the bet stake is fully reinstated.
Bet types offered may be altered from time to time.
A winning bet may be claimed within 90 days of the event date. Unclaimed tickets after that period will expire and cannot be claimed.
Virtual Soccer
Full Time Moneyline (1X2)
Select the game outcome of the full time - Home win (1), Draw (X) or Away win (2).
Correct Score
Select the full time goal score for each team, both home and away.
Total Goals
Select the total goals scored by both teams at full time.
Double Chance
Select 1/2 for either the home or away team to win.
Select 1X for either the home team to win or draw.
Select X2 for either the away team to win or draw.
Double Chance In
Select 1X for either the home team to win or draw.
Select 2 for away team win.
Double Chance Out
Select X2 for either the away team to win or draw.
Select 1 for home team win.
Double Chance In/ Out
Select 1/2 for either the home or away team to win.
Select X for draw.
Over/Under 2.5
Select Under to back a score of 0, 1 or 2 total goals
Select Over to back a score of 3 or 4 total goals.
1st Team to Score
Select the team that will score the 1st goal. This bet type is not displayed on the data screens.
Half Time/Full Time
Predict the result of a match at half time and at the end of regular time. If a game is abandoned, bets will be void.
Example: If you chose 1/X, you bet on the home team to be winning at half time and the match to end in a draw. Extra time and penalty shootouts do not count.
Virtual Horse Racing
Win
Select a runner to finish 1st.
Place
Select a runner to finish in 1st, 2nd or 3rd place in a race with 8 runners or more.
Forecast
Select 2 runners to finish 1st and 2nd IN ORDER specified.
Reverse Forecast
Select 2 runners to finish 1st and 2nd in ANY ORDER.
Tricast
Select 3 runners to finish 1st, 2nd and 3rd IN ORDER specified.
Combination Tricast
A player can have the option of selecting 3 or more selections to bet that every possible combination of three of the selections may finish 1st, 2nd and 3rd in order in an event. So for example; on 3 selections there are 6 bets (1-2-3, 1-3-2, 2-1-3, 2-3-1, 3-1-2, 3-2-1); on 4 selections there are 24 bets; on 5 selections there are 60 bets and on 6 selections there are 120 bets.
Virtual Greyhounds
Win
Select a runner to finish 1st.
Place
Select a runner to finish 1st or 2nd in a 6-runner greyhound race.
Forecast
Select 2 runners to finish 1st and 2nd IN ORDER specified.
Reverse Forecast
Select 2 runners to finish 1st and 2nd in ANY ORDER.
Tricast
Select 3 runners to finish 1st, 2nd and 3rd IN ORDER specified.
Combination Tricast
A player can have the option of selecting 3 or more selections to bet that every possible combination of three of the selections may finish 1st, 2nd and 3rd in order in an event. So for example; on 3 selections there are 6 bets (1-2-3, 1-3-2, 2-1-3, 2-3-1, 3-1-2, 3-2-1); on 4 selections there are 24 bets; on 5 selections there are 60 bets and on 6 selections there are 120 bets.
Independence and Fairness
The results of these virtual events are determined on an independent server that is not accessible to the betting operator. The results are generated by a system that has been independently certified to be fair according to a reputable certification authority.
Volleyball
General
If a match is not completed, all full time bets will be void.
If a match venue is changed, then bets already placed will stand, providing the home team is still designated as such. If the home and away team for a listed match are reversed, then bets on the original listing will be void.
Abandoned or postponed matches are void unless rearranged and played on the same date (local time) or stated otherwise in the rules. An exception is made if an incorrect start time is announced on our website.
Live Betting
If the event is not completed, all bets will be void. Exceptions are made for bets on sets which are already over, in this case the bets will be settled.
Points are considered regardless of whether they are scored before or after the bet is placed.
Winner
Predict the winner of the game. A best-of-five sets format is used. Golden Set is not counted for settling purposes.
Handicap
Predict the winner of the game in sets. Bets are determined by sets accumulated by both teams, applying the given handicap. Bets are void if the statutory number of sets is not completed, or changed.
Over/Under
Predict over or under a given number of sets that will be played in order for the winner to be determined.
Set Score
Predict the sets' score at the end of the match. Bets are void if the statutory number of sets is not completed, or is changed.
Total Points
Total Points is similar to Handicap and Over/Under wager. Win/loss is determined by the number of points accumulated by both teams, and then by comparing these points with the Handicap and/or Over/Under given before the match started.
1st/2nd/3rd/4th/5th Set Winner
Predict the winner of the relevant set.
1st/2nd/3rd/4th/5th Handicap
Predict the winner of the relevant set, considering the given point Handicap.
1st/2nd/3rd/4th/5th Set Over/Under
Predict whether the sum of the points scored by both teams in the relevant set will be over or under a given number.
Match Odd/Even, 1st/2nd/3rd/4th/5th Set Odd/Even
Predict whether the sum of the points scored by both teams in the match/relevant set will be an odd or an even number.
1st/2nd/3rd/4th/5th Set Winning Margin
Predict how many points a named team will win the relevant set by.
1st/2nd/3rd/4th/5th Set Exact Score
Predict the correct score in points of the relevant set.
Total Team Points
Predict if the points scored in the match by a relevant team will be over or under a given number.
Outright
Predict the winner of the relevant competition. Bets are settled according to the final league position, after play-offs (if played), unless otherwise stated.
Group Winner
Bets are settled according to the final group position.
Still need help?
BlackJack
- Our BlackJack game is composed of a dealer and the rest of the players at the table.
- Before the dealer starts dealing the cards, the player chooses the amount they want to bet by double clicking on the chips pile.
- After deciding how much to bet, the player should click on the “PLACE BET” button.
- Once the dealer starts dealing the cards, the player cannot change their bets.
Different buttons light up depending on the different options to facilitate the game play. For example, if it is possible to split the cards into two piles, the button “SPLIT” will appear, allowing the player to play with two separate hands.
-The objective of BlackJack is for the player to reach or to get as close as possible to 21 by adding the values of all the cards received by the dealer, per hand, without exceeding the amount of 21. The player will win the game if they have a total of 21 or if their total amount is higher than the dealer's. You will lose the game, or go “bust”, if you exceed the amount of 21. If the player's amount is equal to the amount of the dealer, the player will have their initial bet returned.
Each card is worth the number written on it. Figures like Jack, Queen or King are worth ten. Aces give the player the choice to count the card as either 11 or 1.
- The player receives 2 cards, face up. The player can take as many cards as they want.
- The dealer will also receive 2 cards; one will be face up, the other one will be face down.
The dealer will only return their “hidden” card once the player is done with their game.
- After this the dealer turns over the 'hidden' card.
- If the dealer’s total amount is worth between 17 and 21, the dealer must “stand”
- If the total amount of their cards is equal to or less than 16, the dealer will continue to hit cards until they reach a total amount of 17 or more.
- As soon as the dealer exceeds 21, they lose the game and the player wins the bet.
- The player wins the game if the total amount of their hand is higher than the total amount of the hand of the dealer, without exceeding 21.
- All hands that are worth less than the total amount of the dealer's hand will lose.
- If the player has a Black Jack (which means they have a 10 or a figure with an Ace), they will win one and a half time their bet unless the dealer also has a Black Jack. In that case it would be a draw.
OPTIONS:
"DOUBLE"
The player can press the “DOUBLE” button after having received their first two cards.
This option will automatically double the initial bet made by the player and the dealer will serve the player a third card face up.
The player will not be able to receive any other card.
It is only possible for the player to double when he receives their first two cards or after having split their game.
"SPLIT"
If the first two cards received by the player have the same value, the player will be entitled to split their hand into two different hands..
Each hand is played independently.
The player plays now with two different hands and he can ask for as many cards as they want for each of their hands so long as he does not exceed 21.
If the player wants to split two Aces, if he gets BlackJack it will be considered a single 21. In this case a 21 from the croupier will be considered a draw.
"STICK"
The player can press the “STICK” button after receiving their first two cards.
This operation allows the player to quit the game and to recover all or half of their initial bet, depending on the state of play.
The game will then start again as normal.
"INSURANCE"
The player has the choice to take an “INSURANCE” when the card face up of the dealer is an Ace. This means that the player may gamble one half of their initial bet in order to assure not to lose their entire bet if the dealer shows, besides their Ace, a hand with a 10 or a face card.
If the hand of the dealer is an Ace and a 10, the player wins two and a half times their insurance bet (which means he would keep their initial bet and their insurance bet).
If the card face down of the dealer has a value of less than 10, the player will lose their insurance bet and the game continue as normal. The winner will be the one who is the closest to 21.
You cannot Split or Double when you have Insurance.
"PUSH" or "DRAW":
There is a draw when the dealer and the player have the same total amount in card values. In case of a draw no one loses and the player takes has their initial bet returned.
Roulette
There are many different ways of placing bets in European Roulette. Each wager covers a selection of different numbers and has a different distribution, as it is shown in the section of the “Payout Scheme” (see below). The European version of Roulette has only one zero and offers more chances to win than the American Roulette which has two zeros.
- Each player must initially choose the amount they want to gamble.
- Then place their bet(s) on the desired box(es).
- After having placed their bet(s), the player must click on the “PLACE BET” button in order for the dealer to activate the roulette wheel.
- Once the ball has stopped, the dealer will announce the result and the amount won by the player (if any).
Straight up
The player can gamble on any number, including 0, by placing a chip directly on a number.
Split Bet
The player can gamble on two numbers by placing a chip on the line which separates the two numbers.
Street Bet
The player can gamble on three numbers by placing a chip on the interior left border line of the Roulette table which is beside a corresponding row of the three numbers.
Corner Bet
The player can gamble on four numbers by placing a chip on the corner where four numbers meet on one point.
Four bet
The player can gamble on the numbers 0, 1, 2 and 3 by placing their chips on the interior left border line between 0 and 1.
Line bet
The player can bet on two street bets (meaning six different numbers on two rows of three numbers (streets) ), by placing a chip on the interior left border line where the line dividing the two rows is cut.
Column Bet
There are three tagged boxes “2:1” at the bottom of a numbers column.
- The player can gamble on all these numbers by placing their chips on one of these boxes.
- If one of the numbers from the player’s column is the number where the Roulette ball has stopped the player is paid according to a ratio of 2:1; 0 is a losing number.
Dozen Bet
The player can gamble on a group of twelve numbers.
- by placing their chips in one of the three boxes marked “1st 12”, “2nd 12”, or “3rd 12”.
- If one of the 12 numbers of the player is the number where the Roulette ball has stopped the player is paid according to a ratio of 2:1; 0 is a losing number.
Red/Black, Even/Odd, Top/Bottom Bet
The player can place a bet on one of the left side boxes, on the long side of the table, that covers half of the numbers of the Roulette table (except for the zero).
- Each box covers 18 numbers.
- The player bets the same amount on all of their wagers (1 to 1); 0 is a losing number.
Previous Numbers Screen
The previous numbers screen shows the last thirteen results.
Payout scheme
| Chips |
Term |
Win |
|
1 number |
Straight Up |
35 to 1 |
|
2 numbers |
Split bet |
17 to 1 |
|
3 numbers |
Street Bet |
11 to 1 |
|
4 numbers |
Corner Bet |
8 to 1 |
|
4 numbers |
Four Bet |
8 to 1 |
|
6 numbers |
Line Bet |
5 to 1 |
|
12 numbers |
Dozen or Column Bet |
2 to 1 |
|
18 numbers |
Red/Black, Odd/Even or High/Low Bet |
1 to 1 |
Note: you can make bets which include two, three or even four numbers.
- For example, by using the zero, the player can place bets on: 1+0, 1+2+0, 2+0, 3+0, or 1+2+3+0.
Baccarat
The objective of Baccarat is to obtain a hand where the total number of points is 9, or as close as possible.
- Aces count as one point; the cards from 2 to 9 keep their own values;
- the 10 and the face cards count as 0.
- If the total value of the player’s hand is 10 points or more, the player must withdraw 10 points off this first value; the rest will be considered as the number of baccarat points from the player’s hands.
For Example: 7 + 6 = 13 = 3 or 4 + 6 = 10 = 0
- Place your bet on either the dealer’s hand (“Dealer”), or on the player’s hand (“Player”) or on a tied game (“Tie”).
- The dealer will then distribute two cards to the player and two to the dealer.
- In some cases the dealer will give a third card to the player or to the dealer or even to both (according to the Third card rule).
- The cards are distributed from a pile of 6 mixed decks of cards. The cards are shuffled before each game.
The player who is the closest to 9 will be the winner of the game.
- If the player has bet on the “player” and the “player” wins, the player will be paid at a ratio of 2 to 1 on their initial bet.
- If the player has bet on the “dealer” and that the “dealer” wins, the player will be paid at a ratio of 2 to 1 on their initial bet, minus a commission of 5% that will be attributed to the bank.
In a case where the hands of both the “player” and the “dealer” have equal totals, the game will be declared a “Tie”.
If the player has placed a bet on “Tie”, he will be paid at a ratio of 9 to 1 on their initial bet.
Third card rule
The following baccarat rules scheme shows cases where the player and/or the dealer automatically receive, from the dealer, a third card.
For the player:
| Value in points of the first two cards: |
|
|
0 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 |
Hit a card |
|
6 - 7 |
Pass. |
|
8 - 9 |
“First hand”, no more card. |
For the dealer:
|
Value in points of the first two cards: |
Hit when the third card of player is: |
Does not hit when the third card of the player is: |
|
0 - 1 - 2 |
Hit in any case |
|
|
3 |
0 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 - 9 |
8 |
|
4 |
2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 |
0 - 1 - 8 - 9 |
|
5 |
4 - 5 - 6 - 7 |
0 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 8 - 9 |
|
6 |
6 - 7 |
0 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 8 - 9 |
|
7 |
Always pass. |
|
|
8 - 9 |
The player cannot hit |
The player cannot hit |
|
|
|
|
Important : If the player and/or the dealer have a total of 8 or 9, they will both pass. This rule overrules any other rule.
Still need help?
Baccarat
1. Terms:
1.2. Odds - numerical expression determined on the basis of mathematical probability of an outcome, which is multiplied by the amount of the player's stake to calculate the winnings.
1.3. Value - place of the card in the series of the same suit (e.g., Deuce, Jack, Ace).
1.4. Suit - one of the four types of cards (Hearts, Diamonds, Spades, Clubs).
1.5. Number type - odd or even.
1.6. Deck - a set of 52 (fifty-two) cards consisting of thirteen cards from each of the four suits (Deuce, Three, Four, Five, Six, Seven, Eight, Nine, Ten, Jack, Queen, King, Ace).
1.7. Shoe - gaming device where six decks of cards are placed before starting the game.
1.8. Draw - one dealing of cards which begins with the first betting round and ends when the dealer announces the outcome of the dealing, collects all used cards face-up on the table and puts them into the box for used cards.
1.9. Betting outcome - possible interpretation of the outcome of one draw expressed in odds which may change in the course of the draw depending on the change of the mathematical probability of the outcome.
1.10. Betting options - a list of all bets available to the player.
1.11. Player - one of the parties of the game to whom the dealer deals the cards.
1.12. Banker - one of the parties of the game to whom the dealer deals the cards.
1.13. Tie - outcome in the game, possible if, after opening all Player and Banker cards, both sides have same/equal point value.
1.15. Additional bets - betting outcomes that do not depend on the main betting outcomes (Player Pair, Banker Pair, Either Pair, Perfect Pair, Big, Small).
1.16. Player Pair - first two dealt Player cards of same value (e.g., a King of Clubs and a King of Spades).
1.17. Banker Pair - first two dealt Banker cards of same value (e.g., a Jack of Hearts and a Jack of Diamonds).
1.18. Any Pair - first two dealt cards to Player or Banker of the same value (e.g., Queen of Spades and Queen of Hearts).
1.19. Perfect Pair - a pair of identical cards of the same suit and value (e.g., two Kings of Hearts).
1.20. Small - total of dealt Player and Banker cards is 4.
1.21. Big - total of dealt Player and Banker cards is 5 or more.
2. Rules:
2.2. Dealing:
2.2.1. Cards are dealt to sides by one card in turn until both sides have two cards face-up.
2.2.2. The Player always receives the first card.
2.2.3. When both sides have two cards face-up, the situation is assessed and in accordance with the fixed rules (see 2.6) it is determined whether the Player and (or) the Banker should receive the third card.
2.3. The goal of the game is to collect a total of points as close as possible or equal to 9 (nine). The winner of the game is the side whose sum of points is closer to 9 (nine) after no more cards can be dealt according to the rules.
2.3.1. Tie. A Tie occurs when the Player and the Banker have an equal sum of points. In the event of a Tie punters who placed bets on this outcome are paid their winnings. Bets placed on the Player and (or) the Banker are void and punters get their stakes back (odds are equalised to one (1.00). 2.4. Card value in points:
2.4.1. Ace has the value of 1 (one) point.
2.4.2. The sum of points of numerical cards from Deuce (2) to Nine (9) is equal to the number of points of the given card.
2.4.3. The value of Face cards (Jacks, Queens, Kings) and Ten (10) is zero (0).
2.5. Calculation of the total of points:
2.5.1. All card points of each player are summed up to calculate the total sum of player's points.
2.5.2. If the total sum is expressed in a double-digit figure, the first digit of the figure is ignored and the sum of points is determined only on the basis of the second digit of that figure. For example, the sum of Nine (9) and Four (4) is 13, so the result will be 3. The sum of Seven (7) and Eight (8) is 15, and the result will be 5.
2.5.3. Additional bets:
2.5.3.1. In addition to the main bets like Player, Banker or Tie there are extra betting options such as bets on pairs and bets on the total of dealt cards. Odds for these outcomes change with each betting round.
2.5.3.2. Bets on pairs (Player Pair, Banker Pair and Any Pair) win only when the first two cards of the Player and the Bank er are dealt. The third card does not count and is not used to form pairs.
2.5.3.3. Bets on the total of dealt cards can be placed as well. Bet on Small wins when the total of dealt cards is 4. Bet on Big wins when 5 or more cards are dealt.
2.5.3.4. Additional bets are not connected to the main bets. It is possible to place the main bet on Player and additional bet on Banker Pair and vice versa. Additional bets can be placed without betting on the main bets.
2.6. Tables for the rules of dealing the third card:
2.6.1. The Player's table:
|
The sum of the Player's points after two cards. |
Action |
| 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 | The third card is always dealt. |
| 6 -7 | The third card is not dealt. |
| 8 -9 | Natural hand -the third card is not dealt. |
2.6.2. The Banker's table:
|
The sum of the Banker's points after two cards. |
The third card is dealt, if the value of the Player's third card is |
The third card is not dealt, if the value of the Player's third card is |
| 0 -1 -2 | The third card is always dealt. | The third card is always dealt. |
| 3 | 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 -9 | 8 |
| 4 | 2 -3 -4 -5 -6 -7 | 0 -1 -8 -9 |
| 5 | 4 -5 -6 -7 | 0 -1 -2 -3 -8 -9 |
| 6 | 6-7 | 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -8 -9 |
| 7 | The third card is not dealt. | The third card is not dealt. |
| 8 -9 | Natural hand -the third card is not dealt. | Natural hand -the third card is not dealt. |
2.7. Exceptions to the Rules
2.7.1. If after dealing the first two cards to each player the total sum of the Player and (or) the Banker points is
8 (eight) or 9 (nine), such hand is called a Natural hand, and no more cards are dealt. The game is
stopped, the total sums of the Player and the Banker points are calculated and the winner is
announced. This rule supersedes all other rules.
2.7.2. If after dealing the first two cards to each player the total sum of the Player points is 6 (six) or 7 (seven)
and the total sum of the Banker points is 5 (five) or less (0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5) then the Banker gets the
third card.
3. Gameplay:
Punters can bet on one or more available outcomes.
3.2. The second betting round. After the first betting round the Player receives the first card and new odds for the betting outcomes are displayed on screen and the second betting round begins. Bets made in the first betting round have no influence on bets of the second betting round therefore punters can place bets on the same or different outcomes more than once.
3.3. The third betting round. After the second betting round the Banker receives the first card and new odds for the betting outcomes are displayed on screen and the third betting round begins. After this betting round the Player and the Banker receives the second and, if necessary, the third card each (see 2.6). The results are calculated and the winner of the draw is displayed on screen.
3.4. Change of cards:
3.4.1. When less than 40 cards remain in the shoe the dealer announces that the shoe will be changed after cards are dealt.
3.4.2. The dealer places all the used and unused cards to the used card box. Empty shoe is replaced with a full and ready to use shoe with shuffled cards. The full used card box is replaced with an empty box as well. This change is made in real-time when punters and audience can see it.
3.5. The shuffling of cards. After the shoes are changed a second dealer comes and shuffles the cards while everyone sees it and prepares the cards for dealing. Both shoes are visible on screen all the time so punters can see the shuffling and change of cards.
4. Betting Limits:
5. Special Cases:
5.1.1. The scanner cannot scan the card or its readings don't match the card on the table;
5.1.2. A card or cards appear in a wrong place or gets mixed;
5.1.3. Technical problems occur (internet connection problems, technical failures in the studio or dealer's mistakes).
5.1.3.1. Dealer's mistakes that can cause the draw to be cancelled:
5.1.3.1.1. The dealing sequence is altered (see 2.2);
5.1.3.1.2. A card or cards are marked or damaged;
5.1.3.1.3. A card or cards fall off the table or cannot be seen on screen due to the dealer's mistake;
5.1.3.1.4. A card or cards in the deck are turned face-up and picture/number is visible due to incorrect shuffling;
5.1.3.1.5. The dealer forgets to use the security card;
5.1.3.1.6. The dealer incorrectly scans a card or cards and readings of the scanner do not match the cards on the table.
5.1.4. If the draw is cancelled, all bets are void and stakes returned to players (odds are equalized to one).
5.2. Card burning. Cards can be burned during the game if:
5.2.1. The dealer takes and shows a card face-up from the shoe when the betting round is not finished;
5.2.2. A card cannot be scanned or read by the program due to technical reasons.
5.3. Card burning procedure:
5.3.1. The dealer shows the card face-up to all players;
5.3.2. The dealer announces that the specified card will be burned;
5.3.3. The dealer places the card into the used card box;
5.3.4. The dealer takes a new card from the shoe in the place of the burned card.
6. Game Organisation Procedure:
7. Equipment used in the game:
7.2. Integrated table scanner used to scan the bar codes on the cards.
7.3. Security card used to cover the bottom card of the deck.
7.4. Shoe with shuffled cards from which the dealer deals the cards.
7.5. Table with two marked places for the Player and the Banker cards.
7.6. Box for used cards where the dealer places the used cards after dealing.
8. Additional Information:
Dice
1. Terms
1.2. Dice set - a set of 5 identical dice.
1.3. Spare dice set - a set of 5 identical dice visible in the picture.
1.4. Dice box - a container used to hold, shake and then roll the dice.
1.5. Game table - a special downward sloping table with lighting and a marked place for the lucky combination to be placed.
1.6. Lucky combination - the result of the draw determined after the dice are rolled and put in the place for the lucky combination on the game table.
1.7. Odds - numerical expression which is multiplied by the player's stake to calculate the winnings.
2. Rules
2.1. The game's presenter during a live broadcast puts the dice into the dice box, shuffles and rolls them on the game table.
2.2. Five identical dice with sides numbered from 1 to 6 pips are used for the game.
2.3. Dice are rolled only once during a draw except for special cases when the roll has to be repeated (see 5).
2.4. A roll is deemed to have taken place when all 5 dice stand in the place for lucky combination on one of their
sides and clearly make a five dice combination.
2.5. The result of the draw is the 5 dice combination determined by the pip numbers on the top side of the dice
after they are rolled on the table.
2.6. Presenter identifies the lucky combination by non-changing rules.
2.7. Dice combinations (results determined from left to right).
2.7.1. One pair + dice from the smallest to the highest pip number;
2.7.2. Two pairs + the final dice. Pairs are determined by the higher pip numbers;
2.7.3. Three of a kind + dice from the smallest to the highest pip number;
2.7.4. All different pip numbers without creating a line from the smallest to the highest pip number;
2.7.5. High line (2, 3, 4, 5, 6);
2.7.6. Low line (1, 2, 3, 4, 5);
2.7.7. Three of a kind + a pair;
2.7.8. Four of a kind + the final dice;
2.7.9. Five of a kind.
3. Gameplay
3.1.1. A betting round takes place between the game draws and lasts about four minutes (when the first draw is finished, the betting round for the second draw immediately starts. The broadcast starts after the end of the betting round).
4. Betting Limits
5. Special Cases
5.1.1. Draws can be cancelled due to technical failures: internet connection problems, technical problems in the studio or presenter’s mistakes;
5.1.2. Presenter's mistakes that can end up with cancelled draws:
5.1.2.1. Dice fall off the table before, during or after the repeated roll;
5.1.2.2. During repeated roll dice stops on its edge after the roll;
5.1.2.3. During repeated roll dice does not stand fully on one of its sides;
5.1.2.4. During repeated roll a dice combination cannot be determined (see 2.7.);
5.1.2.5. After the repeated roll one, or more than one dice fully, or partially covers line of marked zone for lucky combination;
5.2. Repeated roll must be performed if:
5.2.1. Dice stops on its edge after the roll;
5.2.2. Dice does not stand fully on one of its sides;
5.2.3. A dice combination cannot be determined (see 2.7.);
5.2.4. After the roll one, or more than one dice fully, or partially covers line of marked zone for lucky combination;
5.2.5. Dice falls off the table before, during or after the first roll;
5.3. Video and audio streaming do not match or do not exist.
5.3.1. If the sound during the broadcast is lost, or the presenter announces the wrong winning combination, the correct draw outcomes are determined by the video broadcast.
5.3.2. If a player cannot see the live broadcast due to technical reasons at his end (no internet connection, no electricity etc.) but the broadcast can be found in the archive, a draw is deemed to have taken place.
5.3.3. Results of each draw and archive for the broadcasts can be found on the game organizer's website.
6. Game Organization Procedure
6.1.1. organizer has the right to change the time and duration of the broadcasts.
7. Equipment Used in the Game
7.2. A spare set of 5 dice (see 1.3).
7.3. A dice box (see 1.4).
7.4. A game table (see 1.5).
8. Additional Information
Lucky 5
1. Terms
1.2. Balls - a set of thirty six (36) balls used for the game. The balls are white, blue, green and red. There are 9 balls of each colour and the balls are numbered from 1 to 36. Total sum of the balls is 666; total sum of the white balls is 45; total sum of the green balls is 126; total sum of the red balls is 207, and total sum of the blue balls is 288.
1.3. Drum of the game machine - a part of the game machine where all the balls are placed after the presentation. Later the balls are shuffled and the winning balls are drawn.
1.4. Cylinders - 5 identical parts that are connected to the drum of the game machine where the winning balls
are drawn. Each of the 5 winning balls are presented and shown in separate frames.
1.5. Odds - numerical expression determined by the game organizer, which is multiplied by the amount of the player's stake to calculate the winnings.
2. Rules
2.2. The draw is deemed to have taken place when exactly 5 winning balls are chosen from the drum. In all other cases, the draw is void and all the stakes are returned.
2.3. The order of the winning balls of the draw is determined by the machine cylinders, from left to right. The cylinder to the left is considered to be first, the one on the right is the last. The order in which the cylinders are filled doesn't have any influence on the result of the draw.
3. Gameplay
3.2. A betting round takes place between the game draws and lasts for about four minutes (when the first draw is finished, the betting round for the second draw immediately starts. The broadcast starts after the end of the betting round).
4. Betting Limits
5. Special Cases
5.1.1. Draws can be cancelled due to technical failures: internet connection problems, technical problems in the studio or presenter's mistakes;
5.1.2. Presenter's mistakes that can end up in cancelled draws:
5.1.2.1. The balls are not prepared before the start of the draw. The presenter must put the balls to the specified place so it can be clearly seen that a full set of unmixed balls is used.
5.1.2.2. A ball or balls cannot be seen on screen due to the Dealer's actions.
5.2. Video and audio streaming do not match or do not exist.
5.2.1. If the sound during the broadcast is lost, or the presenter announces the wrong winning ball numbers, the correct draw outcomes and winning numbers are determined by the video broadcast.
5.2.2. If a player cannot see the live broadcast due to technical reasons at his end (no internet connection, no electricity etc.) but the broadcast can be found in the archive, a draw is deemed to have taken place.
6. Game Organisation Procedure
6.2. Game draws run every 5 minutes, daily, from 09:02 AM to 04:57 AM (GMT+2) with maintenance breaks on demand.
6.2.1. The organizer has the right to change the time and duration of the broadcasts.
6.3. Longer breaks are allowed (1-5 cancelled draws in a row) in the event of technical failures in the studio. All bets placed on these draws are void and stakes are returned to the players.
6.4. Results of each draw and archive for the broadcasts can be found on the game organizer's website.
7. Equipment used in the game
7.2. A set of 36 balls (see 1.2).
8. Additional Information
Lucky 7
1. Terms
1.2. Balls - a set of forty two (42) yellow and black balls used for the game. There are 21 balls of each colour, and the balls are numbered from 1 to 42. Total sum of the balls is 903. The total sum of the yellow balls is 451. The total sum of the black balls is 452.
1.3. Drum of the game machine - a part of the game machine where all the balls are placed after the presentation. Later, the balls are shuffled and the winning balls are randomly selected.
1.4. Tube - a part of the game machine that is connected with the drum where the randomly selected balls are placed. 7 winning balls are presented and shown in separate frame.
1.5. Odds - numerical expression determined by the game organizer, which is multiplied by the amount of the player's stake to calculate the winnings.
2. Rules
2.2. The draw is deemed to have taken place when at least 7 winning balls are selected. In all other cases the draw is void and all the stakes are returned.
2.3. If more than 7 balls are placed in the tube, only the first 7 balls are counted - the other balls in the tube are ignored.
3. Gameplay
3.2. A betting round takes place between the game draws and lasts for about four minutes (when the first draw is finished, the betting round for the second draw immediately starts. The broadcast starts after the end of the betting round).
4. Betting Limits
5. Special Cases
5.1.1. Draws can be cancelled due to technical failures: internet connection problems, technical problems in the studio or presenter's mistakes;
5.1.2. Presenter's mistakes that can end up with cancelled draws:
5.1.2.1. The balls are not prepared before the start of the draw. The presenter must put the balls to the specified place so it can be clearly seen that a full set of unmixed balls is used.
5.1.2.2. A ball, or balls, cannot be seen on screen due to the dealer's actions.
5.2. Video and audio streaming do not match or do not exist.
5.2.1. If the sound during the broadcast is lost or the presenter announces the wrong winning ball numbers, the correct draw outcomes and winning numbers are determined by the video broadcast.
5.2.2. If a player cannot see the live broadcast due to technical reasons at his end (no internet connection, no electricity and etc.) but the broadcast can be found in the archive, draw is deemed to have taken place.
6. Game Organisation Procedure
6.2. Game draws run every 5 minutes, daily, from 09:00 AM to 04:55 AM (GMT+2) with maintenance breaks on demand.
6.2.1. Organizer has the right to change the time and duration of the broadcasts.
6.3. Longer breaks are allowed (1-5 cancelled draws in a row) due to technical failures in the studio. All bets placed on these draws are void and stakes are returned to the players.
6.4. Results of each draw and archive for the broadcasts can be found on the game organizer's website.
7. Equipment Used in the Game
7.2. A set of 42 balls (see 1.2).
8. Additional Information
Bet on Poker
1. Terms
1.2. Position (Pocket cards - Hand 1-6) - two cards placed face-up on the table. A total of six (6) Positions (Hands) participate in a draw, and are numbered from 1 to 6.
1.3. Betting outcome - possible interpretation of the outcome of one draw expressed as odds which may change in the course of the draw depending on the change of the mathematical probability of the outcome.
1.4. Betting round - time allocated for punter bets to be accepted. A new betting round begins after each change in the gameplay (before and after the Pocket cards are dealt, after the Flop and after the Turn).
1.5. Betting options - list of all available bets to the punters.
1.6. Board - five (5) community cards that every Position (Hand) uses to form the best Combination.
1.7. Combination (Hand rankings) - five (5) cards made of two (2) pocket cards and five (5) community cards. See par. 2.4. for Hand strength from the lowest to the highest.
1.8. Flop - first three (3) community cards which are dealt after all six (6) Positions receive their pocket cards and the second betting round is finished.
1.9. Turn - the fourth community card which is dealt after the third betting round.
1.10. River - the fifth community card which is dealt after the fourth betting round.
1.11. Discarded card - card dealt face-down from the top of the deck, before opening Flop, Turn and River. 1.12. Kicker - a card that does not itself take part in determining the rank of the hand, but that may be used to break ties between hands of the same rank.
1.13. Cut card - special card used to cover the bottom card so as to prevent it from being exposed.
2. Rules
2.2. The goal of the game is to form the best five card Combination using Position's pocket cards and the Board.
The Position or Positions with the highest Hand ranking win.
2.3. Draw. Draw is possible in the game if more than one Position has the same Combination. In this case, winnings are paid to all punters who placed bets on any of the winning Hands in any of the betting rounds.
All Positions and Hands win, and all punters who placed bets on any Hand are paid their winnings if the best hand is placed on the Board.
2.4. Possible poker combinations (from the lowest to the highest):
2.4.1. High Card. Any hand that does not form any of the below-mentioned combinations. The Hand with the highest card wins.

2.4.2. Pair. Any two (2) cards of the same rank (two aces, two kings and etc.). If several Hands have a Pair,
the Hand with the higher Pair wins. If several Hands have the same ranking pair, the Hand with the higher
kicker wins.

2.4.3. Two pair. Any two (2) cards of the same rank together with another two (2) cards of the same rank. If several Positions have a Two pair Hand, the Hand with the higher pairs wins. If two Players have the same rank pairs, the Hand with the higher kicker wins.

2.4.4. Three of a kind. Any three (3) cards of the same rank. If several Hands have Three of a kind, the Hand with the higher Three of a kind wins. If two Hands have the same Three of a kind, the Hand with the higher fourth or/and fifth card wins.

2.4.5. Straight.Any five (5) consecutive cards of different suits. Aces can count as either a low card (A-2-3-4-
5) or a high one (10-J-Q-K-A).

2.4.6. Flush. Any non-consecutive five (5) cards of the same suit. If several Hands have a Flush, the Hand with the higher pocket card(s) used to form the best Hand wins.

2.4.7. Full House. Any three (3) cards of the same rank together with any two (2) cards of the same rank. If
several Hands have a Full House, the Hand with the highest Three of a kind wins. If several Hands have
the same Three of a kind, the Hand with the higher Pair wins.

2.4.8. Four of a kind. Any four (4) cards of the same rank. If several Hands have Four of a kind, the Hand with
the higher Four of a kind wins. If several Hands have the same Four of a kind, the Hand with a higher
kicker wins.

2.4.9. Straight Flush.Any Straight with all five (5) cards of the same suit. If several Hands have a Straight
Flush, the Hand with the higher Straight Flush wins.

2.4.10. Royal Flush. A straight from Ten to Ace with all five (5) cards of the same suit. This is the strongest
poker Hand.

3. Gameplay
3.2. The first betting round. The first betting round begins even before the pocket cards are dealt. Punters can place their bets one or more available outcomes.
3.3. There a no limits on how many bets can be placed on one or several outcomes. Punters can place bets on one, two, three, four, five or all six Hands in one or several betting rounds.
3.4. The second betting round. Pocket cards are dealt after the first betting round, and updated odds are shown on screen for each Hand. The second betting round begins. Bets placed in the first betting round have no influence on bets in the second betting round.
3.5. The third betting round. The Dealer deals the Flop (first three (3) community cards) face-up after the second betting round and odds for each Hand are updated. The third betting round begins and punters can place their bets on chosen outcome or outcomes.
3.6. The fourth betting round. The Turn (fourth community card) is dealt face-up, odds are updated and the fourth betting round begins.
3.6.1. There will be cases when some betting outcomes will have no chance of winning after the Flop or/and the Turn. These outcomes will be marked
on screen and shown ins tead of odds; 3.6.2. Some Positions might form the highest possible Hands after the Flop or the Turn. These Hands or outcomes will be marked
and shown instead of odds on screen; 3.6.3. No more bets will be accepted for
and
betting outcomes. Bets on other betting
outcomes can be placed freely. 3.7. The Dealer deals the River (fifth community card) after the fourth betting round and the program determines the draw results. Winning Hand or Hands are marked
and losing Hand or Hands are
marked
. Winning punters are paid their winnings, the Dealer announces the winner or winners,
shuffles the cards and starts a new draw.
4. Betting Limits
5. Special Cases
5.1.1. The scanner cannot read the card or its readings don't match the card on the table;
5.1.2. A card or cards are misplaced or get mixed;
5.1.3. Technical problems occur: internet connection problems, technical failures in the studio or Dealer's mistakes.
5.1.3.1. Dealer's mistakes that can cause the draw to be cancelled:
5.1.3.1.1. The dealing sequence is altered (see 3.1.);
5.1.3.1.2. A card or cards are marked or damaged;
5.1.3.1.3. A card or cards fall off the table or cannot be seen on screen due to the Dealer's mistake;
5.1.3.1.4. A card or cards in the deck are turned face-up and a picture/number is visible due to incorrect shuffling;
5.1.3.1.5. The Dealer forgets to use the cut card;
5.1.3.1.6. The Dealer incorrectly scans a card, or cards and readings of the scanner do not match the cards on the table.
5.1.4. If the draw is cancelled, all bets are void and stakes are returned to punters (odds are equalized to one (1.00)).
5.2. Card Burning. Cards can be burned during the game if:
5.2.1. The Dealer takes and shows a card face-up from the shoe when the betting round is not finished;
5.2.2. A card cannot be scanned or read by the program due to technical reasons.
5.3. Card burning procedure:
5.3.1. The Dealer shows the card face-up to all punters;
5.3.2. The Dealer announces that the specified card will be burned;
5.3.3. The Dealer places the burned card to her right side near the edge of the table (left side on screen);
5.3.4. The Dealer takes a new card from the shoe in the place of the burned card.
5.4. It is considered to be a technical error if there are mismatches in graphical representation (different betting odds, wrong winning or losing hand) and video stream during a draw in a specific betting shop. Bets placed in a shop will be void if a punter can give sufficient evidence to confirm the mistake with visual information (photo or video clip).
6. Game Organisation Procedure
7. Cards
7.2. The card deck is changed if a card falls off the table or is placed where punters cannot see it. If a card or cards are marked or damaged, the deck is changed as well.
7.3. A standard 52 (fifty-two) card deck is used in the game. Each card has a unique barcode which is scanned by an integrated table scanner when the cards are dealt on the table.
8. Equipment Used in the Game
8.2. A cut card (see par. 1.12).
8.3. A table with six Positions numbered from 1 to 6 where the pocket cards are placed, and a special place in the
middle of the table for the Board.
8.4. An integrated table scanner used to scan the barcodes on the cards.
9. Additional Information
War of Bets
Short Description
Game Process
The game is played between two sides - the Player and the Dealer. The Dealer deals one card face-up to each side in every draw of the game. Cards are dealt one at a time and the Player always receives the first card. The goal of the game is to get a higher card according to the ranking (Aces counts as highest cards only and deuces count as lowest). A War (Tie) occurs if the Player and the Dealer have the same value cards. In this situation, War (Tie) outcome wins, and both Dealer and Player loses.
First round bets can be placed even before the cards are dealt. Punters can bet on one or more available outcomes. Second round bets can be placed after the Player receives the first card and odds are updated. Bets made in the previous betting round have no influence on further bets, therefore punters can place bets on the same or different outcomes more than once.
In the event of a War (Tie) punters who placed bets on this outcome are paid their winnings. Bets placed on the Player and (or) the Dealer are lost.
ODDS
| MAIN | |
| Player wins | |
| War | |
| Dealer wins | |
| COLOUR | |
| Player's card will be red | Dealer's card will be red |
| Player's card will be black | Dealer's card will be black |
| SUIT | |
| Player's card will be spade | Dealer's card will be spade |
| Player's card will be heart | Dealer's card will be heart |
| Player's card will be club | Dealer's card will be club |
| Player's card will be diamond | Dealer's card will be diamond |
| VALUE | |
| Player's card value will be less than 8 | Dealer's card will be less than 8 |
| Player's card value will be 8 | Dealer's card value will be 8 |
| Player's card value will be more than 8 | Dealer's card value will be more than 8 |
| Player's card will be a face card (J, Q, K) | Dealer 's card will be a face card (J, Q, K) |
| Player's card will be a pip card (A, 2, 3, 4 , 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10) | Dealer's card will be a pip card (A, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10) |
1. Terms
1.1. Betting round - time allocated for accepting Player's bets.
1.2. Odds - numerical expression determined on the basis of mathematical probability of an outcome, which is multiplied by the amount of the Player's stake to calculate the winnings.
1.3. Value - place of the card in the series of the same suit (e.g. Deuce, Jack, Ace), where the deuce has the lowest and the ace has the highest value.
1.4. Suit - one of the four types of cards (Hearts, Diamonds, Spades, Clubs).
1.5. Deck - a set of 52 (fifty-two) cards consisting of thirteen cards from each of the four suits (Deuce, Three, Four, Five, Six, Seven, Eight, Nine, Ten, Jack, Queen, King, Ace).
1.6. Shoe - gaming device where six decks of cards are placed before beginning of the game.
1.7. Draw - one dealing of cards which begins with the first betting round and ends when the Dealer announces the outcome of the dealing, collects all used cards face-up on the table and puts them into the box for used cards.
1.8. Betting outcome - possible interpretation of the outcome of one draw expressed in odds which may change in the course of the draw depending on the change of the mathematical probability of the outcome.
1.9. Betting options - a list of all betting outcomes available to the Player.
1.10. Player - one of the parties of the game that is marked in a picture and to whom the Dealer deals the cards.
1.11. Dealer - one of the parties of the game that is marked in a picture and to whom the Dealer deals the cards.
1.12. War - outcome of a draw, when after a deal of cards for the Player and the Dealer, both have cards that have the same value.
1.13. Face card - Jack, Queen or King of any suit.
2. Rules
2.1. The game involves two sides - the Player and the Dealer. The Dealer of the game deals one card face-up to each side in every draw.
2.2. Dealing:
2.2.1. Cards are dealt to sides by one card in turn until both sides have one card face-up.
2.2.2. The Player always receives the first card.
2.2.3. When both sides have one card each face-up, the situation is assessed and in accordance with the fixed rules it is determined whether draw was won by one of the sides - the Player or the Dealer - or if it ended in War.
2.3. The goal of the game is to receive a card that has a higher value than of opposing side's card.
2.3.1. The winning side is the one that has a card of a higher value after each side have one card face-up.
2.3.2. If after a deal of cards for the Player and the Dealer, both have cards that have the same value, then draw finishes in a War outcome.
3. Gameplay
3.1. The first betting round. Bets can be placed even before the cards are dealt, during the first betting round. Punters can bet on one or more available outcomes.
3.2. The second betting round. After the first betting round the Player receives the first card and new odds for the betting outcomes are displayed on the screen and the second betting round begins. Bets made in the first betting round have no influence on bets of the second betting round, therefore punters can place bets on the same or different outcomes more than once.
3.3. End of the game, result announcement. After the second betting round Dealer gets card face-up, outcome of the draw is determined and new draw begins.
3.4. The change of cards:
3.4.1. When less than 40 cards remain in the shoe the Dealer announces that the shoe will be changed after a draw.
3.4.2. The Dealer places all the used and unused cards to the box of used cards. Empty shoe is replaced with a full and ready to use shoe with shuffled cards. The full box of used cards is emptied and placed back on the table. This change is made real-time when punters and audience can see it.
3.5. The shuffle of cards. When the shoes are changed, the second Dealer comes and shuffles the cards while everyone sees it and prepares the cards for dealing.
4. Betting Limits
4.1. Maximum and minimum betting limits are determined by the gambling company.
5. Special Cases
5.1. Cancelled draws. War-of-Bets game draws may be cancelled if:
5.1.1. The scanner cannot scan the card, or its readings do not match the card on the table;
5.1.2. A card or cards appear in a wrong place or gets mixed;
5.1.3. Technical problems occur (internet connection problems, technical failures in the studio or Dealer's mistakes).
5.1.3.1. Dealer's mistakes that can cause the draw to be cancelled:
5.1.3.1.1. The dealing sequence is altered (see 2.2);
5.1.3.1.2. A card or cards are marked or damaged;
5.1.3.1.3. A card or cards fall off the table or cannot be seen on a screen due to the Dealer's fault;
5.1.3.1.4. A card or cards in the deck are turned face-up and picture/number is visible due to incorrect shuffling;
5.1.3.1.5. The Dealer forgets to use the cutting card;
5.1.3.1.6. The Dealer incorrectly scans a card or cards and readings of the scanner do not match the cards on the table.
5.1.4. If the draw is cancelled, all bets are void and stakes are returned to the Players (odds are equalized to one).
5.2. Card's burning. Cards can be burned during the game if:
5.2.1. The Dealer takes the card out of the shoe and shows it face-up when the betting round is not finished;
5.2.2. A card cannot be scanned or read by the program due to technical reasons.
5.3. Card's burning procedure:
5.3.1. The Dealer shows the card face-up to all Players;
5.3.2. The Dealer announces that the specified card will be burned;
5.3.3. The Dealer places the card into the box of used cards;
5.3.4. The Dealer takes a new card from the shoe and puts it in the place of the burned card without cancelling the draw.
6. Game Organisation Procedure
6.1. Games run 24/7 with maintenance breaks on demand, however, everything else including Dealer and card changes are shown live for everyone.
7. Equipment Used in the Game
7.1. Six standard 52 (fifty-two) card decks. Each card has a unique bar code which is scanned by an integrated table scanner during the deal of cards.
7.2. Integrated table scanner which is used to scan the bar codes of the cards.
7.3. Cutting card which is used to cover the bottom card of the deck.
7.4. Shoe with shuffled cards from which the Dealer deals the cards.
7.5. Table with two printed boxes on the layout for the Players and the Dealers cards.
7.6. Box of used cards where the Dealer places used cards after each draw.
8. Additional Information
8.1. These Rules & Regulations are published in a number of languages for information purposes and ease of access by Players. It is only the English version that is the legal basis of the relationship between Player and the Operator and in case of any discrepancy between a non-English version and the English version of these Rules & Regulations, the English version shall prevail.
| Bet type | Odd |
| Player wins | 2.05 |
| War | 12.50 |
| Dealer wins | 2.05 |
| Player's card will be a face card (J, Q, K) | 4.12 |
| Dealer's card will be a face card (J, Q, K) | 4.12 |
| Player's card will be a pip card (A, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10) | 1.23 |
| Dealer's card will be a pip card (A, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10) | 1.23 |
| Player's card will be red | 1.90 |
| Dealer's card will be red | 1.90 |
| Player's card will be black | 1.90 |
| Dealer's card will be black | 1.90 |
Wheel
1. Terms
1.1. Wheel of Fortune - a round gaming device divided into nineteen (19) sectors which are separated by metal holders;
1.2. Sector - one out of nineteen (1/19) parts of the wheel numbered from one (1) to eighteen (18) or marked with a special symbol (a cup with a star). All sectors are equal size;
1.3. Draw result - sector where the lower end of the pointer stops (closer to the center of the wheel). Results are determined according to fixed rules (see 2.8.);
1.4. Pointer - a part of the gaming device (at the top middle of the wheel, which determines the result of the draw);
1.5. Odds - numerical expression which is multiplied by the amount of the player's stake to calculate the winnings.
2. Rules
2.1. The game's presenter introduces the Wheel of Fortune, spins it counter-clockwise and then spins it clockwise with a light hand stroke;
2.2. One Wheel of Fortune is used in the game;
2.3. Only one spin is made during a draw except for cases when the spin must be repeated (see 4.2.);
2.4. Presenter's spin (and the draw) is valid if the wheel makes at least three (3) full spins clockwise;
2.5. A turn starts when the presenter's spinned wheel starts spinning clockwise and the pointer leaves the sector where it was previously standing;
2.6. The result of the draw is the sector's number or symbol where the pointer lands after the wheel stops turning;
2.7. Results for Wheel of Fortune:
3. Gameplay
3.1. There is only one betting round and punters can place their bets on all available outcomes;
3.1.1. The betting round takes place between the game draws and lasts about four minutes. When the first draw is finished, the betting round for the second draw immediately starts. The broadcast starts after the end of the betting round;
3.2. Maximum and minimum betting limits are set by the gambling company;
4. Special Cases
4.1. Cancelled draws:
4.1.1. Draws can be cancelled due to technical failures: internet connection problems, technical problems in the studio, or the presenter's mistakes;
4.1.2. Presenter's mistakes that can cause cancelled draws:
4.1.2.1. The Wheel of Fortune does not make at least three (3) full spins;
4.1.2.2. The presenter has a physical contact with the Wheel of Fortune when the wheel is already spinning or the presenter changes the speed of the wheel in any other way;
4.2. Repeated spin. A spin has to be repeated if:
4.2.1. The Wheel of Fortune does not make three (3) full spins from the beginning of the spin until the wheel fully stops;
4.2.2. The pointer of the wheel stops between the sectors and the result cannot be determined after the valid spin.
4.3. If the sound during the broadcast is lost or the presenter announces the wrong winning sector, the correct draw results are determined by the video broadcast;
4.3.1. If a player cannot see the live broadcast due to technical reasons (no internet connection, no electricity, etc.) but the broadcast can be found in the archive, a draw is deemed to have taken place;
4.3.2. Results of each draw and archive for the broadcasts can be found on the game organizer's website.
5. Game Organisation Procedure
5.1. Game draws run 24/7 every 5 minutes with maintenance breaks on demand.
5.1.1. Organizer has the right to change the time and the duration of the broadcasts.
6. Equipment Used in the Game
6.1. Wheel of Fortune (see 1.1.);
7. Additional Information
7.1. These Rules & Regulations are published in a number of languages for information purposes and ease of access by players. It is only the English version that is the legal basis of the relationship between Player and the Operator and in case of any discrepancy between a non-English version and the English version of these Rules & Regulations, the English version shall prevail.
| Bet type | Odd |
| Wheel clapper will stop at the number LESS than 9.5 | 2.00 |
| Wheel clapper will stop at the number MORE than 9.5 | 2.00 |
| Wheel clapper will stop inside the GREY sector | 3.00 |
| Wheel clapper will stop inside the RED sector | 3.00 |
| Wheel clapper will stop inside the BLACK sector | 3.00 |
| Wheel clapper will stop at any EVEN number | 2.00 |
| Wheel clapper will stop at any ODD number | 2.00 |
| Wheel clapper will stop at the FORTUNE sector | 18.00 |
| Wheel clapper will stop inside the number range FROM 1 TO 6 inclusive | 3.00 |
| Wheel clapper will stop inside the number range FROM 7 TO 12 inclusive | 3.00 |
Still need help?
CONFIDENTIALITY
NetBet and its subsidiaries are committed to respecting and protecting the confidentiality of each user's personal data. The paragraphs below outline the protection and use of the data provided by NetBet.
We recommend that every user carefully reads and acknowledges the confidentiality charter set out below before they play our games. This confidentiality charter only applies to sites which are managed by NetBet and its subsidiaries and not to those managed by partner companies.
Information provided by players when they create their accounts will remain strictly personal and confidential. NetBet will not sell, exchange and/or distribute any of this information to third parties, unless agreed explicitly with the clients. Information held by NetBet includes clients' email addresses as well as all other personal information provided to NetBet.
NetBet will use a player's personal information in order to make deposits and/or withdrawals, process cheques, or to provide extra information following a client request. Email addresses may be used to inform clients of new updates and/or software updates, the latest promotions and to help with transactions such as deposits and/or withdrawals. If you do not wish to receive such marketing, you may opt out of this service.
NetBet employees, specifically customer support, the payment team and other employees shall also have access to your personal data for the purpose of executing their duties and providing you with assistance and a service. You hereby consent to such disclosures.
Any information obtained during the registration process is kept even after an account is closed. This information is kept for regulatory purposes, and to prevent fraud and money laundering. NetBet reserves the right, and at its sole discretion, to report any suspicious transactions and to pass any information on to the appropriate authorities, without informing the Player.
NetBet only uses members' email addresses to communicate with them by email. During online registration, the player can take advantage of telephone support or online technical help. If a client wishes to stop receiving emails from us, they just need to send an email to support@netbet.com explaining that they no longer wish to receive emails.
NetBet has the right to use cookies to help improve customer service. Cookies let NetBet have a better understanding of user's tastes and can therefore offer users a site based on their personal interests.
Players' winnings and withdrawals are strictly personal and confidential. All winnings are recorded by a secure system. Financial information is kept strictly private and NetBet will not reveal such information to any third party, unless the law or a governmental organisation demands it.
The NetBet website and software are equipped with the latest technology to protect information, as well as to prevent loss or abuse. Players can contact customer support 24/7 for any questions relating to security or confidentiality.
NetBet reserves the right to collaborate with partner companies to offer clients the best promotions possible. Clients will be kept informed about these offers and promotions.
Still need help?
BETS AND DEPENDENCIES
Games should be played for entertainment and the vast majority of people who play for money have never experienced any problems. However, it is estimated that a minority, approximately 2% of the population, are compulsive players.
To ensure your visit to our casino is an enjoyable experience, please take the following into consideration:
1. Be sure that the decision to play is your own choice.
2. Set yourself reasonable loss limits before you start playing;
3. Never play if:
- You have not reached the legal age required to gamble
- It affects your ability to work or to carry out any other responsibilities
- You are recovering from an addiction related illness
- You are drunk or under the influence of drugs
- You are trying to recover previous gambling losses.
Please make sure you have set yourself limits and know when to stop. Playing excessively can be harmful. If you are unable to control your gambling, we advise you do not play our games.
Please seek professional help if gambling becomes a need.
Please contact Gamblers Anonymous: www.gamblersanonymous.org, where you can find specialist help available in your country of residence.
Age limit:
NetBet does not aim to attract underage players and actively discourages minors from attempting to play in our casino.
Underage gambling can be harmful, and it can start with an adult taking a minor to a casino or giving them their first lottery ticket.
If a minor can gain access to a computer which contains gambling software, we would strongly advise that:
1- You install access control software in order to restrict minors from accessing the software.
Access control software: www.access-control-software.com
2- Do not let minors have unsupervised access to your computer when the casino software is running. Set up a password for entry to the casino.
3- Do not allow anyone under 18 years of age to undertake any gambling related activity. Keep your username, password and bank card number in a place out of reach of minors.
4- Educate your children about gambling laws and and the potential damage that could arise from them placing underage bets.
Unfortunately, no system is infallible and some minors will still manage to escape our notice. If you are aware of any person under 18 years old who has a NetBet account please inform customer service by sending an email to support@netbet.ie
Still need help?
FAIR GAMING
NetBet is an online casino which started its activities in 2001. In order to uphold our reputation and to continue to satisfy our clients we have always succeeded in maintaining a very high payout percentage. In 2016 our payout percentage was of 96.62% of our gross income.
NetBet assures all its users that the use of the Software, provided by NetBet, guarantees an absolute randomness and the same equitable chances to everyone due to our Random Number Generator (RNG) which provides our Game servers with a sufficient quantity of truly random numbers for all our casino games. The main purpose of the RNG is to ascertain all the random generated combinations and those connected to the services.
However, in order to always offer our clients the highest quality of service on the market, NetBet constantly utilises two types of random generator:
1. NetBet RNG is based on the generation method of ISAAC and has been tested by our technicians in order to assure absolute random results.
Below, RNG ISAAC representation. ISAAC (Indirection, Shift, Accumulate, Add and Count)

2. The Thermal Noise Generator is a random number generator using physical principles instead of software in order to guarantee absolute random results.
We have tested those two systems through millions of test games and we have logged the results obtained. Moreover we periodically test our systems in order to ensure absolute impartiality.
NetBet also enables its clients to visualize their previous games at any times as long as they are connected, and this without requiring any special requests to our customer services. The information available to the player takes into account the quantities of the bets, the results of the previous games and the complete history of the deposits and of the credits of the player.
NetBet is also recognized by the Players Council (www.conseildejoueurs.com) so as to optimize the relations between the players and NetBet. The Players Council's purpose is to help and support the players by acting as the intermediary between the players and NetBet, in order to professionally mediate any potential conflict arising between the parties.
At NetBet we believe that playing must be a pleasure and we will do our best to keep it that way!
Click here to see NetBet's accreditation
Still need help?
SECURITY
You can use your bank card on our website with complete peace of mind!
Websecurity Transactions is our electronic payment agent. They are one of the most experienced online financial transaction agents in the world and have handled more than 60 million individual online transactions to date.
We use the best encryption technology available. Doing this ensures your data is safe and protects your bank card against fraudulent transactions.
The data collected by NetBet is stored on ultra-secure servers, protected by the latest security patches. Our servers are updated by our security experts.
You can be safe in the knowledge that using your bank card on the Internet with NetBet is extremely secure, and is even safer than some offline transactions.
Still need help?
About NetBet
History
NetBet was established in 2001 and has held a European licence from Malta since 2006, enabling us to offer multiple casino games. NetBet is a regulated, fair and secure site owned and operated by NetBet Enterprises Ltd., 209 Marina Street, Pieta PTA 9041, Malta.
NetBet is a market leader and provider of top quality casino games. The site is also renowned in Europe thanks to the site's availability in multiple languages. Since its launch, the site has not stopped growing and now boasts thousands of registered players.
A fair and reliable site
Fair gaming
NetBet guarantees users complete confidentiality and security. NetBet always uses the latest public/private encryption methods, as well as a team of experts who maintain the casino's operations in order to protect clients' data.
-
A no virus guarantee
Downloadable software is also available to play our games on. Our software is free of spyware, adware or viruses, and is tested on Secuser, a recommended security site. Secuser - IT security and protection.
Why NetBet?
Our strong market position is thanks to:
- 360 state-of-the-art games
- user-friendly site
- professional customer service
- unbeatable bonus offers
NetBet's no obligation promotions and welcome offers, secure gaming environment and the chance to try our games for free have also contributed to our success.
We have clear and detailed information available on our site to facilitate your registration and let you start playing in just a few clicks.
Guaranteed confidentiality for players
NetBet guarantees users complete confidentiality and security. NetBet uses the latest technology in conjunction with a team of experts who closely monitor casino transactions, with the aim of protecting our clients' data. Also, all transactions made on NetBet are recorded and stored.
Secure payments
- Deposits and withdrawals
Whether it's a question of deposits or withdrawals, NetBet aims to be as efficient as possible. NetBet uses one of the biggest bank card transaction companies in the world: Web Security Transactions. This company, which provides electronic cash and bank card transaction services for NetBet is a main electronic cash provider. The company regularly deals with over €50 million worth of online transactions .
- Payment methods
- Controlled transactions
NB: Our secure SSL certificate is as follows: Equifax Secure Global eBusiness CA-1
Games, promotions and services
NetBet has over 360 casino games to choose from, all containing different features and themes.You can easily see a preview of our free games from the site's home page. You can also test our free games in demo mode with no obligation to pay or sign up.
In order to respond to the increasing demands of our clients, NetBet provides free casino software which lets players enjoy the most popular casino games simply and quickly. Games include Blackjack, European roulette, slot machines and video poker, to name but a few. All our games, both classic and original, are entertaining, attractive and easy to play. Flash technology provides our games with unbelievable graphics.
Still need help?
Responsible gaming
The Group’s philosophy
That’s why Group NetBet makes every effort to provide customers with the best selection of online games and, with superb digital graphics and sound effects, players can immerse themselves in the thrilling adventure of gaming as if they were in a real casino. Furthermore, as part of its dedication to being a reliable, fair, secure and honest operator, Group NetBet is also committed to responsible gaming, which is concerned with preventing minors from accessing its sites, increasing players' awareness of negative influences that can take away from the enjoyable aspect of the game, prevention, and providing help for compulsive gamblers.
Protection of minors
It is strongly advised that you limit the amount of time that minors spend on the internet and install parental control software. You should protect your online account and access to the gaming software with a password, keep your personal information out of reach of minors and never leave your gaming session open and unsupervised.
Harmful influences
If you are prone to, or have had problems in the past with alcohol or drugs, we advise that you avoid playing games for money, and recommend that you seek professional advice (see the "Helping compulsive players" section below).
External pressures may also interfere with the enjoyable nature of playing games, such as playing the game in order to reach a certain social status or in order to integrate yourself into a social group. These are needless pressures which can be damaging in the short, medium and/or long term.
Gaming should remain a personal choice and a choice that is made based on enjoyment. It should not be an obligation under any circumstances, nor should it be a compulsion as a result of any other influence.
Player responsibility
Group NetBet promotes responsible gaming and hopes users behave responsibly with regard to their daily responsibilities.
Define your priorities
The time and money that you invest in gambling should never take precedent over, or interfere in your family, professional or social commitments.
Impinging on your work or studies or on your family or parental responsibilities;
Damaging to your health and hindering other activities that are crucial to your well-being (sport, a balanced diet, rest).
You should know how to set your priorities and how to maintain a good physical, emotional and relationship balance, both for you and for those around you – this is more important than winning.
Know your limits
It is the responsibility of the individual player to be aware of the importance of setting time and loss limits – this means you can avoid spending excessive time and money on gambling, as well as losing out on the enjoyable aspects of it. The financial aspect is particularly sensitive and, unfortunately, a lot of players succumb to excess and find themselves in debt as a result of gaming. It is important that you both fix and stick to your limits.
Prevention
- The Group’s customer service representatives are specially trained to follow players’ gaming patterns and to detect those who may be verging on excessive play.
- Players have the right to set financial limits on bets and losses, as well as time limits.
- There is a system in place on all the Group’s sites whereby a player can, of their own accord, request that their account is blocked for a given period of time. Players have the right to self exclude either temporarily or permanently. Alternatively, they can set a cooling off period of seven days if they wish to revoke any limit they may have implemented.
To help you to evaluate your behaviour, you can also ask yourself the following questions:
Have you taken time off work or your studies because of gambling?
Is gambling affecting your personal relationships (family, friends)?
Have you prioritised financing your gaming over financial responsibilities to your family?
Is gambling affecting your own health (problems with sleeping, self-neglect, isolation, depression, stress, behavioural difficulties)?
Have you felt remorse or regret after playing or felt the need to go back to playing as soon as possible in order to win more money/make up your losses?
Have you played to repay debts or to make up a financial deficit?
Have you played beyond the financial and time limits that you had set for yourself?
Have you borrowed or sold something to finance your gambling?
Have you considered acting illegally in order to finance your gambling?
Do you have problems with alcohol and/or with drugs?
Have you considered harming yourself because of your gambling (e.g. suicide)?
Have you noticed yourself behaving violently or aggressively during or after playing?
If you have answered "yes" to any of the questions above, we advise you to contact our Customer Service immediately. Alternatively, you can seek professional advice by clicking on one of the following links:
• Gamblers Anonymous
• National Council on Problem Gambling
• GamCare
Helping compulsive players
As part of Group NetBet's commitment to promoting responsible gaming and, in particular, their efforts to reduce compulsive gambling, Group NetBet actively promotes Gamble Aware (an organisation that promotes responsible gambling and provides support for gambling addictions).
Group NetBet is aware that the majority of players know how to play in a controlled manner, but that a minority (around 2%), are compulsive gamblers. NetBet's goal is to help addicted players or those who display signs of being at risk of dependency and to take appropriate measures to reduce the numbers of compulsive gamblers.
If you are in need personally, or if you know someone who is experiencing problems with excessive gambling, please don't hesitate to contact Group NetBet's customer service.
Still need help?
Email Service Providers
The number of legitimate emails from NetBet being automatically deleted or redirected to SPAM or BULK folders is steadily increasing due to new anti-spam filters implemented by software and service providers.
Below are some simple steps for you to follow to ensure that our emails are delivered correctly to your INBOX, including adding NetBet (promo@email.netbet.com) to your safe list or permitted sender list on your email service provider or anti-spam software.
We try to explain each procedure as accurately as possible, but the buttons and menu options can change. Refer directly to your email to get the exact name of a button or a menu option.
Gmail
- Click "Contacts" along the left side of any Gmail page.
- Click "Add new contact".
- Copy and paste “promo@email.netbet.com” into the primary email address dialog box.
- Click “Create”.
- Click "Save".
If the mailing is in your SPAM folder, check the box next to the mailing and click the "Not Spam" button along the top.
Yahoo!
If you are not receiving email you are expecting, there are two things you can do:
- Click the "Contacts" icon on the left hand side of Yahoo inbox.
- Click "New Contact”.
- Copy and paste “promo@email.netbet.com” into the email dialog box.
- Click "Save".
Second option:
- Check your Yahoo! Spam folder.
- If you see the email from “promo@email.netbet.com”, open our email and click or tap the "Not Spam" button on the toolbar.
Hotmail/Outlook.com
Click the arrow next to New and then click “New Group”.
- Enter a group name.
- Under Add Member, start entering a name or email address. When the contact appears on the list, click on it.
- When you've added all the members you want, click “Save”.
iCloud
iCloud automatically identifies most junk mail (spam) sent to your @icloud.com address, or its aliases, and moves the mail to your Junk Mail folder.
To indicate that an email message from isn’t junk:
- Click the Junk folder in the sidebar. Select the email message from NetBet, then click the "Not Junk" button in the top right of the message window.
- The message is moved to your Inbox. Subsequent email messages from will no longer automatically marked as junk.
By default, messages in the Junk folder are deleted after 30 days, so be sure to check it often to whitelist relevant email.
Outlook 2003 or higher:
To add promo@email.nebet.com of "Safe senders" on Outlook:
- Right click NetBet’s email in your Inbox email list pane.
- On the menu displayed, move your mouse over, or click, "Junk".
- Click "Never block sender" in the menu that rolls out.
The resulting pop-up will say: "The sender of the selected message has been added to your Safe Senders List."
- Click "OK".
To add promo@email.netbet.com as contact:
- Open NetBet’s email.
- Hover on address.
- Choose "Open contact card" from the drop down section.
- Choose “Add to Outlook Contact”.
- Click Save.
Windows Live Mail
- Open the message from NetBet to add to your contacts list.
- Right click on the contact you want to add and click “Add sender to contacts”.
OR
- Click on “Add contact” in the email header.
- Verify the new contact information and click “Add contact”.
Mozilla Thunderbird
- Click the Address Book button.
- Make sure the Personal Address Book is highlighted.
- Click the New Card button. This will launch a New Card window that has 3 tabs: Contact, Address and Other.
- Under the Contact tab, copy and paste "promo@email.netbet.com" into the email dialogue box.
- Click “OK”.
AOL
- Right click on NetBet’s message to add to your contacts list.
- Select “Add to Contacts” from the drop down box.
- Verify the new contact information.
Entourage
- Open the message you want to add to your contacts list.
- Right click the message you want to add to your contacts and click “Add Sender to Address Book”.
- Verify the new contact details and exit the newly created contact card.
Anti-Spam Software
Cloudmark SpamNet
- Select Cloudmark | Options... from the Cloudmark SpamNet toolbar in Outlook.
- Click “Advanced”.
- Go to the Whitelist tab.
- Click the “Add” button.
- Type: email.netbet.com.
- Click “OK”.
SpamPal
- Right-click on the SpamPal system tray icon.
- Select "Add to Whitelist" from the menu that appears.
- Enter email.netbet.com
- Click on "Add".
MailWasher
- Select "Tools", then click "Blacklist", and then "Friends".
- On the Friends list on the right, select "Add".
- Ensure that "Wildcard expression" has been selected.
- Enter *email.netbet.com
- Click on "OK".
- Click on "OK" again.
Spam Sleuth
- Click on "File", followed by "Configure".
- Access the Friends category.
- Ensure that “Active” is selected.
- Type *@email.netbet.com in the entry field on its own separate line.
- Click on "OK".
McAfee Spamkiller
- On the sidebar, select "Friends".
- Click on "Add".
- Ensure that under "Friend Type", "All users at a domain" is selected.
- Click on "OK".
Oddpost
- Check the "Probably Spam" folder.
- If the NetBet email has been filtered, select it and choose the "Move to Inbox and Mark as Not Spam" option.
SpamButcher
- Click on "Configure".
- Select the "Known Senders" tab.
- Choose "Add" from "Known Good Senders and Recipients".
- Enter email.netbet.com.
- Click on "OK".
Mailblocks
- Click on the "Addresses" tab.
- Click on "New".
- Enter the address: @email.netbet.com
- Ensure that "Accept Mail From This Address", under "Receiving Options" has been selected.
- Under "Other options" make sure that "Display in People Picker" is unchecked.
- Click on "Submit".
- Click on "OK".
MailShield
- Select "Friends" from the toolbar.
- Click on "Add".
- Enter “@email.netbet.com”.
- Click on "OK".
Spameater Pro
- Choose "Filters" from the sidebar.
- Click on the tab saying "Approved Senders".
- Choose "Add Filter".
- Enter email.netbet.com into the address field
- Choose "Email Domain" from the Address Type options.
- Click on "OK".
Norton AntiSpam
- Open Norton AntiSpam and click on the "Status & Settings" tab.
- Select "AntiSpam" from the centre of the screen.
- Select the yellow "Configure" button at the bottom-right of the screen.
- Click the “Allowed List” tab (the second on the list).
- Click on the "Add" button.
- Enter “promo@email.netbet.com” into the email address box.
- Click on "OK".
Spam Interceptor
- Under "Authentication Lists", follow the "Trusted" link.
- Enter *@email.netbet.com
- Click on "Add".
Spam Inspector
- Click on Spam Inspector, and then choose the "Manage Friends List" options from either the Outlook menu or the Spam Inspector toolbar.
- Under "Add a New Friend", make sure that Email has been selected.
- Choose Domain.
- Enter email.netbet.com
- Click on the >> button.
- Click on "Close".
Further Email service providers, clients or Anti-Spam software
If a filter has been applied to the NetBet email redirecting messages to your "Bulk" or "Junk" folders, we suggest that you add NetBet to your Address Book and/or Contacts list.
Otherwise, you can try moving NetBet messages to your inbox, or forwarding one of the emails to yourself.
If messages from NetBet continue filtering to your "Bulk" or "Junk" folders, contact the technical support team of either your ISP or SPAM filter and ask for the best way to receive future email messages from NetBet.
Still need help?
NETBET - TERMS AND CONDITIONS
Please read these Terms and Conditions carefully before you use the Services at NetBet and make sure that you understand its content. These Terms and Conditions, together with the Privacy Policy, constitute a binding agreement (the "Agreement") between you and NetBet.
By registering an Account at NetBet, you agree that you have read and understood these Terms and Conditions and the Privacy Policy and acknowledge that these shall apply to you.
If you do not agree to any of these Terms and Conditions or the Privacy Policy you must immediately stop using the Services.
If you have any doubts concerning your rights and obligations under this Agreement, please seek advice from an attorney in your jurisdiction. It is essential that you are aware of the laws in your jurisdiction prior to registering. Certain games of chance are restricted by law in some countries, and may be indefinitely prohibited by law in others. NetBet is not responsible for any liability to you relating to matters of jurisdiction.
Version 10.6 – 12/10/2017
__________________________________________________________________________________
SUMMARY OF OUR TERMS AND CONDITIONS
The information set out below is a summary of our key terms for information purposes only. This does not replace the full Terms and Conditions set out below. You should read and agree to the full Terms and Conditions before registering and using our Services. In the event of any conflict between this summary and the full Terms and Conditions, the full Terms and Conditions will apply.
References to "us", "our", "we" or "NetBet" are references to NetBet Enterprises Limited, a company registered in Malta with a registered office at 209 Marina Street, Pieta, Malta and which is licensed and regulated by the Malta Gaming Authority, licence numbers: MGA/CL1/272/2006 (issued 21st February 2013) ; MGA/CL1/608/2009 (issued 15th March 2012); MGA/CL3/608/2009 (issued 5th September 2013); MGA/CL2/272/2012 (issued 10th July 2013); MGA/CL1/855/2012 (issued 23rd December 2013); MGA/CL1/1043/2014 (issued 18th December 2014); MGA/CL1/995/2014 (issued 1st October 2014); MGA/CL1/1199/2016 (issued 1st September 2016).
To use our services, you must register and open an Account with us. By registering an Account with NetBet on Netbet.com, or any other URLs and subdomains belonging and licensed to us, you will enter into a legally binding agreement with us which incorporates the Terms and Conditions. See Clause 3.
You must be 18 years of age or older and meet the other eligibility and verification criteria to use our Services.
We may collect and use your personal information in accordance with our Privacy Policy.
You can only register one (1) Account with us.
We will need to complete our verification checks before allowing you to withdraw winnings from your Account.
We will not tolerate fraudulent activity or cheating. Where we close or suspend a Player's Account for reasons of fraud or cheating, we may withhold the funds in your Account.
We will not be responsible for any errors or events outside of our control, which may result in any bets being declared void.
Save in respect of any winnings lawfully due to you, our liability for fraud, death or personal injury or your statutory rights, our maximum liability to you is limited to the greater of:
a) Where such liability relates to a specific bet, the value of such bet paid by you.
b) Where such liability relates to the misapplication of funds in your Account, the amount that has been lost or misplaced.
c) €/$/£500.
Any complaints or disputes will be first handled by our Customer Care Team with a right to appeal to the Malta Gaming Authority.
We comply with the requirements of the Malta Gaming Authority ("MGA") with regards to safeguarding Players' money.
Bonuses are subject to these Terms, the respective Special Terms and Rules and any terms specific to such bonuses.
Please note that some of the games provided on this website originate from game providers which are not regulated by the Malta Gaming Authority. When accessing these games, a pop-up will inform you that you are leaving the Maltese jurisdiction. The following is a complete list of all the game providers and the jurisdiction under which these games are provided.
| Game Provider | Jurisdiction |
| Ainsworth | Alderney |
| Amaya / NYX Gaming | Malta |
| Betradar | Belgium |
| EGT | Belgium |
| Evolution Gaming | Alderney |
| Ezugi | Curaçao |
| Gameart | Curaçao |
| IGT | Alderney |
| iSoftBet | Romania |
| Leander Games | Alderney |
| Microgaming | Malta |
| NetEnt | Malta |
| Pariplay | Isle Of Man |
| Playson | Netherlands |
| Quickspin | Alderney |
| Scientific Games Gibraltar | Gibraltar |
1.PURPOSE OF THESE TERMS AND CONDITIONS
1.1 The objective of these Terms and Conditions is to govern the legal relations between NetBet and a Player.
2.DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
2.1 The words and terms below, when used in this contract, have the meaning given here, unless the context clearly implies otherwise and will govern the Player's use of the Websites.
2.1.1 Account: An account with NetBet on one of the Websites.
2.1.3 NetBet, Us or We: NetBet Enterprises Limited, an online gaming operator using the trading name 'NetBet' offering services through the Websites.
2.1.4 Content: As defined in Clause 20.1.
2.1.5 Login and Password: The login ID and password that you chose upon registering an Account with one of the Websites.
2.1.6 NetBet Group: NetBet, any subsidiary or parent company of NetBet, or any subsidiary of a parent company of NetBet.
2.1.7 Player: A person who has an Account and who uses the Services.
2.1.8 Playthrough: The number of times or the amount that has to be placed as a bet for each bonus, before any winnings can be withdrawn.
2.1.9 Prohibited Acts: As defined in Clause 20.2.
2.1.10 Privacy Policy: The privacy policy at https://help.netbet.com/en/casino/confidentiality.
2.1.11 Representatives: Representatives, directors, agents and employees.
2.1.12 Rules: The following rules for the Services:
2.1.12.1 Rules for NetBet's online sports betting service, which can be accessed in the Help Centre section of the Websites.
2.1.12.2 Rules for NetBet's online casino service, which can be accessed in the Help Centre section of the Websites.
2.1.12.3 Rules for NetBet's online poker service, which can be accessed in the Help Centre of the Websites.
2.1.13 Service or Services: All games, services and any related content or Software, whether or not in downloadable format, accessible or otherwise used by you through the Websites and allowing you to participate in the services provided by NetBet. The Services contains NetBet's own proprietary content as well as content of third party providers.
2.1.14 Software: The software licensed by us including all programs and databases and any other derived content, requiring download, accessible or otherwise used by you through the Websites and allowing a Player to play online games.
2.1.15 Special Terms: The terms specific to the sports betting service, casino service and poker service on the Website, which are attached at Appendices A, B and C of these Terms.
2.1.16 Terms and Conditions: These terms and conditions.
2.1.17 Websites: Netbet.com and other URLs and subdomains belonging to and operated by NetBet under its Malta Gaming Authority licence and Website refers to any one of them.
2.2 In these Terms and Conditions, unless the context requires differently:
2.2.1 References to these Terms and Conditions include references to any amended Terms and Conditions, which supersede these Terms and Conditions.
2.2.2 Unless otherwise stated, in case of conflict between these Terms and Conditions and any other document referred to in these Terms and Conditions, these Terms and Conditions will prevail.
2.2.3 References to NetBet or any NetBet Group company shall be deemed to include their respective successors, beneficiaries or transferees.
2.2.4 Section headings are for reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of these Terms and Conditions.
2.2.5 References to a "person" include any individual, company, partnership, joint venture, association, organisation, institution, trust or agency, having a distinct legal character.
2.2.6 References to gender include every gender and references to the singular include the plural and vice versa.
2.2.7 References to "bets" includes a reference to "stakes" and/or "wagers".
2.2.8 References to servers or "our server" or "our servers", if appropriate, include a reference to a third party server or servers used to provide the Services or Websites.
2.2.9 Any sentence introduced by the words "comprising" or "including" or a similar expression is indicative and does not limit the meaning of words that follow, and will be considered "without limitation".
3.ACCEPTANCE OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
3.1 By registering an Account with NetBet you confirm that you have read and understood these Terms and Conditions, which may be modified from time to time, and acknowledge that they will govern your use of the Services.
3.2 You acknowledge that these Terms and Conditions incorporate the Special Terms and the Rules.
3.3 Should there be any conflict between the Terms and Conditions and the Special Terms or the Rules, the order of precedence shall be as follows:
3.3.1 The Rules.
3.3.2 The Special Terms.
3.3.3 These Terms and Conditions (excluding the Rules and Special Terms).
3.4 The Agreement applies to the usage of the Services and comes into force as soon as you tick the acceptance box during the registration process and create your Account. Ticking this box confirms to us that:
3.4.1 You have read, understood and accept these Terms and Conditions.
3.4.2 You certify that you are of legal age for gambling in the country from which you are accessing the Services.
3.5 By using the Services, you agree to the Terms and Conditions. Any changes to the Terms and Conditions will be communicated in writing, and accepted by you before such changes are implemented.
3.6 For information purposes, ease of understanding and ease of access by the Player these Terms and Conditions may be published in several languages. Each and every version will contain the same principles however it is only the English version that shall govern the legal relationship between you and us. Should any form of discrepancy arise between the non-English and the English version of these Terms and Conditions, the English version shall prevail over the non-English version.
3.7 Any rights not expressly granted in these Terms and Conditions are reserved.
3.8 Gambling services provided by NetBet via the Websites are licensed and regulated by the Malta Gaming Authority, pursuant to the following licences: MGA/CL1/272/2006 (issued 21st February 2013); MGA/CL1/608/2009 (issued 15th March 2012); MGA/CL3/608/2009 (issued 5th September 2013); MGA/CL2/272/2012 (issued 10th July 2013); MGA/CL1/855/2012 (issued 23rd December 2013); MGA/CL1/1043/2014 (issued 18th December 2014); MGA/CL1/995/2014 (issued 1st October 2014); MGA/CL1/1199/2016 (issued 1st September 2016).
3.9 If you do not entirely agree with these Terms and Conditions, you shall immediately cease to use the Services.
4. OPENING AN ACCOUNT
4.1 To register an Account at NetBet you must complete the online application form. You are required to enter your personal details during the Account registration process. Personal details include, but are not limited to: first name, surname, address and date of birth.
4.2 By agreeing to these Terms and Conditions, you agree and declare that you have entered your own correct personal details, and that the source of all funds used on the Websites are derived from legal activities and that you will not use the Websites for illegal or fraudulent activity, including (and without limitation) money laundering as provided by the governing law that applies to You and/or any NetBet Group company.
4.3 A Player cannot open an Account or use the Services if the Player or any member of their household is or has been, over the last 2 years, employed by any NetBet Group company. In this clause, "employed" includes third party contractors such as dealers, software vendors, developers or associates and any person affiliated with any NetBet Group companies.
4.4 A person cannot request to open an Account or hold an Account if such person will not be the Account holder or if they are acting on behalf of a third party.
4.5 A Player can only possess one Account with NetBet, and NetBet reserves the right to close all multiple Accounts that are open, under the same name or connected to the same person. If a person has opened multiple Accounts, NetBet will have the right to take any action permitted under these Terms and Conditions, including that NetBet may credit the first Account that the Player opened with NetBet with the balances from the other Accounts that would have been closed. If NetBet has reasonable grounds to believe that the Player has committed or attempted to commit any fraud, NetBet reserves the right to cancel any transaction pertaining to it, without prejudice to any other action.
4.6 A person's request to open an Account may be refused and an Account may be closed, at NetBet's sole discretion. Subject to these Terms and Conditions, including those terms which permit NetBet to withhold payment of winnings, any contractual obligations of either a Player or NetBet which have been made prior to an Account being closed will be honoured.
4.7 A Player must not authorise any third party to use their Account, but a Player will be entirely responsible for all losses which are incurred as a result of having a third party use their Account. The Player must immediately inform NetBet if they suspect that another person has obtained access to their Account, and the Player will offer their full support to NetBet while investigating this issue.
4.8 The Player understands and agrees that NetBet does not guarantee, in any capacity whatsoever, that the use of the Websites by the Player is legal in any given territory, and it is the Player's own responsibility to ensure the legality of his own actions. NetBet cannot provide a legal opinion on the legality of internet gaming in the Player's country, nor will it accept any responsibility for any punishment that could be imposed on the Player by the relevant authorities following the illegal use of the Websites.
4.9 The Player must not request or create an Account if they are in a jurisdiction in which the application for the opening of an Account and/or the use of our Services is illegal or against the law. It is the Player's responsibility to ensure that this is not the case. NetBet reserves the right to suspend a Player's Account immediately if NetBet discovers that the Player's Account has been opened in a country where it is illegal to access the Services.
4.10 None of the executives, managers, directors, employees, consultants, or agents in our branches or affiliated companies, or any of our providers or sellers, nor their relatives (in this clause, the term "relatives" means spouse, partner, parents, children or siblings of the people mentioned above) are authorised to open or hold an Account or use the Service directly or indirectly. If this clause is breached, NetBet reserves the right to close said Account immediately, void any bets and to cancel payments on any win.
5. PLAYER'S PERSONAL INFORMATION
5.1 The personal information that NetBet may request for registration includes but is not limited to: first name, surname, date of birth, home address, email address, telephone number, language, currency for any deposits or withdrawals or ID card number.
5.2The Player is also required to provide details of their Login and Password as part of their application for an Account or to log into their Account.
5.3 It is the Player's responsibility to ensure that all information provided to NetBet is accurate, precise and up to date.
5.4 A Player can edit his personal details by contacting Customer Service. The provision of documentation might be required.
5.5 A Player can also remove credit card details at any time, and/or register a new card. Any missing information with regards to such changes may lead to transactions being rejected by the bank, savings bank, or the Player's credit card provider, and NetBet is in no way responsible for anything connected to the cancellation of such transactions because of the failure of the Player to provide correct personal details.
5.6 It is the responsibility of the Player to protect their bank card against loss or theft, and the Player should immediately contact the NetBet customer services if the card is lost or stolen.
5.7 You acknowledge that changes cannot be made to your first name, surname and date of birth provided at registration, unless the Player provides NetBet satisfactory evidence that they, and all other personal details, have been legally changed under the laws of countries where the Player resides.
5.8 NetBet reserves the right to keep all personal information provided by the Player upon registration after the Account is closed.
5.9 The username that the Player chooses must not be obscene, threatening, racist, offensive, derogatory, defamatory or infringe any intellectual property right or property right of a third party and if NetBet considers, in its sole and absolute discretion, that the username chosen by the Player is inadequate, NetBet reserves the right to reject and prevent the Player from using such a username at any time and without his knowledge and/or consent.
5.10 After creating an Account, the Player will be asked to enter his Login and Password to login to his Account and use the Services. The Player's Login and Password should not be disclosed to third parties and the Player is solely responsible for all actions that take place due to having obtained access to the Service through the use of the Login and Password. Any breach of these Terms and Conditions by a third party having access to the Player's Login and Password will be treated as a breach committed by the Player.
5.11 If the Player forgets their Login or their Password, or if they could according to the Player become known to an unauthorised user, the Player must immediately notify NetBet.
5.12 After five consecutive incorrect entries of a combination of the Login and Password, the Player's Account will be temporarily suspended for security reasons and NetBet will require the Player to forward an official form of identity document that includes a photo (copy of an identity card or driving licence) before the Account can be reactivated.
5.13 NetBet presumes that all transactions made using the correct Login and Password are made by the rightful owner of the Account and are therefore valid. In no case is NetBet liable for losses incurred by the Player due to unauthorised use or misuse of their personal details. To protect NetBet and the Player against identity theft, NetBet reserves the right to ask a Player, at any time, for proof of identity including a photocopy of a valid identity card), and/or a copy of all cards used and/or proof of address (utility bill or recent bank statement). Failure to produce the requested documents will result in NetBet suspending the Player's Account.
5.14 NetBet will use strict security measures in order to protect Players' personal information against unauthorised access. The Player is solely responsible for securing their Login and Password and all actions that take place because of access to the Service via your Login and Password.
5.15 The Player's personal information is strictly confidential and will be used by NetBet and, if necessary, by one or more NetBet Group companies, established in a Member State of the European Union, to register and manage the Player's Account, to collect customer profiles and to provide Players with the opportunity of using the Services available on the Websites as well as providing details of promotions and services offered by NetBet Group companies.
5.16 If a Player clicks and agrees to receive direct marketing, any NetBet Group company can also use the Players' personal information to send direct marketing emails about new products and/or offers that such NetBet Group company considers to be interesting to the Player. The Player may receive these direct marketing emails after they register an Account with NetBet, even if the Player has never placed a bet or has not deposited any funds into their Account.
5.17 NetBet reserves the right to pass on personal information to third parties such as state owned services, if NetBet is requested or required to under any law, regulation, proceedings or summons.
5.18 The supply of personal data to third parties is on an opt-in basis.
5.19 Cookies are also used on the Websites to provide fast and efficient service.
5.20 Additional information about the use of the Player's personal information by NetBet can be found in our Privacy Policy.
5.21 You agree that NetBet may provide any relevant sport governing body with sufficient information to conduct an effective investigation if NetBet suspects that it has any information from whatever source that may: (a) lead the Malta Gaming Authority to consider making an order to void a bet; or (b) relate to a breach of a rule on betting applied by that sport governing body.
6. LICENCE TO USE THE SERVICES
6.1 We hereby grant you a personal non-exclusive, non-transferable licence to use the Services in accordance with these Terms and Conditions and subject to the following conditions:
6.1.1 You are at least 18 years of age or the legal age required by the governing laws in the country where you reside, and that you are able to assume responsibility for your actions.
6.1.2 All information included in the registration form submitted to NetBet is true, accurate, complete, and corresponds to the name(s) appearing on the bank cards used for the deposits and payments of winnings. We reserve the right to close your Account in the event that the information provided to NetBet is found to be false, inaccurate, deceitful or incomplete. It is your responsibility to inform us of any changes regarding the information you provided us with as soon as possible.
6.1.3 The use of the Services is a right that is bestowed upon you personally to play games of chance on the internet. This right is given to you with a personal and not a commercial purpose.
6.1.4 You may not under any circumstance authorise a third party to use your Account, your password or your identity to access the Services.
6.1.5 You understand the Rules and procedures of all games offered on the Websites.
6.1.6 It is your responsibility to note the payout rate or odds that apply to each game before you place a bet and you acknowledge that payout rates and odds change from time to time.
6.1.7 When you update a loss or stake limit whilst playing a game on the Websites, you acknowledge that the loss or stake limit will not be updated until you close the current gaming session and start a new one.
6.1.8 We reserve the right not to release any funds suspected to be connected to or proceeding from crime to you.
6.1.9 You agree not to download, rent, lease, loan, distribute, create derivative works, copy, re-use, modify, adapt, attempt to decompile, decipher, disassemble, reverse engineer, decrypt or discover the source code of all or any portion of the Services or the games, create improvements, or seek to obtain intellectual property protection on the content of and intellectual property rights in the Services and the games.
6.1.10 You acknowledge that when playing games of chance through the use of the Services that you are at risk of losing money. It is your sole responsibility to assume the losses suffered through your Account.
6.1.11 Please be advised that our Services are consumed instantly when playing. Thus, we cannot provide returns of goods or refunds or, subject to any terms to the contrary, cancellation of your bets once they have been placed. If you play a game on the Websites with real money, the money will be drawn from your Account instantly.
6.1.12 You understand and acknowledge that if there is a malfunction in a game or its interoperability, any bets made during such malfunctioning shall be void. Winnings obtained from a malfunctioning game shall be considered void, as well as any subsequent game rounds with said winnings, regardless of what games are played/Services are used, using such winnings.
6.1.13 You acknowledge that the use of the Services is at your sole discretion and risk.
6.1.14 You certify that the funds used by you on the Websites through the use of the Services are not from illegal sources, and that in no way will you use the Services with the purpose of transferring funds, including to another party or separate bank account. You will not use the Services for any illicit or fraudulent activity, or for any unlawful or fraudulent transaction (including money laundering), in accordance with the laws of all the jurisdictions having authority over you. NetBet reserves the right to discontinue or block the Account(s) of the Player, at any time, and until the matter has been resolved, if NetBet has reasonable suspicion as to the legality of the source of the funds used by the Player on the Websites.
6.1.15 You certify that you will not violate or attempt to violate or manipulate NetBet's security measures in any way. If NetBet has reasonable suspicion with respect to this clause, NetBet reserves the right to suspend or block your Account immediately, to not credit you with the amount due on your Account, and to deny you access to all other Websites and Services offered by Us.
6.1.16 You certify that in relation to the Services, you will not use or attempt to use any martingale betting strategy or software endowed, in our view, with artificial intelligence.
6.1.17 Abuse of bonuses and other promotional offers, as well as all other abuse of the Services, is prohibited.
6.1.18 You acknowledge that in the event that NetBet reasonably determines that you used or attempted to use a product endowed with artificial intelligence in conjunction with our Services, that NetBet has the right to rescind or block your Account immediately, to not reimburse the amount credited to your Account, and prohibit your access to all other Websites and Services offered by us.
6.1.19 In the interest of fair play, our Websites prohibit the use of any recognised betting techniques with the aim of circumventing the standard house edge in our games. You acknowledge that if your Account shows any indication of deceptive game play through these betting techniques, that NetBet has the right to block your Account immediately and retain any funds from the Account in question.
6.1.20 Should we have any reason to believe that either an Account or group of Accounts are operating systematically, e.g. using specific betting techniques or group wagering, NetBet reserves the right to block or permanently close all Accounts. In these circumstances, you acknowledge that NetBet will not be under any obligation to refund you any money in your Account, with the exception of the amount you originally deposited should this amount still be present in your Account.
6.1.21 You acknowledge that NetBet reserves the right to request proof of deposit to a Player for all alternative payments.
6.1.22 You acknowledge that NetBet reserves the right to request its Players' bank account numbers at any time, in relation to any deposits or withdrawals.
6.1.23 You agree that any amounts deposited in your Account will not generate interest.
6.1.24 You agree that you will not open more than one Account. Each Player is only authorised to open one Account. If NetBet discovers a Player has more than one Account, we reserve the right to block all Accounts of that Player, including but not limited to all types of transactions related to the Player's Account, until this problem is resolved.
6.1.25 You certify that you will not abuse the ability of opening Accounts in order to benefit from bonus credits and promotional offers by NetBet (including the use of 100%, 20% of initial deposits, or use of certificates and promotional codes). NetBet reserves the right, in case of abusive behaviour on your part relating to NetBet bonus credits and/or promotional offers, at its sole discretion, to rescind or block Player Accounts created to that end, as well as the transactions on such Accounts.
6.1.26 You acknowledge upon registering that you are obliged to provide us with personal information including, but not limited to, information relating to methods of payment. You hereby acknowledge that we may be forced to disclose your information to third parties if deemed necessary.
6.1.27 In the event of winning an amount equal to €/$/£250,000 or more through the use of the Services, you will be asked by NetBet to agree to give NetBet the exclusive, permanent, and irrevocable right and authorisation to use your name, photograph, and picture in all media as part of NetBet's marketing and promotional needs, and for its Website(s), on a worldwide level, and to be fully cooperative with NetBet's representatives. You will have the right to refuse.
6.1.28 You are solely responsible for all telecommunication networks or internet services and for all other authorisation or permit required in relation to accessing the Services.
6.1.29 You acknowledge that you alone are responsible for the security of your Login and Password. To optimise your password security, NetBet suggests that you choose a password with letters and numbers, as well as upper and lowercase letters, and that you do not show anyone the password/login used for the Account. NetBet recommends that you keep your password in a safe and secure place that only you have knowledge of and access to.
6.1.30 You acknowledge that it is strictly forbidden for a Player to sell, transfer and/or acquire Accounts to/from another Player or transfer funds from their Account to another Player's Account.
6.1.31 You shall not commit any act or adopt any kind of behaviour that could damage the reputation or brand image of any NetBet Group company.
6.1.32 You acknowledge that you will use the Services solely at your own discretion assuming all the risks and obligations related to it.
6.1.33 You represent that any bet placed on your Account will not be a breach of a rule on betting applied by the respective sport governing body.
6.1.34 You agree that you (and not NetBet) are responsible for reporting or declaring any funds withdrawn, including any winnings, if such reporting is required by local law, tax or other authorities and that NetBet is not responsible for any taxes that may be payable by you whether on any bets, on any winnings or otherwise.
6.1.35 By registering on a Website, the Player irrevocably authorises NetBet to limit the number of Accounts to a maximum of three (3) Accounts per IP address. The Player acknowledges and agrees that they shall not use an IP address that has more than three Accounts and that it is their sole responsibility to verify the number of Accounts with NetBet on such IP address prior to registering their own Account. In the event where a Player uses an IP address that has three or more Accounts with NetBet, the Player irrevocably agrees to authorise NetBet to block at its sole discretion any payment request(s) and to fully forfeit any amount in such Account(s) to NetBet.
6.1.36 Players are only permitted to register an Account with NetBet in their own personal capacity, no person can register on behalf of another and no third party registrations are allowed.
7. IDENTIFICATION AND AGE VERIFICATION
7.1 Please note that gambling by a person under the age of 18 years old is an offence in some jurisdictions. By agreeing to these Terms, you confirm that you are at least 18 years old.
7.2 You can only use the Websites and the Services if you are at minimum the legal age for gambling in your jurisdiction.
7.3 If you are under 18 years of age, you cannot use the Websites and the Service.
7.4 NetBet reserves the right to request proof of age and identity of a Player, at any time, in order to prevent the access of the Websites by minors. Any Player who registers on the Websites must provide a valid form of identification, address, email address and telephone number.
7.5 By registering an Account and agreeing to these Terms and Conditions, you authorise us to verify and confirm your identity and age.
7.6 In order to verify a Player's identity and to ensure that they are of legal age for gambling, we will carry out regular checks.
7.7 Where these checks are unable to verify that any customer is 18 or over, NetBet reserves the right to ask for proof of age.
7.8 If on completion of the age verification process you are found to be underage, all deposits made on the Account will be returned, and the winnings and/or bonuses will be voided.
7.9 If we remain unable to verify your age through our regular checks, we will send an email to your registered email address requesting a copy of one of the following documents: birth certificate, driving licence, passport, signed credit agreement, citizen/national identity card.
7.10 In addition, you agree that if NetBet (in its absolute discretion) requires further verification of your identity that NetBet can send an email to your registered email address, requesting copies of two of the following documents, one of which must show your date of birth: birth certificate, driving license, passport, signed credit agreement, national identity card, utility bill or bank statement (less than 6 months old), which will need to be provided to NetBet in order to complete NetBet's verification process. If such documents are requested, no withdrawals may be made until such documents have been provided to NetBet.
7.11 To be approved, all documents must be in acceptable condition (as decided by NetBet in its discretion) and be readable. Your Account number/login ID must be included in the communication, to ensure the check is completed promptly.
7.12 All documents can easily be uploaded on the Websites after login, in the Preferences page. Alternatively, they can be emailed to NetBet's customer support.
7.13 Any breach concerning passports or visas, or if the identification documents/information provided by a Player cannot be verified, will lead to the cancellation of the welcome bonus package without any refund, be it financial or any other form of compensation.
8. OUR DECLARATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
8.1 NetBet is committed to paying all winnings obtained by you, in accordance with these Terms and Conditions.
8.2 NetBet is not responsible for the potential access to a Player's Account by a third party and will not be held responsible for any potential loss suffered due to the illicit use of a Player's password by a third party without authorised access, and/or for any transaction in which the name and password of a Player were registered correctly.
8.3 NetBet is not responsible if a Player forgets, misplaces, or loses their password, except as a result of an error on the part of NetBet. NetBet is not responsible for storing passwords and logins belonging to the Player.
8.4 NetBet can at any time deduct a positive balance from the Player's Account equivalent to that which is owed by the Player.
8.5 NetBet reserves the right to limit or refuse any bet or any other type of gamble made by the Player or through their Account.
8.6 NetBet will investigate and follow up a complaint made by a Player against another for any reason.
8.7 Subject to the Special Terms, NetBet will refund any bets placed in the case of a game cancellation.
8.8 We will use your personal data to allow you to use the Services and to carry out operations relevant to your participation in the Services. We may also use your personal data to inform you of changes, new services and promotions that we think you may find interesting. If you do not wish to receive such direct marketing data, you may opt out of such a service. NetBet will not exchange and/or distribute email addresses or a Player's personal information with third parties.
8.9 Your personal data will not be disclosed to third parties, unless such disclosure is necessary to process your requests relating to your participation in the games or unless it is required by law. As NetBet's business partners or suppliers or service providers may be responsible for certain parts of the overall functioning or operation of the Website, personal data may be disclosed to them. Employees of NetBet, specifically customer support, the payment team and other employees shall also have access to your personal data for the purpose of executing their duties and providing you with assistance and the Service. You hereby consent to such disclosures.
8.10 In the event of any kind of software interruption due to any type of problem, NetBet reserves the exclusive and absolute right of requesting a screenshot that would allow to state at exactly which moment of the game the interruption of the service offered has affected the game of the Player.
8.11 NetBet reserves the right to modify a Player's limits on the Service and to apply limits to Players in NetBet's absolute discretion.
8.12 We are required by the Malta Gaming Authority to segregate Players' funds into dedicated bank accounts. NetBet holds customer funds and ensures that these are held in a separate bank account(s). In this clause 'customer funds' means the aggregate value of funds held to the credit of Players. Arrangements have been made to ensure assets in these accounts are distributed to Players in the event of insolvency.
8.13 NetBet reserves the right to check all and any transactions to prevent money laundering. Criminal and/or civil proceedings may be brought against you and any other person linked to taking part in such activity.
8.14 NetBet reserves the right, at its sole discretion, to report any suspicious transaction and to transmit any information to the appropriate authorities and without notice to you. In such a case, you waive all rights of any nature that may be recognised anywhere of the communication of such information. In addition, NetBet reserves the right to withhold all the funds NetBet believes to be derived from cheating, fraudulent or unlawful activity and where required, without giving reason to you for withholding said funds.
8.15 NetBet reserves the right, at its sole discretion, to suspend, modify, end, revoke the use of and/or add elements to its Services, either temporarily or permanently, at any time without notice or compensation, subject to compliance with its regulatory obligations and subject to fulfilling all other commitments made under these Terms and Conditions.
9. FORBIDDEN JURISDICTIONS
9.1 Certain countries have not addressed the legality of games of chance on the internet, and others have specifically determined that such games are illegal. The use of the Services is in no way meant to be used by people who are forbidden by law to use it. The availability of the Services shall not be interpreted as an offer or invitation on our part to use the Services in a country where such use is illegal. NetBet shall not be liable for any breach of local, national, federal, state or other laws that may occur as a result of your using the Services.
9.2 In some countries games of chance on the Internet are illegal. By accessing the Services you confirm that you are not located in a country where it is illegal to play such games. Amongst others, NetBet will expressly not accept Players from the following countries: Aruba, Australia, Belgium, Bonaire, Curaçao, Hungary, Latvia, Portugal, Saba, Saint Martin, Sint Eustatius, Spain, Turkey, The United States of America and its Outlying Territories. The list is not exhaustive and may be updated. We may or may not be able to accept players from various jurisdictions based on the local laws and regulations. NetBet reserves the right to suspend a Player Account if it is used to access a Website from a country where it is illegal to play games of chance on the internet or which is listed in this Terms. If you are a resident of Italy, Greece, Romania, France or United Kingdom, you can play at one of NetBet's licensed websites.
9.3 You are entirely responsible for informing yourself of the laws in your jurisdiction in respect of the use of the Services.
10. GOVERNING LAW/JURISDICTION
10.1 This Agreement, its interpretation and its execution, as well as all other legal relations between the parties to this contract, is subject to the laws of Malta.
10.2 Each party irrevocably agrees, for the sole benefit of NetBet that, subject as provided below, the courts of Malta shall have exclusive jurisdiction over any dispute or claim (including non-contractual disputes or claims) arising out of or in connection with this agreement or its subject matter or formation. Nothing in this clause shall limit the right of NetBet to take proceedings against you in any other court of competent jurisdiction, nor shall the taking of proceedings in any one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of proceedings in any other jurisdictions, whether concurrently or not, to the extent permitted by the law of such other jurisdiction.
11. TRANSACTIONS
11.1 You are responsible for all payments due to NetBet. In the event of an amount having been credited to your Account in respect of a deposit, you agree to not prevent the payment being made in any manner (including by refusing a payment or attempting to reverse payment), and you shall also be held liable to compensate NetBet with a sufficient amount, in the event NetBet were to suffer a loss in relation to your payments.
11.2 NetBet can, at its sole discretion, block a Player's access to the Service or refuse withdrawals being made using certain bank cards.
11.3 NetBet reserves the right to verify the financial solvency of any Player, through the information provided during registration and through third parties.
11.4 Any Player who takes part in NetBet promotions may have their first name, the first letter of their surname; their photo (if applicable) and their prize will be mentioned on the blog and on the Websites. Any Player is allowed the right of refusal on the publication of such information and one can exercise such a right by contacting NetBet.
11.5 You acknowledge that deposits and withdrawals may be verified and administered by third party electronic payment processors companies and/or by independent financial institutions. By accepting these Terms and Conditions, you confirm to have been informed about this and consent to such verification and administration of transactions by third parties.
12. DEPOSITS
12.1 When a Player opens an Account, NetBet requires the Player to make a minimum deposit of €/$/£10 before they can play or bet. All subsequent deposits will be subject to a minimum deposit amount of €/$/£10. The Player can make a deposit online at any time and instantaneously, using their credit/debit card, or the other payment methods available in the Cashier page. The funds will be credited instantly on the Player's Account.
12.2 NetBet does not charge a fee for making a deposit. However, your bank/credit card may charge for deposits to the Player Account. In this case, the charge will be in the Player's name and will be debited from the Player's bank account/ credit card.
12.3 Upon registering an Account, there are no pre-set deposit limits. Limits will be imposed by the Player at the end of the registration process, on the total value of bets or through self-limits the Player sets.
12.4 All deposit transactions will be subject to NetBet carrying out "Know Your Client" verification processes to prevent money laundering. Suspicious transactions will be reported to the relevant authorities.
12.5 Deposits made to your NetBet Account should be commensurate with game play. Therefore, if in NetBet's discretion, there is suspicion of abuse of the Services (for instance, where a deposited amount has not been used for an appropriate level of game play and the Player then makes a withdrawal request in relation to that deposited amount), NetBet reserves the right, in its absolute discretion, to:
12.5.1 Repay the respective deposit(s), less any costs that may have resulted in conjunction therewith, void any bets and deduct associated winnings and close your Account.
12.5.2 Withhold such amounts until NetBet completes any requisite checks in order to comply with its internal, regulatory or legal requirements.
13. WITHDRAWALS
13.1 Any withdrawal request is subjected to a minimum amount of €/$/£10 and for a Player to withdraw money from his Account, a Player must have made a minimum deposit of €/$/£10. If the amount of monies in a Player's Account, excluding bonus monies, is less than €/$/£10, the Player must pay any associated payment processing fees which would be due in relation to the transfer of such amount.
13.2 Subject to compliance with these Terms and Conditions, all withdrawal payments shall be made within 48 hours of the Player's request. However, please be aware that the payment may be slightly delayed according to your bank's clearance time, especially during weekends and holidays, and it might take up to 7 days for you to receive the funds. To ensure smooth execution of your withdrawal requests, please ensure that you have provided us with all the necessary information regarding the validation of your payment.
13.3 NetBet shall pay any withdrawal to the bank account and using the method used for the Player's deposit. All withdrawal requests to another bank account will be approved at the discretion of NetBet, and NetBet reserves the right to reject such a request. Players have a variety of online withdrawal methods from which they may withdraw winnings. Players may use the following withdrawal methods: Bank Cards, Web Wallets, Wire Transfer, VISA credit cards and MasterCard.
13.3.1 Please note that in order to avoid incomplete financial transactions to an expired credit/debit card, NetBet will not process payments on any credit/debit cards which are due to expire at the end of any given month, after the 20th day of that month.
13.4 Notwithstanding Clause 13.3, in order to receive your winnings via any of the Web Wallets you must first make at least one deposit using that payment method.
13.5 Notwithstanding the aforementioned, NetBet shall have the exclusive right, at its absolute discretion, to make any transfer to a Player using the payment method of NetBet's choice.
13.6 NetBet will only process a withdrawal request from a Player after:
13.6.1 The Player's identity and the Player Account have been verified.
13.6.2 Satisfactory proof of deposit has been provided if requested by NetBet.
13.6.3 NetBet has checked that the Player has not made any chargeback with regards to NetBet.
13.7 Withdrawal transactions will be subject to NetBet carrying out a "Know Your Client" verification process to prevent money laundering. Suspicious transactions will be reported to the relevant authorities.
13.8 NetBet reserves the right to carry out additional verification procedures for the following reasons:
13.8.1 When a Player deposits or stakes €/$/£2,000 during any period of 24 hours.
13.8.2 For any payout exceeding the equivalent of €/$/£1,000 or cumulative withdrawals exceeding €/$/£2,330, and the right is further reserved to carry out such verification procedures in case of lower payouts. Such verifications may for example include copies of a Player's passport and/or copies of a Player's utility bills.
13.8.3 If total withdrawals exceeds your total deposits, you may be required to complete a further verification procedure via a 'Unique Verification Code' that will be posted to you, to verify your home address.
13.9 Should NetBet need to carry out additional verification processes pursuant to Clause 13.8, a withdrawals payment to a Player will only be made after the verification processes have been completed.
13.10 No withdrawal processing fees will be levied by NetBet for regular withdrawal requests.
13.11 The fees for withdrawals made other than to a credit or bank card, such as any Web Wallet, will be deducted directly from the Player's Account. These fees may be dependent on factors such as the currency used in the Account or the Player's place of residence. Notwithstanding the aforementioned, it is possible that your bank or the payment solution that you use charges your Account for transaction fees. Such fees are not dependent on us and we do not assume any responsibility. Should you require further information, please contact our customer services.
13.12 Refunds will only be processed with the payment method used for deposits on the Websites.
13.13 Withdrawals available from the Websites will be made from your Account free of charge from NetBet. However please note that your bank may charge for withdrawals from your Account. Please contact our customer service for any information.
13.14 Notwithstanding the aforementioned, withdrawal requests are subject to verification procedures and bonus Terms and Conditions. In the event where your Account is under investigation, we reserve the right to withhold any withdrawal request until such investigation is completed to our satisfaction. Each bonus is subject to Terms and Conditions which are listed in promotional emails and on our Website. If a Player requests a withdrawal before the Playthrough has been entirely met, NetBet will deduct the entire bonus amount as well as any winnings from the use of the bonus amount before approving any withdrawals.
13.15 During the process of NetBet validating a withdrawal, you have the possibility to cancel your withdrawal request at any time by accessing the "Pending Withdrawals" section of "My Account". By cancelling a pending withdrawal request, the amount will be transferred back to your Player Account balance. Once the withdrawal request has been validated and the payment is made no cancellations are allowed.
13.16 The Player is allowed to withdraw funds from their Account only if their Account has not been involved in what NetBet considers to constitute any suspicious activity. If suspicious activity is detected, the Account will be suspended until an investigation is carried out and any documentation required is collected from the Player. While the Account is suspended any funds on the Account will be frozen. Once the investigation is terminated, the Account may be restored to normal or it may be closed and any funds which are not in dispute, returned to the Player.
13.17 Before any withdrawals are processed, your usage of the Services will be reviewed for any irregular playing patterns. In the interests of fair gaming, equal, zero or low margin bets or hedge betting, will all be considered irregular playing patterns for bonus Playthrough requirement purposes. Other examples of irregular playing patterns play for bonus Playthrough requirement purposes include, but are not limited to, placing single bets equal to or in excess of 30% or more of the value of your total balance (including any given bonus) until such time as the wagering requirements for that bonus have been met. Should NetBet deem that irregular playing patterns have occurred, we reserve the right to withhold any withdrawals and/or confiscate all winnings and bonuses.
13.18 Players who deposit via E-Wallet must bet 20% of their deposit before being able to withdraw.
13.19 Notwithstanding the aforementioned clauses, a turnover of at least 1 time the value of deposits needs to be reached before a withdrawal can be requested. If the turnover is not met prior to the withdrawal, NetBet reserves the right at its own discretion to charge an administrative fee of 10% of the value of the deposit to cover all reasonable costs relating to both the deposit and withdrawal.
13.20 For players residing in Germany, in accordance with German Tax Laws, a 5% tax might be deducted from your total return on all settled bets. Please see the FAQ page for further details.
14. BONUS POLICY
14.1 Players may be eligible to participate in bonus programs, the conditions, amounts and releases of which will be set at the discretion of NetBet and are non-negotiable.
14.2 Each bonus, promotion and/or special offer is subject to its own specific terms and the respective Special Terms. The specific terms for all bonuses, promotions and/or special offer will state a version number, the date and time stamp, and the validity period of the promotion itself.
14.3 Each Player agrees to read and understand the terms applicable to each bonus they collect.
14.4 NetBet reserves the right to rescind any bonus or special offer or promotion at any time
14.5 Except where otherwise stated, all bonuses offered on NetBet are limited to one per person, IP address, address and/or household.
14.5.1 CASINO - Registered players from the following countries are not eligible for any casino bonuses: Bosnia and Herzegovina, Burkina Faso, Benin, Ivory Coast, Czech Republic, Georgia, Hungary, Kyrgyzstan, Lebanon, Lithuania, Moldova, Macedonia, Nigeria, Poland, Slovakia, Uzbekistan, Zimbabwe. No Deposit Bonus: Croatia, Serbia, Slovenia and India.
14.6 Any withdrawal request of monies linked to a bonus whose Playthrough has not been completed will completely invalidate the bonus including any winnings generated from that bonus.14.5.2 SPORT - Registered players from the following countries are not eligible for any Sport bonuses: Australia, Bulgaria, Poland, Portugal, Bosnia and Herzegovina, Burkina Faso, Benin, Ivory Coast, Czech Republic, Georgia, Croatia, Hungary, India, Kyrgyzstan, Lebanon, Lithuania, Moldova, Macedonia, Nigeria, Serbia, Slovenia, Slovakia, Uzbekistan, Zimbabwe and Ukraine.
14.7 You understand and agree that you will only be entitled to withdraw the winnings generated from bonuses after you have completed the Playthrough for all bonuses received.
14.8 You can only withdraw amounts you have won but excluding your bonus, which cannot be withdrawn.
14.9 You cannot activate an offer if your Account already contains a bonus in progress.
14.10 Pending offers can only be activated after you have met the Playthrough requirement for the current bonus.
14.11 If any funds are withdrawn from your Account (including initial deposit), or you attempt to withdraw such funds, before the Playthrough has been completed or any other terms of the bonus promotion have been satisfied, NetBet reserves the right to cancel any bonus amounts in your Account, including any winnings derived from the use of such bonus amounts.
14.12 A Playthrough is applied to every bonus: the amount of said Playthrough is mentioned on the specific promotional page. If no such Playthrough requirement is expressly mentioned, the Playthrough shall be:
14.12.1 In respect of bonuses for sports betting – the Playthrough requirements as set out at 1.3.2 of the Sports Betting Special Terms.
14.12.2 In respect of bonuses for poker side games – the Playthrough requirements as set out at 7.1.1 of the Poker Betting Special Terms.
14.12.3 In respect of any other bets, including casino and poker (other than poker side games) – placing the bonus as a bet twenty five times.
14.13 The terms for a particular bonus offer may be set in different languages however all versions should reflect the same principles. In the event of any conflict between the different language versions, the English version shall prevail.
14.14 Any interrupted or aborted game will result in any bets placed on such game being cancelled. Bets which are cancelled or refunded will not count towards the twenty five bets (Playthrough of bonus) needed to withdraw the bonus.
14.15 Deposits via Web-Wallets are not eligible to claim any deposits bonus including welcome offer or any other promotional reward code.
14.16 NetBet reserves the right to cancel a bonus offer at any time in case of misuse of the offer.
14.17 For Accounts credited with a bonus, a Player's bets will first be placed using the monies they have deposited in their NetBet Account, once such monies from your deposit have been used, bets will then be placed using any bonus amount in your Account.
14.18 If a Player attempts to withdraw a bonus amount after depositing monies into their NetBet Account but before having completed the Playthrough requirement, the bonus will not be credited and will be automatically cancelled.
14.19 Each Player acknowledges that they may only receive or benefit from offers that apply to their country of residence.
14.20 If NetBet credits an amount to a Player's Account as part of a promotion, the Player can only use the money to place bets on the Websites. The Player is not allowed to withdraw the money, unless otherwise specified in the rules of the promotion. NetBet reserves the right to take back such amounts if the Player does not use them to place one or more bets on the Websites during the period specified in the promotion.
14.21 Promotions, cancelled withdrawals and bonuses do not count as deposits.
14.22 A Player can only use promotions if their last transaction with our Services was a deposit, unless the terms of such bonus expressly state that no deposit is required.
14.23 If a Player starts to withdraw cash from their Account, NetBet reserves the right to block the Player from receiving future promotions or bonuses and cancelling any existing bonus or associated winnings.
14.24 NetBet reserves the right to label a Player as a "Bonus Seeker" if NetBet in its absolute discretion considers a Player has abused a promotion offered by NetBet (including but not limited to our partners' promotions), including but not limited to the following instances:
14.24.1 If a Player only uses bonus coupons to play on their Account.
14.24.2 If the bonus coupon amount is more than the total amount deposited by the Player.
14.24.3 If a Player plays with or tries to play with more than one bonus per 24 hour period.
14.24.4 If a Player plays €/$/£200 or more from a bonus coupon without making any deposits to his Account.
14.24.5 A Player only plays with bonuses, while withdrawing all the minimum deposits made to access to the promotions.
14.24.6 A Player repeatedly uses a promotion.
14.25 Once NetBet declares a Player as being a "Bonus Seeker", the Player will no longer benefit from any promotional bonuses and NetBet reserves the right to block and/or cancel their Account and any transactions associated with it.
14.26 For an Account balance that has been credited as a result of a NetBet promotion, the Player is aware that only one bonus will be awarded per email address and per credit card or Web Wallet Account.
14.27 NetBet will not give a bonus for a referral if the referrer and the referee have the same email address or credit card.
14.28 Every Player cannot in one month use bonuses which amount to more than €/$/£500 and may not use more than 10 bonuses.
15. CUSTOMER SERVICE
15.1 A Player may contact NetBet customer service by phone on (+44) 203 608 6024 or by live chat for any questions or help. In order to optimize the quality of our services and better protection, telephone calls to our customer service may be recorded and/or monitored by staff.
15.2 Our customer service team will be available by phone and live chat at the following times:
-Monday to Friday, from 08:00am to 11:00pm (GMT time).
-Saturday and Sunday, from 08:00am to 10:00pm (GMT time).
Alternatively, the customer service team can be contacted any time at the following email address: support@netbet.com.
15.3 NetBet does not tolerate abusive or violent behaviour towards its employees. NetBet considers that if a Player behaves in such a way, it has the right to suspend and/or close the Player's Account and/or take any other appropriate action.
16. CUSTOMER COMPLAINTS AND DISPUTES
16.1 Any complaint or claims of any nature, including with regard to the Account statements (statements regarding gameplay, transactions or other matters) or Account balance, should be communicated to us as soon as possible by contacting our customer support and no later than 6 months after the issue has occurred.
16.2 Any communication to NetBet's customer support in relation to a complaint must contain the following information:
16.2.1 Account ID.
16.2.2 Registered first name and surname.
16.2.3 Explanation of the issue and the complaint/claim.
16.2.4 Specific dates and times associated with the complaint/claim (if applicable).
16.3 Failure to submit the communication as outlined above may result in a delay in our ability to identify and respond to your complaint in a timely manner.
16.4 In case of conflict between the result posted on the Websites and the result shown in our server, the result posted in our server shall take precedence. You understand and accept that the settlement of any conflict between the Player and NetBet will be determined based on the records kept by NetBet.
16.5 NetBet commits to respond to the complainants with the results of the inquiry within one month from the date of the lodgement of the complaint, and will endeavour to provide a prompt resolution of issues at hand.
16.6 If for any reason you are not satisfied with how NetBet has resolved your complaint, you may decide to report it to the Malta Gaming Authority:
Address: Building SCM02-03, Level 4, Smart City, Malta, Ricasoli, SCM1001
Telephone Number: +356 25469000
Email: support.mga@mga.org.mt
16.7 Alternatively, if you are located in the European Union, you may use the 'Online Dispute Resolution' platform to raise a complaint.
16.8 If a Player submits a complaint or claim, NetBet reserves the right at any time, without prior notice and without prejudice to any subsequent proceedings, to close the Player's Account, deny access to all or part of the Services, and in particular to refuse to accept a bet or transaction, or to withdraw promotional offers from NetBet pending the conclusion of any proceedings.
17. TERMS AND CANCELLATION
17.1 This Agreement becomes effective immediately after clicking on "I Agree" and remains valid until it is cancelled in accordance to the conditions stated herein.
17.2 You can close your Account at any time. If you want to close your Account you can contact Customer Service, or use the "Close Account" tool when you are logged into your account.
17.3 Upon closing your Account, subject to any other term, you shall be sent any balance remaining in your Account by a method of payment determined by us. If you have placed any bets in relation to events which have not yet taken place at the time of you closing your Account such bets shall still stand, and if such bets subsequently win, the corresponding sums shall be sent to you once the outcome of the bet is known. If upon Account closure the remaining balance is below the minimum withdrawal amount of €/$/£10, NetBet reserves the right to charge you for any transfer fees.
17.4 The closure of your Account and the cancellation of this Agreement only becomes effective after you have received a written notification from NetBet confirming the cancellation. Once this Agreement is terminated you will no longer be authorised to use the Services.
17.5 NetBet recommends that the Player prints all transaction data from the Websites in order to avoid future disputes.
17.6 If a Player does not access their Account by "logging in" to their Account for a period of 12 calendar months, their Account shall be deemed as "inactive".
17.7 At the discretion of NetBet, an inactive Account may forfeit any loyalty points accrued. NetBet is not obliged to give any further justification for this action or notification to the Player prior to the Account being made inactive. Unused loyalty points expire after 36 months from the date such loyalty points are acquired.
17.8 NetBet shall be entitled to charge an administrative fee of €5, or the equivalent amount in other currencies, to be charged at the end of every calendar month that the Player's Account remains inactive for and may be deducted from the Player's Account balance. The monthly charge will be deducted every month the Account stays inactive, until the balance is zero, after which no further charges will apply. The Account balance will never be negative. Once a Player's Account is deemed inactive, all bonus balances available in that Player's Account shall be lost and the same amount may immediately be deducted from their Player Account balance; the bonus balances will no longer be available if the Player's Account is reactivated. The administrative fee will no longer be charged if the Player's Account is reactivated prior to any monthly fee being deducted.
17.9 Notwithstanding Clause 17.6, if a Player does not access their Account by "logging in" to their Account for a total period of 30 calendar months, the account will be permanently closed. Any remaining balance on the Account shall be remitted to the Player, or if the Player cannot be satisfactorily located, to the Malta Gaming Authority, provided that no claim shall lie against NetBet after it has remitted the balance to the Malta Gaming Authority.
17.10 Without restricting our ability to rely on other remedies that may be available to NetBet, NetBet reserves the right to close or suspend your Account and/or void any associated bets and/or withhold any amounts in your Account at its absolute discretion if we have reason to believe any of the following, that:
17.10.1 You have more than one Account at NetBet.
17.10.2 You provided incorrect personal details while registering a NetBet Account, or you provide personal details belonging to another person.
17.10.3 You are not of legal age for gambling..
17.10.4 You have allowed another person to use your Account or you have otherwise misused your Account.
17.10.5 You have played in tandem with other Players as part of a club, group, etc., or placed bets in a coordinated manner with other Players involving the same selections.
17.10.6 NetBet receives a "charge back" and/or a "return" notification via a deposit mechanism used on your Account.
17.10.7 You are found colluding, cheating, money laundering or undertaking any kind of fraudulent activity.
17.10.8 It is determined that you have employed or made use of a system (including machines, computers, software or other automated systems such as bots etc.) designed specifically to defeat the gaming system on the Services, or have employed betting techniques with the aim of circumventing the standard house edge in the games on the Services.
17.10.9 You are acting other than on your own behalf or otherwise in concert with others or engaging in illegal or fraudulent activity while interacting with the Services.
17.10.10 You have breached any of these Terms and Conditions.
17.10.11 You are acting in a manner that is detrimental to the conduct of our business.
17.10.12 It is illegal for you to interact with the Services in any way.
17.10.13 We are unable to verify your registered address or contact telephone number.
17.10.14 There has been an abuse of a promotion; bonuses or any other offers promoted by us
17.10.15 NetBet is required to do so by law.
17.10.16 There is an ongoing dispute between NetBet and the Player.
17.11 Immediately following the cancellation of this Agreement by either party, NetBet will return the amount in your Account, after the deduction of any amount owed to NetBet and subject to any withdrawal fee as set out at Clause 13.1 if applicable.
17.12 For more information about procedures for recovering funds held in closed, blocked and excluded Accounts, please contact our customer service team.
17.13 All information collected during the registration process is kept even after an Account is closed. This information is kept for regulatory purposes, the prevention of fraud and money laundering. NetBet reserves the right to cooperate fully with law enforcement and justice and any other official authority for any investigation of illegal activity on the Websites.
17.14 Upon termination of your account, you agree and acknowledge that your rights to use the Website or the Services shall immediately terminate.
17.15 Your sole remedy in the event of termination of your Account by us for any reason related to clauses 17.10.1 to 17.10.16 shall be the re-imbursement of any undisputed Account balance you may then have and we shall have no further liability to you whatsoever.
18. MODIFICATION OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
18.1 NetBet reserves the right to amend, modify and update these Terms, the Special Terms, Rules and Privacy Policy at any time. NetBet also reserves the right to modify either partially or completely the terms of any promotion. In the event the Terms and Conditions change, a notification prior to such a change will be issued to the Player. On issuing such a notification the Player will have to accept the new Terms and Conditions before being able to access our Services again.
18.2 It is your responsibility to accept: the updated version of the Terms and Conditions published on our Websites, the game rules and the Privacy Policy, before being able to play on our Services.
18.3 The version posted on NetBet's Website(s) is the effective version, and the one which users should use as reference. Notice of modification will be given to all Players. NetBet recommends that you visit the Terms and Conditions, Rules, and Privacy Policy regularly, or whenever you receive a notice of modification. Any changes to the Terms and Conditions will be communicated in writing to and accepted by the Player before such Terms and Conditions are implemented.
19. INDEMNITY/SET OFF
19.1 By accepting the terms of this Agreement, you agree to indemnify us, to defend us and to exonerate each NetBet Group company and their Representatives on demand in respect of any claim, damage, loss (whether direct or indirect), loss of reputation, loss of profits, cost or expense suffered by a NetBet Group company or their Representatives, including but not limited to all legal fees, in relation to:
19.1.1 Any breach by you of these Terms and Conditions, Rules, rights of a third party or any law or regulation.
19.1.2 Any use of the Services (by you or another person) with your Login and Password, be it with your knowledge or without it, as well as any acceptance of profit on your part.
19.1.3 Any action/legal proceedings, claims, demands, or complaints made by a third party against any NetBet Group company resulting from any breach by you of: these Terms and Conditions; any relevant laws or rights of third parties.
19.1.4 Your fraud, dishonesty or criminal act.
19.2 Without limiting any other rights or remedies available to us, we may at any time set off any positive balance in your Account (and if you have created another Account in breach of this Agreement, such other Account) against any amount owed to us by you. You agree that any Account balance may be used to finance any costs incurred as a result of your fraudulent activity, such as chargebacks on associated Accounts or the reimbursement of funds back to the customer(s) who were colluded against.
20. INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
20.1 All rights, trademarks, patents and other intellectual property rights on any material or content (including but not limited to, software, data, applications, information, text, photographs, music, sounds, videos, graphics, logos, symbols, artwork and other material or moving images) contained on the Websites ("Content") belong to NetBet or have been granted for our benefit by the owners of the rights as part of the Service. No use of such Content and intellectual property rights relating thereto without the prior written consent and express consent of the owner is permitted. All rights are reserved.
20.2 In particular, as regards the Content (in whole or in part) the Player is forbidden, to engage in prohibited activities listed below (collectively, "Prohibited Acts"):
20.2.1 The sale, transfer, lease or subcontract of Content.
20.2.2To change, edit, modify, adapt or restructure the Content in any way.
20.2.3 To copy, distribute, perform or attempt to access the source code of the Content for any purpose.
20.2.4 To use the Websites for any unlawful or illegal purposes or that in any way in breach of these Terms and Conditions.
20.3 If the Player commits a Prohibited Act, the Player will be held entirely responsible for all damages, costs and expenses arising therefrom.
20.4 The Player may copy the Content in an unaltered form for private use on their own personal computer, mobile phone or other access device, if and to the extent that such a copy is required for appropriate use of NetBet Services.
20.5 The Player shall inform NetBet immediately if they are aware of any unauthorised use or copying of any Content or any part of the Websites or any unauthorised access to any site or other unauthorised activities, including but not limited to, any Prohibited Act related to the Services by any person or entity. The Player agrees to provide NetBet with all the assistance necessary for any search NetBet carries out in accordance with information that the Player provides to NetBet. The Player grants NetBet perpetual, irrevocable, free, worldwide permission to reproduce, transfer, modify, adapt and/or edit any Content provided by the Player to NetBet, by email or otherwise, on the Websites, however seems appropriate to NetBet, without informing the Player, unless otherwise stated to the Player.
21. PROMOTIONAL ACTIVITIES
21.1 By accepting prizes and/or winnings on the Websites, you irrevocably provide consent for the use of your username or your first name plus the initial of your last name for advertising and/or promotional purposes without any additional compensation. We may also contact you to ask permission to use additional personal details pertaining to yourself for advertising and/or promotional purposes.
22. RESPONSIBLE GAMING
22.1 NetBet is committed to providing a safe and responsible platform where Players can use the Services. NetBet is fully committed to help Players who show potential signs of problem gambling behaviour, or help customers that may be at risk of potentially becoming addicted in order to help face their problems and obtain the necessary advice and assistance that may be required.
22.2 The Player is provided with a range of self-protection tools available, including the right to set financial limits, the right to set limits on session times, the right to self-exclude for a definite period of time or permanently, and a cool down period of 7 days, starting from and applicable after NetBet has received notice from the Player.
22.3 The Player may request to be excluded from NetBet Services at any time after registration and to block their Account temporarily or permanently.
22.4 If you wish to restrict your gambling, you can do so by following our Cooling Down and Self-Exclusion procedures in the Help Centre section of the Website, on the Bets and Dependencies page.
22.5 Alternatively these facilities are available by contacting our Customer Support team. On completion of this process and upon your confirmation, we will close your Account and return any outstanding balance to you. Any outstanding bets that have already been placed shall be voided and your stakes will be returned.
22.6 Once the request is processed and the Account is blocked no further bets will be accepted and the Account will be frozen. The Player will not receive any more advertising from NetBet. When a Player contacts NetBet to apply for temporary self-exclusion, NetBet will ask the Player to choose between collecting the positive balance in their bank account/credit card (depending on the payment method used as a guarantee) or to leave it with NetBet during the period of exclusion.
22.7 You can self-exclude for a period of a minimum of six months and a maximum of 5 years or permanently self-exclude. If you elect to self-exclude, you may not open or utilise your Account during the period of self-exclusion. During the exclusion period all efforts will be made to exclude you from using the Services. However you must not attempt to use the Services with us, and we cannot be responsible or liable for any subsequent consequences or losses (howsoever caused) that you may suffer or incur if you continue to use the Services, including through additional Accounts where you have altered any of your registration details or you provide misleading, inaccurate or incomplete details or otherwise seek to circumvent the self-exclusion.
22.8 At the end of the self-exclusion period, you may reactivate your Account by contacting our customer support team on +44 203 608 6024. We will not re-open any self-excluded Account until the expiry of the exclusion period, when you may contact us to re-open your Account.
22.9 If NetBet concludes that the Player has a gambling addiction problem and that any further use of the NetBet services could prove to be detrimental to the Player's health and/or wellbeing then NetBet reserves the right at its discretion, to block or close the Player's Account and return any positive balances.
22.10 NetBet reserves the right to limit the amount of bets which can be made by a Player in order to protect Players and prevent gambling addictions.
23. EXCLUSION OF WARRANTY
23.1 You acknowledge that you have chosen to use the Services willingly and at your own risk and discretion.
23.2 NetBet offers the Services 'as is', with no warranties, assurance, commitments or any declaration explicit or implied, legal or other.
23.3 NetBet hereby excludes all terms, conditions, and warranties explicit or implied, including but not limited to implied warranties, commercial conditions, and/or matters of satisfactory quality, ability and adaptability to a specific end, completion or precision of service and of the application with regards to the failure to respect governing rules and laws.
23.4 It remains your responsibility to protect your system from all computer viruses and NetBet, under any circumstances, shall not be held responsible for any losses incurred in relation to any viruses. In case of viruses in our systems, we reserve the right to suspend the Services.
23.5 We do not guarantee that:
23.5.1 The Services are entirely secure and exempt from error
23.5.2 The Services are updated regularly.
23.5.3 Any defects in the Services are regularly corrected.
23.5.4 That access to the Services will be uninterrupted.
23.5.5 The Services are virus or bug free.
23.5.6 The Services will be continually operational.
23.5.7 That the Services are adequate.
23.5.8 That the material on the Websites or obtained via the Websites, including results of matches, is adequate and reliable.
23.6 NetBet will not be held responsible for any act or omission by an internet service provider or of any other third party, including those with whom you may have contracted in order to have access to the Services. In case of litigation between the internet service provider and yourself, NetBet cannot be a party to the suit, and such suit shall in no way affect the Player's obligations under this contract.
23.7 In the event of errors relating to the generation or communication of any result, bet settlement or other element of the Services, including the random number generators used in certain games on the Services, we will not be liable to you as a result of any such errors and NetBet reserves the right to void all bets on the games affected and your bet will be returned.
23.8 Nothing in these Terms and Conditions will exclude or restrict NetBet's responsibility in any manner which is prohibited by relevant laws
24. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
24.1 Nothing in these Terms and Conditions is intended to:
24.1.1 Exclude or limit our liability for fraud or for death or personal injury resulting from our negligence.
24.1.2 Limit your statutory rights (statutory rights include, for example, that we will provide our Services to a reasonable standard and within a reasonable time).
24.2 Except under Clause 24.1 above and save in respect of any winnings lawfully due to you in accordance with these Terms and Conditions, our maximum liability to you in relation to any one incident or series of related incidents is limited to the greater of:
24.2.1 Where such liability relates to a specific bet, the value of such bet paid by you.
24.2.2 Where such liability relates to the misapplication of funds in your Account, the amount that has been lost or misplaced.
24.2.3 Five hundred Euros/Dollars/Pounds (€/$/£500).
24.3 Subject always to Clauses 24.1 and 24.2, we will not be liable for any loss to you or a third party, that could not have been reasonably expected at the time you register or at the time you enter into a transaction for Services, such as any loss of income, business or profits or any information which is lost or corrupted, including but not limited to any damage or loss suffered or incurred by you as a result of:
24.3.1 Any use of our Services in breach of these Terms and Conditions (including any use of our Services for commercial or business purposes).
24.3.2 Failures caused by the equipment you use to access our Services, Websites, call centre or mobile applications or failures in any network (including failures by your internet service provider).
24.3.3 Any incomplete, illegible, lost or delayed transactions (including as a result of technical failure).
24.3.4 Damage to your equipment (e.g. desktop, laptop, TV, mobile, smartphone, tablet, games console or other internet-enabled device) or for any loss or corruption of data that results from your use of our Websites, Services or mobile applications (and we cannot and do not guarantee that any files that you download are free from viruses, contamination or destructive features).
24.3.5 The accuracy, completeness or currency of any information services provided by us or third parties (including but not limited to prices, runners, times, results, live scores or general statistics).
24.3.6 Any loss whatsoever arising from your abuse or misuse of your Account or our Services.
24.3.7 Any failure on our part to interact with you where we may have concerns about your activities.
24.3.8 Any event outside our control or instances of force majeure.
24.3.9 Our closure or suspension of your Account in accordance with these Terms and Conditions.
24.3.10 Your use or a third party's use of the Services the Content or any link on the Websites.
24.3.11 Any modification, suspension or interruption of Services.
24.3.12 Any improper functioning of the Services.
24.4 In the event that any malfunction results in profit, whether it is collected or credited to your Account, NetBet reserves the right to claim all gains that you may have benefited from, as a result of one of those malfunctions, and you would be obliged to immediately reimburse NetBet the amount collected and inform NetBet of the malfunction. NetBet reserves the right, at its sole discretion, to directly deduct an amount equal to that which you may have received in error from your Account.
24.5 You acknowledge that in relation to the use of the Services that you will have no claims whatsoever against any Representatives of any NetBet Group company.
25. DISASTER RECOVERY
25.1 Although NetBet expects the Websites to always function in a manner that conforms to existing licences, NetBet reserves the right to transfer the running of the Websites to another territory at any time, including to emergency servers in case of disaster. In such a case one or more of the NetBet Group companies, located in other territories, may act as an agent or may provide services to NetBet in order to ensure than the Websites remain available for Players and is subject to the points in these Terms and Conditions and conforms to all licences.
26. COOKIES
26.1 By using NetBet, you agree that we may install cookies on your computer; we use cookies mainly to identify and provide suitable customer service options to you. Customer service is a major priority for NetBet and to build an accurate image of user preferences, NetBet personalises its web services depending on each Player's interests.
26.2 NetBet may collect information about your computer including, where available, your IP address, operating system and browser type.
27. TRANSFER AND ASSIGNMENT
27.1 On occasion, we may require the ability to transfer, assign or sub-licence this Agreement to a third party, for example (but without limitation) in the case of a merger or acquisition. You hereby consent, and we reserve the right to, transfer, assign or sub-licence this Agreement, in whole or in part, to any person without requiring any additional consent and without notice, provided that any such assignment will be on the same terms or terms that are no less advantageous to you.
27.2 You may not assign, sub-licence or otherwise transfer in any manner whatsoever any of your rights or obligations under this Agreement without our prior written consent.
28. FINANCIAL INSTITUTION
28.1 NetBet is not a financial institution. Any deposits made into your account are not due any interest payments on the deposit(s) whatsoever.
28.2 NetBet does not provide advice regarding tax and/or legal matters. Customers who wish to obtain advice regarding tax and legal matters are advised to contact appropriate advisors. You cannot use NetBet and the Services to facilitate arbitrage through Currency Exchange transactions. Where NetBet deems that you have used the Services for financial gain through arbitrage, any gains will be forfeited and deducted from your balance without warning or notification.
28.3 Customers are strictly prohibited from using NetBet to facilitate any type of illegal money transfer. You must not use the Websites for any unlawful or fraudulent activity or prohibited transaction (including money laundering) under the laws of any jurisdiction that applies to you. If we suspect that you may be engaging in, or have engaged in fraudulent, unlawful or improper activity, including, money laundering activities or any conduct which violates these Terms and Conditions, your access to NetBet will be terminated immediately and your account will be blocked, and NetBet will be under no obligation to refund to you any money that may be in your account. In addition NetBet shall be entitled to inform the relevant authorities, other online service providers, banks, credit card companies, electronic payment providers or other financial institution of your identity and of any suspected unlawful, fraudulent or improper activity. You will cooperate fully with any NetBet investigation into such activity.
29. GENERAL
29.1 Failure of NetBet to exercise their rights under these Terms and Conditions does not constitute a general waiver of those rights.
29.2 If any part of this Agreement is deemed invalid or unenforceable, then the invalid or unenforceable provision will be deemed superseded by a valid, enforceable provision that reflects as closely as possible the intent of the original provision and the remainder of this Agreement will continue to full effect.
29.3 This Agreement and any documents referred to herein represent the entire agreement between NetBet and you and supersede any prior agreement, understanding or arrangement, whether oral or in writing. We each acknowledge that we have not relied on any representation, undertaking or promise given by the other or implied from anything said or written in negotiations between us except as expressly stated in this Agreement.
APPENDIX A: SPORTS BETTING SPECIAL TERMS
Capitalised terms not defined in these Special Terms shall have the same meaning as defined in the Terms.
1. RULES OF BETS
1.1 Placing a Bet
1.1.1 All bets placed are between two parties: NetBet and the Player. Each bet is considered valid as soon as the Player confirms their bet on the Websites and as soon as the confirmed stake appears in the Player's Account. Once the bet is confirmed, the Player cannot cancel or change it.
1.1.2 NetBet reserves the right to refuse to accept bets without giving notice, justification or compensation.
1.1.3 NetBet will not be responsible for clerical errors of typing, transmission or odds.
1.1.4 NetBet reserves the right to correct later or void any bets, where there are obvious errors regarding odds or results or if there are unforeseen events or changes in events.
1.1.5 The Player agrees, when placing a bet that:
1.1.5.1 The bet is not affected by an event in which the Player is actively involved in any capacity whatsoever. In such cases, NetBet reserves the right to void the bet(s) concerned.
1.1.5.2 In cases where information on the likely outcome of a competition might be announced during the period that the bet is being confirmed, NetBet have the right to cancel the bet concerned. For individual bets, this means that NetBet will refund the stake to the Player's Account. For multiple bets, the bets will not be cancelled, but the odds will be calculated without taking into Account the odds of the bet which was declared void. The odds will be set at 1.00.
1.1.5.3 NetBet has the right to void a bet which is made on an event in which the results had been fixed or predetermined.
1.1.5.4 NetBet indicates the time and the time limit after which it is no longer possible to place a bet, regardless of the real start time of the event. NetBet enforces the rule that the winner of a specific competition is the person or team declared the winner at midnight on the day that the event ends. Any change of results or classification arising after this time limit, for example due to a disciplinary measure, has no impact on the outcome of the competition stated earlier.
1.1.5.5 With the exception of bets placed on cricket, tennis and baseball matches, if an event (game or competition) is cancelled, postponed or pushed back to a later date, all bets already placed are still valid if the event takes place within 48 hours of its original commencement time. Otherwise, bets will be considered void. However, bets connected to results that have already been announced at the time of the suspension (for example: the result at half time) will be paid as usual.
1.1.5.6 For all cancelled or postponed baseball games, all bets that have already been placed, remain valid if the event takes place within 12 hours of the original scheduled start time; all other bets will be cancelled.
1.1.5.7 If competitions are presented incorrectly (for example: confusion between the home team/away team or an opponent who is not playing against the team shown), the relevant bets will be void.
1.1.5.8 If at least two competitors are declared winners (tie), the odds will be recalculated so that the Player's winnings are divided by the number of tied winners. For example: In a Formula 1 race scenario in which Lewis Hamilton has odds of 6.00 to win and Fernando Alonso has odds of 3.00 to win. If the two cars cross the finish line at exactly the same time, both are winners. If the Player bets €/$/£5 on a Hamilton victory, the winnings will be calculated as follows: 5 x (((6-1) / 2) + 1) = €/$/£17.50 winnings. If the Player bets €/$/£10 on an Alonso victory, their winnings will be calculated as follows: 10 x (((3-1) / 2) + 1) = €/$/£20 winnings.
1.1.5.9 If there are any mistakes/discrepancies with names and numbers of a competitor, NetBet will take the name of the competitor accounted for, for results of bets.
1.1.5.10 For bets placed on a tennis match, if a participant in the match abandons the match, the bet will be void and will be refunded. If it is a system or combination bet, the odds are reset to 1.
1.1.5.11 NetBet's recordings are definitive proof of the validity and limits of all the bets that Players place and the circumstances in which they were made.
1.1.6 Although every effort is made to ensure that information displayed on the Websites with regards to an event is correct, it is to be used as a guide only. In the event of any particular information (score, time of game etc.) being incorrect we assume no liability for this.
1.2 Winnings from Sports Bets:
1.2.1 Winnings will be automatically paid into the Player's Account as soon as possible after the event is completed and they can be used immediately to place other bets. Bets on Outright/Winner markets will only be settled and paid after all games are played and the league/event is over.
1.2.2 NetBet reserves the right to correct any potential calculation errors in the Player's Account balance at any time, including in respect of bets where winnings have been awarded. NetBet will contact the Player with details of corrections made.
1.2.3 Maximum winnings from sports betting are exclusive of stake and, unless expressly permitted by the terms of any promotion, are as follows:
1.2.3.1 In a 24 hour period - €/$/£20,000.
1.2.3.2 In one week (Monday at 00:01 until the following Sunday at midnight (CET)) - €/$/£50,000.
1.2.4 Maximum winning limits apply to any one customer, or group of customers acting together, who have placed bets containing the same selections, including where placed in a series of bets.
1.2.5 A bet will not be taken, if a maximum winning could be reached with it, which guarantees the fairness of NetBet.
1.2.6 The minimum stake for pre-live bets is €/$/£0.07 (or currency equivalent) and €/$/£0.13 for live bets (or currency equivalent).
1.2.7 There is no maximum limit set for bets, however NetBet reserves the right to limit the maximum stake for some bets, without disclosing it on the Websites. If a Player places a bet with a stake that exceeds the limit set by NetBet, the system will accept the bet only up to the limit of the maximum limit and inform the Player.
1.2.8 If the Player has placed several identical bets (single bets or combination bets, single or multiple) and the winnings exceed NetBet's limits, NetBet reserves the right to reduce the stakes that the Player has placed on these bets so that the winnings are within NetBet's limits.
1.2.9 You understand and agree that you will only be entitled to withdraw the winnings generated from Free Bets after you have completed the Playthrough for all bonuses received.
1.2.10 You can only withdraw amounts you have won excluding your Free Bet, which cannot be withdrawn.
1.3 Sports Bets Promotions
1.3.1 A Player cannot use Free Bets to bet on combination bets unless a first deposit has first been made.
1.3.2 To withdraw winnings generated by using a bonus amount, the bonus (or other promotions) must be bet a certain number of times on one or more bets on different matches, in order to meet the playthrough requirements. The requirement will vary based on each single promotion. More information can be found in the Bonus section of our website.
1.3.3 Some promotions are restricted to customers who have received an email, SMS or push notification inviting them to participate. Those players that have not been contacted will not be eligible to take part.
2. USE OF ACCOUNT BY THE PLAYER
2.1 Bets are only valid if they are accepted by the NetBet servers. Until the bet is accepted by the NetBet server, all information regarding a bet or game simply represents an invitation to play and/or bet.
2.2 To place a bet, the Player must have sufficient funds in the Player's Account.
2.3 Only bets placed from the Player's Account will be accepted and all the winnings that the Player has obtained from the Services will be credited to the Player's Account. Subject to this, the Player can make deposits or withdrawals on the page "My Account".
2.4 NetBet reserves the right to cancel or limit any bet, at the sole discretion of NetBet, for any reason whatsoever. If a bet is considered or declared to be invalid by NetBet, the amounts deducted from the Player's Account for this bet will be credited to the Player's Account.
APPENDIX B: CASINO SPECIAL TERMS
Capitalised terms not defined in these Special Terms shall have the same meaning as defined in the Terms.
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 For more information about the contribution percentage (the percentage that a certain game contributes to the overall Playthrough requirement) of all our games, please consult the Casino FAQ section in the Help Centre.
2. BONUS
2.1 Players who have an active bonus in their Account are not entitled to take part in Multiplayer Roulette.
2.2 If a Player registers a deposit in order to receive a bonus and/or to use a reward code and the deposit is then withdrawn all pending/queue bonuses will be cancelled.
2.3 Only real money wagers are accepted on NetBet Live Casino. Therefore, no bonuses can be claimed on NetBet Live Casino.
3. IGT MEGAJACKPOTS
3.1 Players of MegaJackpots games can click here to find dedicated Terms and Conditions.
APPENDIX C: POKER SPECIAL TERMS
Capitalised terms not defined in these Special Terms shall have the same meaning as defined in the Terms.
1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 NetBet uses the Websites to enable Players to make bets between themselves in relation to poker games which they are playing. By means of this service we receive:
a. A commission (known under the name of 'rake') that is calculated in conformity with our internal rules and regulations, see here for details.
b. A percentage of amounts of 'buy-in' for the tournaments.
2. YOUR DECLARATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITIES
2.1 Each Player caught using or attempting to use our online poker service in a collusive manner, either on his own or with several Players will be permanently banned from having access to the service and/or software our offered by any NetBet Group company. The Account of any Player suspected of collusion will immediately be cancelled and NetBet reserves the right to not refund the amount credited to those Accounts.
2.2 NetBet reserves the right, at its discretion, to take legal action against Players involved in acts of collusion relating to the use of our online poker service. NetBet, has developed and used sophisticated technology designed for research and the identification of users behaving in a collusive way. All measures regarding one or several Players suspected of collusion, cheating or any other form of fraud will be solely at the discretion of NetBet.
3. CHIP-DUMPING
3.1 'Chip-Dumping' occurs when a Player deliberately loses his hand with the purpose of transferring his chips to another Player participating at the same table.
3.2 Any Player practising 'Chip-Dumping' will be permanently banned from any use of the services of any NetBet Group company.
3.3 The Account of a Player involved in, suspected of, having attempted Chip-Dumping while using our online poker games, will immediately be cancelled and NetBet reserves the right to not refund the amount credited to those Accounts.
3.4 NetBet also reserves the right, at its discretion, to take legal action against Players who have taken part in or suspected of taking part in acts of Chip-Dumping.
3.5 All measures regarding one or several Players suspected of Chip- Dumping, cheating or any other form of fraud will be solely at the discretion of NetBet.
4. TABLE BLOCKING/HOGGING
4.1 In order to guarantee the optimum gaming conditions at NetBet tables, any Player who intentionally refuses to play against any particular Player ("Table Blocking") and/or intentionally play against weaker Players ("Hogging") will face disciplinary measures, which may include suspension or closure of an Account.
4.2 All measures taken against one or more Players suspected of Table Blocking and/or Hogging, cheating or any other forms of fraud, will solely be at NetBet's discretion.
5. NETPOINTS
5.1 NetPoints are attributed as part of the NetBet loyalty programme.
5.2 NetPoints are collected by playing on the NetBet real money tables, either tournaments, Sit & Go or cash game tables.
5.3 NetPoints can be used in promotions, NetBet online store and to register to certain tournaments.
5.4 NetPoints shall remain valid provided that the Player's Account has not become inactive. For the purpose of this Section, an "inactive" Account means any Player's Account where the Player has not logged into and has played with the poker services at least once over the last twelve month period. Any Player who's Account has become inactive shall automatically forfeit all his NetPoints and irrevocably authorizes NetBet to delete such NetPoints from his Account.
6. BONUS - POKER
6.1 NetBet offers many free bonuses, such as fidelity bonuses, Account reactivation bonuses and more which allow you to play without making a deposit beforehand. You can only withdraw the winnings generated from these poker bonuses after you have made a minimum deposit of €/$/£20.
7. BONUS - SIDE GAMES
7.1 Unless explicitly stated otherwise in the terms specific to the promotion, the following conditions will apply by default to the "Side Games" bonuses:
7.1.1 The Playthrough requirement for "Side Games" bonuses is that the bonus amount must be staked 50 times before a Player can make a withdrawal request.
7.1.2 The contribution percentages vary according to the category of casino game played: 10% for table games and video poker, and 100% for all other games.
7.1.3 Side Games bonuses are valid for 30 days from their date of issue unless explicitly stated otherwise. At the end of this period, all unused bonuses, or bonuses where the Playthrough has not been completed, as well as any resulting pending winnings will be automatically deducted from the Player's Account balance.
7.1.4 If the Player makes a withdrawal request while a Side Games bonus is active, this bonus, along with any pending winnings will be cancelled and withdrawn from the bonus balance.
7.2 Please note that real money accumulated in your Account is available for poker as well as for the 'side games' offered by our service. The 'side games' bonus is only usable for the casino 'side games' and can only be used in the game when the money accumulated in your Account has completely run out.
Still need help?
CONTACT US
Welcome to Live Chat
Our customer support team is available to answer any queries you may have. Click the button below to contact us via our live chat service, which is available from 09:00 to 23:00 (GMT+1).
NetBet has a dedicated customer service team on hand. Ask our experts any question and they will be pleased to help.
Click here to fill in our email form.
Back to top
Telephone
Contact our customer services by phone.
Please note our representatives are available from 12:00 to 20:00 (GMT+1).
Phone: +44 (0)20 3608 6024.
Back to top






















